BMC Performance Manager Portal

Monitoring and Management Guide

Supporting
BMC Performance Manager Portal version 2.8
Remote Service Monitor version 2.8

February 2010

www.bmc.com
 Contacting BMC Software
You can access the BMC Software website at http://www.bmc.com. From this website, you can obtain information
about the company, its products, corporate offices, special events, and career opportunities.
United States and Canada
Address BMC SOFTWARE INC Telephone 713 918 8800 or Fax 713 918 8000
2101 CITYWEST BLVD 800 841 2031
HOUSTON TX 77042-2827
USA
Outside United States and Canada
Telephone (01) 713 918 8800 Fax (01) 713 918 8000

© Copyright 2009–2010 BMC Software, Inc.

BMC, BMC Software, and the BMC Software logo are the exclusive properties of BMC Software, Inc., are registered with the U.S. Patent
and Trademark Office, and may be registered or pending registration in other countries. All other BMC trademarks, service marks, and
logos may be registered or pending registration in the U.S. or in other countries. All other trademarks or registered trademarks are the
property of their respective owners.
Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation.
SAP, SAP BusinessObjects, and Crystal Reports are the trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several other
countries.
Solaris, Java, JMX, JRE, and Sun are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc., in the U.S. and other countries.
UNIX is the registered trademark of The Open Group in the US and other countries.
The information included in this documentation is the proprietary and confidential information of BMC Software, Inc., its affiliates, or
licensors. Your use of this information is subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable End User License agreement for the product
and to the proprietary and restricted rights notices included in the product documentation.

Restricted rights legend

U.S. Government Restricted Rights to Computer Software. UNPUBLISHED -- RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER THE COPYRIGHT LAWS OF
THE UNITED STATES. Use, duplication, or disclosure of any data and computer software by the U.S. Government is subject to
restrictions, as applicable, set forth in FAR Section 52.227-14, DFARS 252.227-7013, DFARS 252.227-7014, DFARS 252.227-7015, and
DFARS 252.227-7025, as amended from time to time. Contractor/Manufacturer is BMC SOFTWARE INC, 2101 CITYWEST BLVD,
HOUSTON TX 77042-2827, USA. Any contract notices should be sent to this address.
 Customer support
You can obtain technical support by using the BMC Software Customer Support website or by contacting Customer
Support by telephone or e-mail. To expedite your inquiry, see “Before contacting BMC.”

Support website
You can obtain technical support from BMC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at http://www.bmc.com/support. From this
website, you can
■ read overviews about support services and programs that BMC offers
■ find the most current information about BMC products
■ search a database for issues similar to yours and possible solutions
■ order or download product documentation
■ download products and maintenance
■ report an issue or ask a question
■ subscribe to receive proactive e-mail alerts when new product notices are released
■ find worldwide BMC support center locations and contact information, including e-mail addresses, fax numbers, and
telephone numbers

Support by telephone or e-mail

In the United States and Canada, if you need technical support and do not have access to the web, call 800 537 1813 or
send an e-mail message to customer_support@bmc.com. (In the subject line, enter SupID:<yourSupportContractID>,
such as SupID:12345). Outside the United States and Canada, contact your local support center for assistance.

Before contacting BMC

Have the following information available so that Customer Support can begin working on your issue immediately:
■ product information
— product name
— product version (release number)
— license number and password (trial or permanent)
■ operating system and environment information
— machine type
— operating system type, version, and service pack or other maintenance level such as PUT or PTF
— system hardware configuration
— serial numbers
— related software (database, application, and communication) including type, version, and service pack or
maintenance level
■ sequence of events leading to the issue
■ commands and options that you used
■ messages received (and the time and date that you received them)
— product error messages
— messages from the operating system, such as file system full
— messages from related software

3
 License key and password information
If you have questions about your license key or password, contact BMC as follows:
■ (USA or Canada) Contact the Order Services Password Team at 800 841 2031, or send an e-mail message to
ContractsPasswordAdministration@bmc.com.
■ (Europe, the Middle East, and Africa) Fax your questions to EMEA Contracts Administration at +31 20 354 8702, or send
an e-mail message to password@bmc.com.
■ (Asia-Pacific) Contact your BMC sales representative or your local BMC office.

4 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

Contents
Chapter 1 Overview of the BMC Performance Manager Portal 15
How BMC Performance Manager Portal fits into BMC Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
BMC Portal features common to all modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
BMC Performance Manager Portal features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
How the BMC Performance Manager Portal monitors your infrastructure. . . . . 17
Methods of data collection for Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
BMC Performance Manager Portal module in BMC Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Remote Service Monitor program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Additional security for BMC Performance Manager Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Security requirements for RSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Infrastructure element credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 23

Verifying the BMC Performance Manager Portal installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Adding infrastructure elements for agentless monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Verifying an upgrade from an earlier version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Integrating PATROL Agent data into the BMC Performance Manager Portal . . . . . 27
Options for identifying PATROL Agents as elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Synchronization of thresholds and application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Integrating infrastructure elements from the BMC Atrium CMDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Viewing object status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Portal and infrastructure status views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Individual parameter history charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Parameter history tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Parameter filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 49

User configuration options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
About task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Account Information task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Blackout Periods task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Change Password task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Dashboards task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Element Profiles task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Elements task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Contents 5
 Monitoring On/Off task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Notifications task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Object Groups task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Personal Preferences task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Remote Service Monitors task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Shared Credentials task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Tags task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
User Groups task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Users task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Administrator configuration options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Tasks on the Accounts tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Tasks on the Provider tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Tasks on the Portal tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 69

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Types of RSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Communication between the Portal and RSMs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Communication between RSMs and elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Communication between RSMs and PATROL Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Notifications about RSM system problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
RSM program installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
RSM computer system requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Data execution prevention (DEP) configuration for the RSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and Windows
Management Instrumentation (WMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Using a silent installation to install the RSM program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Upgrading the RSM Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Clustered RSMs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Cluster types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Clustered RSM operating status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Clustered RSM security considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
RSM load-balancing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
RSM failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Clustering RSMs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Clustered RSM upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
RSM configuration and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Configuration and maintenance tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Changing the security level for an RSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Configuring an RSM to use a proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Configuring the RSM to use HTTP protocol to communicate with the Portal . . 103
Changing the credentials for an RSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Changing the maximum heap memory allocated for the Java VM on the RSM 106
Viewing the log files for the RSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Collecting log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Automating basic information gathering for RSM issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Stopping notifications for Unknown state events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
RSM program uninstallation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

6 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Using the installation wizard to uninstall the RSM program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Manually uninstalling the RSM program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Using command-line options to uninstall the RSM program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 113

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parameters and thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parameter thresholds and event severity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Thresholds and parameter status changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Deactivating parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Points to remember while deactivating parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Derived parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Deactivating a parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Deactivating a parameter in the Performance Manager Editor solution . . . . . . 119
Solution support for deactivating parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Methods of remote monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Agentless monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
PATROL Agent integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Installing new Performance Managers on the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Upgrading Performance Managers on the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Removing Performance Managers from the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Types of Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Core Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Solution Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Custom Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Editing Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Editing unpublished custom Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Editing published custom Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Chapter 6 Reports 141

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Parameter update intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Standard parameter values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Accumulated parameter values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Data summarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Data retention policies that affect object view content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Retention policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Properties that control the raw data retention policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Properties that control event history retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Purging inactive data from the Portal history tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Purging unknown and unused events from the event table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Reports tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Time interval controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Top N report for object groups or the account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Health At A Glance report for elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Multiple parameter history charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Dashboard parameter charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Enterprise reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Contents 7
 Downloading and installing BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, Crystal Reports
2008 (Designer component), and integration components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Installing the integration components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Upgrading to Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Upgrading to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Publishing and scheduling generated reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Report types and details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Uninstalling the integration components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Continuous data export configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Continuous data export requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Configuring the datafeed utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Changing the retention policy for the CDE database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Maintaining the continuous export to the CDE database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Additional configuration options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
External CDE movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 217

Levels of integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Portal-wide integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Provider-wide integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Account integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
BMC Atrium CMDB integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
BMC Performance Manager Portal as a CMDB Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
BMC Performance Manager Portal as a CMDB Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Reconciliation rules for infrastructure elements and the BMC Atrium CMDB . 221
Service Model integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Event integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Event integration using email notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Event integration using SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Event integration using AlarmPoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Event integration using BMC II Web Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Combining BMC Performance Manager and PATROL Agent events. . . . . . . . . 233
SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
MIB files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Object identifiers (OIDs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Parsing SNMP traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Trap properties customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Sample trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Trap error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Events tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
List content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Page controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 251

Preparing the client computer for the bpmcli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
bpmcli syntax and arguments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Data-manipulation commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

8 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 addElements: adding a single element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
addElements: adding multiple elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
addPATROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
deleteElements: deleting a single element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
deleteElements: deleting multiple elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
refreshDatafeedMetadata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
refreshPATROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
savePassword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Data-extraction commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
exportParameterHistory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
getApplicationsForElement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
getElements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
getParameterHistory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
getParameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
getPortalVersion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
getSubApplications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Chapter 9 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface for BMC

Datastore 285
Configuring the BMC DatastoreCLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Disabling alarms and warnings for an application class or parameter globally . . . 287
Finding application class occurrences displaying the ACS error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Exporting the configuration information from BMC Portal on to an HTML file . . . 292

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 295

Monitoring problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
RSM computers running Windows require permission changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
RSM upgrade fails on Windows 2003 SP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Unable to download RSM by using IE 7 or 8 on Windows 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Unable to close popup windows on IE Minor Versions IE 7.0 and above . . . . . . . . 299
When you use Management Profiles to integrate data, Console Server list is empty . .
299
Reinstalling the application server component of the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Specifying RTservers for the BMC Performance Manager Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Changing the security for the BMC Performance Manager Portal . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Buffer Cache Hit Ratio and Oracle Dictionary Cache Hit Ratio parameters go into
alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Unable to download reports to csv or text file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
E-mail notification in Microsoft Outlook 2007 does not display the BMC logo and
icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Portal randomly logs out users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Cannot find errors when data discovery runs as a background process. . . . . . . . . . 304
PATROL integration error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Error message in BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Report does not contain expected data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Checking log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Frequently asked questions (FAQs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Contents 9
 Appendix B Monitoring the health of the Portal 311
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Self-monitoring Performance Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Remote Service Monitor setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Configure RSM to monitor JMX behind a firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
BMC PM Monitor application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Performance Manager configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
PATROL Agent health monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Configuring PATROL Agent monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Changing the threshold settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 319

Configuration files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
BMC Performance Manager Portal property files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Remote Service Monitor property files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Configuration file properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
BMC Performance Manager Portal log file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
RSM log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Glossary 347

Index 355

10 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

Figures
BMC Portal with the BMC Performance Manager Portal module installed . . . . . . . 19
Account view on the Status tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Parameter history chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Parameter history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Buttons to filter parameters on the Status tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Types of Remote Service Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Example of RSMOptions.txt file for silent installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Clustered RSMs in the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Alert After threshold options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Performance Manager parameter mapping to Knowledge Module parameters . . 122
Affect of status changes on reported parameter values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Standard parameter values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Accumulated parameter values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Top N: report settings and content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Top N: time controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Health At A Glance: time controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Health At A Glance: Element Status Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Health At A Glance: Key Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Health At A Glance: Element Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Options for multiple parameter history charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Comparative parameter history charts for one element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Comparative parameter history report for one parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Example of a typical report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Continuous data export process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Data target lines in the datafeed.properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Datafeed cache properties in the datafeed.properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Oracle properties in the datafeed.properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
CSV properties in the datafeed.properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
CDE database structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Simplified view of service model integration methods from the Portal . . . . . . . . . . 225
BMC Performance Manager Portal event integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Two comparable events from one threshold breach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Sample agentless and agent-based events sent from the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
OID structure in BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Sample trap for an Element State Change event (part 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Infrastructure element view of Events tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Alerts to Show list on Events tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Sample CSV file for adding elements with bpmcli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Sample CSV file for deleting elements with bpmcli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Figures 11
 Using data-extraction commands to retrieve input arguments for subsequent
commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
How the Historical Data Export utility uses the startData argument . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
RSM setup for monitoring the Portal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

12 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

Tables
Highlights of security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
PATROL Agent data required in CSV file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Page controls on Status tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Application ports for firewalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Authentication information on Logon Information screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Options for an RSM silent installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
RSMs and clustered RSM counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Icons for clustered RSM operating status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Minimum and maximum values for mapped thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Differences between Performance Manager and Knowledge Module thresholds . 124
Core Performance Managers and their application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Features of the Performance Managers page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Application class properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Supported collection protocols for custom application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Charts available from the Reports tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Output controls for Reports tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Element event attributes in Health At A Glance report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Reporting integration prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
BMC Performance Manager components required for various reports . . . . . . . . . . 166
Report schedule parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
BMC Performance Manager report details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Additional configuration options for the datafeed utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Variables for arimportcmd or dataImport command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Slot names in the base event class populated for the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
PATROL_Portal event class extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Parameter error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Types of events available for object views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Page controls for Events tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Basic arguments for bpmcli commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Data-manipulation bpmcli commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
addElements arguments for adding a single element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
addElements arguments for adding multiple elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Values required for CSV input file for the addPATROL CLI command . . . . . . . . . 260
addPATROL arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
deleteElements argument for deleting a single element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
deleteElements argument for deleting multiple elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
deleteElements argument for deleting multiple elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
refreshPATROL arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Data-extraction bpmcli commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Tables 13
 exportParameterHistory arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
getApplicationsForElement argument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
getParameterHistory arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
getParameters argument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Parameter status values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
getSubApplications argument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Error messages for PATROL integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Predefined settings for monitoring the BMC Performance Manager Portal module . .
312
BMC PM Monitor application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Location of BMC Performance Manager Portal property files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Properties in drmop.properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Properties in rsmcfg.properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Properties in the padm.properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Properties in rsm-RsmHostName.properties file on the RSM computer . . . . . . . . . . 342
Properties in the rsm.properties file on the RSM computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Properties in portal-PortalWebServer.properties file on the RSM computer . . . . . . 343
JMX credentials on RSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

14 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

1
Overview of the BMC Performance
1

Manager Portal
This chapter describes how the BMC Performance Manager Portal module fits into
the BMC Portal product and the features in BMC Performance Manager Portal.

This chapter presents the following topics:

How BMC Performance Manager Portal fits into BMC Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMC Portal features common to all modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
BMC Performance Manager Portal features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
How the BMC Performance Manager Portal monitors your infrastructure. . . . . 17
Methods of data collection for Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
BMC Performance Manager Portal module in BMC Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Remote Service Monitor program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Additional security for BMC Performance Manager Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Security requirements for RSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Infrastructure element credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

How BMC Performance Manager Portal fits

into BMC Portal
BMC Portal—also referred to as the Portal—is composed of a database, application
server, and web server, and provides the access point for its utilities and modules.
You access the BMC Portal from a browser on your client (desktop) computer.

The BMC Performance Manager Portal extends the features in the BMC Portal,
enabling you to leverage both agentless technologies and the PATROL Agent to
monitor the availability and performance of your business infrastructure.

Chapter 1 Overview of the BMC Performance Manager Portal 15

BMC Portal features common to all modules

Your user permissions determine the extent to which you can configure and monitor
your Portal account. At any time, users with the applicable permissions can view:

■ Current status of the infrastructure in the account

■ Lists of the elements and parameters in the account that recently crossed
thresholds and triggered events
■ Charts that show how well the elements in the account performed
■ History log of the events in the account

Each object view tab provides a high-level view of the account that enables you to
access more detailed information. Icons, colors, and other graphical cues enable you
to quickly determine the source of problems.

BMC Portal features common to all modules

BMC Portal provides many common features across all of its modules, including:

■ Account properties
■ Object group names
■ Blackout period scheduling (times when metrics are not collected from the
elements)
■ Customization of notification criteria that BMC Portal uses to determine when to
notify your personnel about problems in your environment
■ Users and user groups
■ Object views that provide status, events, and report data
■ Dashboard configuration
■ System and user-defined tagging of objects that you can use to quickly retrieve
objects

For details about these features, see the BMC Portal Getting Started guide and online
Help.

NOTE
For information about configuring BMC Portal, see the BMC Portal Getting Started guide. This
guide also describes the accounts, users, and administrators, as well as authentication, rights,
and permissions.

16 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 BMC Performance Manager Portal features

BMC Performance Manager Portal features

The BMC Performance Manager Portal leverages agentless and PATROL Agent
technologies to monitor and report on the performance of the IT infrastructure that
supports your business. The Status, Reports, and Events tabs provide views about
your account and the objects that compose the account.

Following installation and configuration of the BMC Performance Manager Portal,

you can begin adding computers and other devices to the account as infrastructure
elements. You organize infrastructure elements into groups to which you assign rights
and permissions for users of the Portal. Collectively, infrastructure elements and
groups are known as infrastructure objects. The infrastructure objects in your
account correspond to the computers and devices that compose the IT infrastructure
for your business.

How the BMC Performance Manager Portal monitors your

infrastructure
The BMC Performance Manager Portal uses Remote Service Monitors (RSMs) to
collect metrics about your infrastructure. An RSM is a computer on which you have
installed the RSM program. Depending on the size of your environment and your
high availability (HA) requirements, you can implement one or many RSMs. For
more information about installing and configuring the RSM program, see Chapter 4,
“Remote Service Monitors,” on page 69.

To know what to monitor on the specified infrastructure elements, the RSM uses
Performance Managers. Each Performance Manager contains one or more application
classes that you can select to monitor operating systems, programs, files, processes,
and more. Each application class contains parameters that define the type of metric to
obtain from the infrastructure element.

Performance Managers, and the application classes that they contain, are installed on
the Portal and saved in the Portal database when you select them from an installation
CD or EPD website, or when you import them from the Portal user interface.
Performance Managers that are installed on the Portal are available to all users on the
Portal who have the appropriate user permissions. For more information about
installing application classes, see Chapter 5, “Performance Managers and application
classes,” on page 113.

Chapter 1 Overview of the BMC Performance Manager Portal 17

Methods of data collection for Performance Managers

Methods of data collection for Performance Managers

Performance Managers contain the applications that obtain performance and
availability metrics about the monitored infrastructure objects in your account.
Performance Managers can provide agentless monitoring or can integrate parameter
data from a PATROL Agent. After you install the Performance Managers in the
Portal, you can configure the elements in your account to use the application classes
in the Performance Managers.

The application classes in agentless Performance Managers use industry-standard

protocols, such as PerfMon and SNMP, to retrieve metrics about the performance of
the monitored element. As you add elements to the account, the user interface
displays the application classes available for the new elements, based on the
operating system of the element. During element configuration, you can accept
default thresholds or, if permitted by your user permission, modify thresholds to
reflect the service level agreement (SLA) for your account.

The application classes in PATROL integration Performance Managers retrieve

parameter data from PATROL Agents. PATROL integration Performance Managers
correspond to the PATROL Knowledge Modules (KMs) on the selected agent, and
contain mappings to a subset of the parameters in the KM. You can integrate
parameter data from version 3.5 and later of PATROL Agents.

The RSM program begins collecting metrics about your account within minutes of
your adding and configuring the first elements. As soon as data collection begins, you
can use the BMC Performance Manager Portal to view performance and availability
metrics and status.

Components
The following components compose the BMC Performance Manager Portal:

■ BMC Performance Manager Portal module in BMC Portal

■ Remote Service Monitor program

18 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 BMC Performance Manager Portal module in BMC Portal

Figure 1 shows how the BMC Performance Manager Portal components interact with
the BMC Portal.

Figure 1 BMC Portal with the BMC Performance Manager Portal module installed
The programs that compose the BMC Performance
BMC Portal Manager Portal module reside on the Portal
application server. The RSMs obtain parameter
database server metrics from the monitored elements and send
RSM computer
events and parameter metrics to the Portal web
server.

When you specify an application class that is not

on the specified RSM, RSM queries the Portal for
the corresponding Performance Manager. After
the RSM retrieves it from the Portal, the
Performance Manager remains on the RSM.
web server application server
web browser

remote elements PATROL Agents

BMC Performance Manager Portal module in BMC Portal

During installation of BMC Portal, the installation program places the BMC
Performance Manager Portal on the BMC Portal application server. BMC Portal
provides the access point to the BMC Performance Manager Portal module and the
views that provide the metrics about your monitored infrastructure. You use your
Internet browser to access the Portal to view data and reports that show the
performance and availability of your account.

For more information about the individual components of BMC Portal, see the BMC
Portal Getting Started guide.

Remote Service Monitor program

The Remote Service Monitor (RSM) program remotely monitors its assigned elements
and sends parameter values to the Portal. You install the RSM program on each
computer designated as an RSM.

Chapter 1 Overview of the BMC Performance Manager Portal 19

Security

After you add an element to the Portal, the RSM begins collecting parameter data
from the element at the collection intervals specified for each application class, and
then sends parameter values to the Portal at the report update interval for the
element. The RSM also sends parameter values to the Portal as soon as it detects that
a parameter has changed its status (for example, when the parameter status changes
from warning to alarm).

For more information about the Remote Service Monitor program, see Chapter 4,
“Remote Service Monitors,” on page 69.

Security
During installation of BMC Portal, the installation program installs basic security on
the Portal. If you intend to integrate data from a PATROL Agent, you might need to
specify a different security level.

The RSM installation program also requests a security level. When integrating
PATROL Agent data, the security level on the RSM must match the security of the
monitored PATROL Agent.

Table 1 summarizes the key elements for each of the five levels of security. Basic
security (the default) is the lowest level of security. Levels 1 through 4 provide
increasingly higher levels of security, along with increasingly greater configuration
demands.

Table 1 Highlights of security levels (part 1 of 2)

Security level Description
Basic security ■ Default level of security employed when you install PATROL,
BMC Performance Manager Portal, and BMC Portal

■ No cryptographic protection of network traffic

■ No verification of product or data integrity

■ Authentication provided and protected password stored in

unattended operations in the PATROL application

■ Minimized security and access control lists

(ACLs) in favor of usability and performance
Level 1 ■ Diffie-Hellman used for privacy

■ No SSL authentication of either party to the other

20 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Additional security for BMC Performance Manager Portal

Table 1 Highlights of security levels (part 2 of 2)

Security level Description
Level 2 ■ Private communications provided by SSL

■ No SSL authentication performed (runs in keyless mode)

■ Defaults to unattended agent restart

Level 3 ■ Private communications and server authentication provided by
SSL

■ Certificate provided by agent so that the client can authenticate the

agent

■ Client not authenticated back to the agent

■ Defaults to unattended agent restart; can configure for attended

agent restart
Level 4 ■ Private communications and mutual authentication of the console
and the agent provided by SSL

■ Defaults to unattended agent restart; can configure for attended

agent restart

Additional security for BMC Performance Manager Portal

If you have a PATROL Central environment and want to use Management Profiles to
discover PATROL Agents, the security on the Portal must match that of the target
console servers. When you install the BMC Performance Manager Portal module, the
installation program asks if you want to discover PATROL Agents in a PATROL
Central environment. If you select Yes, the installation prompts you for an RTserver
name and for the necessary security level.

For more information about security, see the PATROL Security User Guide.

To change the security level for the Portal, see the BMC Portal Getting Started guide.

For more information about Management Profiles and the RTserver, see your
PATROL Central documentation.

Chapter 1 Overview of the BMC Performance Manager Portal 21

Security requirements for RSMs

Security requirements for RSMs

When installing the RSM program, the installation program prompts you for a
security level. Because an RSM that integrates PATROL Agent parameter values must
have the same security level as that of the PATROL Agent, you must install an RSM
for each security level of the PATROL Agents from which you integrate data.

If your environment does not use PATROL Agents, the installation program applies
the Basic security (level 0) to the RSM. This setting enables you to change the security
level at a later time, if necessary.

To change the security level on an RSM, see “Changing the security level for an RSM”
on page 101.

Infrastructure element credentials

During element configuration, the BMC Performance Manager Portal prompts you
for authentication credentials that the RSM program can use to access the element.
The credentials for infrastructure elements are encrypted and stored in the Portal
database, using Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA), which provides 160-bit
cryptographically secure hash of the credentials. The Portal encrypts the credentials
and sends them to the RSM computers, and the RSM program does not store any
element credentials locally.

22 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

2
Getting started with the BMC
2

Performance Manager Portal

This chapter describes activities that you must perform immediately after installing
and configuring the BMC Performance Manager Portal module on the Portal or after
upgrading to the current version of the Portal. The scenarios in this chapter acquaint
you with the methods for configuring the BMC Performance Manager Portal to
monitor your infrastructure.

This chapter presents the following topics:

Verifying the BMC Performance Manager Portal installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Adding infrastructure elements for agentless monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Verifying an upgrade from an earlier version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Integrating PATROL Agent data into the BMC Performance Manager Portal . . . . . 27
Options for identifying PATROL Agents as elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Synchronization of thresholds and application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Integrating infrastructure elements from the BMC Atrium CMDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Viewing object status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Portal and infrastructure status views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Individual parameter history charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Parameter history tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Parameter filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 23

Verifying the BMC Performance Manager Portal installation

Verifying the BMC Performance Manager

Portal installation
The BMC Portal Getting Started guide describes how to configure the Portal and its
modules, including the BMC Performance Manager Portal. This section describes
tasks that you can perform to ensure that the BMC Performance Manager Portal is
ready to monitor infrastructure.

To verify the BMC Performance Manager Portal installation

1 Use the procedure in “Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program”
on page 84 to install the RSM program on the Portal computer or another computer
designated as an RSM.

You can install one of the RSM instances on the Portal computer.

2 Use the procedure in “Adding infrastructure elements for agentless monitoring”

on page 25 to add one element to the account.

To test the installation, select a simple application class, such as Ping.

3 Select the Status tab.

4 In the navigation pane, expand the object tree to display the top-level Infrastructure
object group and the objects that it contains.

After adding the element, the status of the new infrastructure element should
change to OK.

If a problem occurs

If the status of the element is critical, you might have a problem with the Portal
installation or with the configuration of the element.

■ Verify that a firewall is not preventing the RSM from successfully reaching the
computer.

■ Verify that a firewall is not preventing the RSM from sending data to the Portal.

■ Determine whether a network problem is causing the ping command to fail.

■ See the troubleshooting appendix in the BMC Portal Getting Started guide or the
BMC Portal Installation Guide.

24 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Adding infrastructure elements for agentless monitoring

Where to go from here

■ Begin adding infrastructure elements. For more information, see “Adding

infrastructure elements for agentless monitoring” on this page.

■ Review the metrics collected about infrastructure elements. For more information,
see Chapter 6, “Reports,” on page 141.

Adding infrastructure elements for agentless

monitoring
You can quickly add computers and devices for agentless monitoring. The following
scenario provides the procedure for adding an element and configuring it with the
Ping application class, which measures network latency, and to verify that the
element can accept network requests.

Before you begin

You must have at least one RSM installed and available to the Portal. For more
information, see “Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program” on
page 84.

To add an infrastructure element to the BMC Performance Manager Portal

1 Log on with user credentials

2 Click the Configure tab.

3 Under Tasks, select Elements to open the Elements page, and click Add.

4 If the Elements–Add–Type of Element page is displayed, select Infrastructure

Element, and click Next; otherwise, proceed to step 5.

5 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Remote Service Monitor

page, select an RSM, and click Next to open the Elements–Add Infrastructure
Element–Identification page.

NOTE
If an instance of the RSM program has not been installed, the list of Remote Service
Monitors is empty. If this occurs, click Cancel and install the RSM program. See “Using the
installation wizard to install the RSM program” on page 84.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 25

Adding infrastructure elements for agentless monitoring

6 In Element Name (label), specify an element name that appears on all charts and
Status pages.

If you do not specify a label name, the host name or IP address is used as the
element name.

7 In the text box, type the host name of the computer, select Host Name, and click
Next.

To add many elements, you can paste a list of host names in the text box or specify
a range of IP addresses. When adding multiple elements, separate host names with
commas.

8 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Group page, specify the

platform name and group name, and click Next:

A From the Element(s) Platform list, select the platform that corresponds to the host
name that you specified in step 7.

B In Group Name, type test group.

9 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Application Classes page, select the

Networking category, select the Ping application class, and click Next.

10 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Properties and Credentials page,

review the properties for the Ping application class, and click Next:

■ When you keep the default value for Report Update Interval Minutes, the RSM
sends parameter values to the Portal every 5 minutes for BMC Portal versions
earlier than 2.7, and every 10 minutes for versions 2.7 and later, unless a
parameter threshold is violated.

■ When you keep the default value for Collection Interval, the RSM collects
parameter values for the Ping application class once every minute.

11 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Thresholds page, accept the default

thresholds, and click Finish.

After you finish adding the element to the Portal, the RSM starts accessing the
element to collect parameter values. You might need to wait a minute or two
before the Portal receives the initial parameter values and updates the Status tab.

Where to go from here

Begin viewing the parameter metrics collected by the RSM by selecting the Status and
Reports tabs.

26 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Verifying an upgrade from an earlier version

Verifying an upgrade from an earlier version

You can view the Performance Managers that were upgraded from version 2.1 and to
ensure that the Portal is collecting data following the upgrade.

If you upgraded from BMC Performance Manager Portal 2.1, your application classes
were migrated to the Performance Manager format and installed on the Portal. If you
upgraded from BMC Performance Manager Portal 2.3, see “To upgrade a
Performance Manager during a Portal upgrade” on page 127.

To verify an upgrade from BMC Performance Manager Portal version 2.3 or

later

1 Log on using the Portal administrator credentials (superadmin/superadmin by

default).

2 Select the Portal tab.

3 Under Tasks, select Performance Managers to open the Performance Managers page
and view the list of all the Performance Managers that were upgraded from the
earlier version.

4 Log on as a user and select the Status tab to view the values and status for the
infrastructure elements in your account.

After the upgrade, the Status tab should reflect new values collected by the
upgraded application classes and RSM for your Portal.

Integrating PATROL Agent data into the BMC

Performance Manager Portal
BMC Software has created PATROL integration Performance Managers for many of
the KMs, providing mappings to many of those KMs’ parameters. Using the PATROL
Agent as a data source, the RSM mines parameter data from the agent and sends it to
the Portal. The BMC Performance Manager Portal can integrate parameter data from
version 3.5 and later of PATROL Agents.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 27

Options for identifying PATROL Agents as elements

Options for identifying PATROL Agents as elements

When you add PATROL Agents to the Portal as elements, you either specify the host
names of the agents or use a discovery method to find them. When you specify the
host names or IP addresses, you can accept the default parameter thresholds in the
PATROL integration application class, or you can modify the default values (during
the add process or later). The Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Identification
page provides the following options for identifying PATROL Agents and discovering
thresholds from versions 3.5 and later of PATROL Agents:

■ Select Host Name or IP Address to specify one or more PATROL Agents as

elements. When you select one of these options, you must know the KMs that are
installed on the managed system and their corresponding Performance Managers
in the Portal. After specifying the host names, select the PATROL integration
Performance Managers that correspond to the KMs on the agents. In most cases,
the PATROL integration Performance Manager names and version numbers match
the PATROL KM names and version numbers.

This method uses the thresholds defined in the selected PATROL integration
Performance Manager. By default, threshold management is handled from the
PATROL Agent. To change threshold management to the Portal, access the
Properties page for element to change the threshold management preference.

The threshold values that you set in the Portal for PATROL integration parameters
have no effect on the values set for the parameters in the BMC Performance
Manager consoles, PATROL Configuration Manager, PATROL Knowledge
Module for Event Management, or other BMC Software products.

NOTE
The BMC Performance Manager consoles include

■ PATROL Central Operator - Web Edition

■ PATROL Central Operator - Microsoft Windows Edition
■ PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows
■ PATROL Console for UNIX®

■ Select PATROL Integration to have the BMC Performance Manager Portal discover
the agents and the KMs on the agents, match the KMs with the PATROL
integration Performance Managers on the Portal, and obtain parameter thresholds.
When you use this option to discover PATROL Agents, you can also choose to
monitor the health and availability of the selected PATROL Agents. For more
information, see “PATROL Agent health monitoring” on page 317.

For more information about managing thresholds for PATROL Agent elements, see
“PATROL Agent integration” on page 121.

28 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

When you select the PATROL Integration option, you can choose from the following
discovery options:

■ Discover agent data from a PATROL Central environment, which requires that
you specify credentials for a PATROL Console Server.

This method requires that you specify an RTserver for the Portal to discover
Management Profiles on the console server. When using this option, consider
creating Management Profiles that contain the managed systems that you want to
add.

■ Discover agent data from a PATROL desktop (DT) file, which requires that you
specify the full path and file name for the desktop file.

■ Discover agent data from a PATROL Event Translation (PET) file, which requires
that you specify the full path and file name for the configuration file.

■ Discover PATROL Agent data by specifying a comma-separated value (CSV) file

that contains the element name, agent host name, port number for the PATROL
Agent, and user name.

The CSV file can optionally contain the password to authenticate the user name.

■ Use the addPATROL command in the bpmcli to add elements from a list of
PATROL Agents. See “addPATROL” on page 260 for more information.

The data discovery process can take a long time, but after you click Commit to initiate
the process, you can navigate to other pages by clicking the Status, Events, Reports, or
Configure tab.

■ To view the status of the new elements, select the Status tab.
■ To see whether any errors occurred during data discovery, locate and view the
portal.log file. See “Cannot find errors when data discovery runs as a background
process” on page 304.

If your PATROL environment contains a mixture of PATROL architectures, you can

use a combination of the integration options.

NOTE
■ The BMC Performance Manager Solutions CD contains many PATROL integration
Performance Managers that provide integration with PATROL parameter data.

■ To ensure that you do not stop the Portal from mining data from the agents, do not unload
the corresponding KM from the PATROL Agent.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 29

Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

Discovering PATROL Agents in a PATROL Central

environment
If your business uses the PATROL Central environment to manage infrastructure,
you can specify Management Profiles for the Portal to use to discover PATROL
Agents. The discovery process also matches the PATROL integration Performance
Managers with the KMs and obtains parameter thresholds from the agent. For more
information about the components in the PATROL Central environment, see the
PATROL Central documentation.

Before you begin

■ The Portal requires an RTserver to access a Management Profile. If you did not
specify an RTserver and security level during installation of the Portal, you must
configure these Portal settings before proceeding.

See “Specifying RTservers for the BMC Performance Manager Portal” on page 300.

■ The KMs must be loaded on the PATROL Agent.

■ Consider creating or updating Management Profiles so that you can quickly select
the agents that you want.

■ Ensure that at least one RSM has been installed and is available to the Portal. See
“Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program” on page 84.

To discover PATROL Agents in a PATROL Central environment

1 Click the Configure tab, and under Tasks, select Elements to open the Elements
page, and then click Add.

2 If the Elements–Add–Type of Element page is displayed, select Infrastructure

Element, and click Next; otherwise, proceed to step 3 on page 42.

3 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Remote Service Monitor

page, select an RSM to collect data from the discovered agents, and click Next.

4 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Identification page, select PATROL

Integration, and click Next.

5 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Group page, specify the

object groups for the new elements, and click Next.

6 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select PATROL Agent for

Configuration page, select PATROL Management Profile(s), and click Next.

30 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

7 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Console Server Credentials page,

specify the credentials to access the selected console server, and click Next:

A From the list, select the console server.

If your Portal administrator has not specified an RTserver, the Console Server list
is empty and you cannot continue.

B Type the user credentials for the Portal to use to access the console server.

8 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Integrate Managed Systems page,

select the Management Profiles to use, and click Next.

9 If necessary, on the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–PATROL Agent

Credentials page, specify the credentials for the selected agents, and click Commit.

If the Management Profile had the PATROL Agent credentials saved in the console
server’s profile impersonation table, Agent credentials might already be displayed
on this page.

■ To monitor the discovered agents, select Monitor discovered PATROL Agents with
PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor.

■ To change the default element name, agent name, or port from that which was
discovered on the agent, type the new properties in the corresponding boxes for
each applicable agent.

■ To apply the same credentials to all agents, type the credentials in Agent User
Name and Agent Password, and click Apply to All.

■ To apply shared credentials to all agents, select a saved credential from the
Shared Credentials list, and click Apply to All.

■ To provide the credentials for individual agents, type the credentials in

corresponding Agent User Name and Agent Password boxes, or select a saved
credential from the list.

The data discovery process begins. In addition to matching application classes and
parameters between PATROL integration Performance Managers and KMs, the
Portal obtains the parameter thresholds from the discovered agents.

NOTE
The data discovery process can take a long time. During discovery, you can navigate away
from this page by clicking on the Status, Events, or Configure tab. If you navigate away
from this page, you will not be able to view the Results Summary page.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 31

Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

10 When the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Collect Application and

Threshold Data screen shows that it has finished collecting data, click Summary to
display the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Results Summary page.

This page shows the KMs on the agents that matched the available PATROL
integration Performance Managers for your Portal.

11 Click Done to return to the Elements page.

After you finish adding the element to the Portal, the RSM accesses the PATROL
Agent to collect parameter values. You might need to wait a minute or two for the
Portal to receive the initial parameter values and update the Status tab.

Where to go from here

■ If you navigated to other tasks or object views during the discovery process, you
can

— access the Status tab to view the new parameters and their values
— access the log files to check for errors encountered during discovery

■ Begin viewing measurements collected by the RSM program by selecting the Status
and Reports tabs.

■ View or edit parameter thresholds on the new elements. To access element

thresholds, take the following actions:

1. On the Configure tab, select the element in the navigation pane to open the
element Properties page.

2. Under Application Classes, click Edit.

Using a PATROL desktop file to discover PATROL Agents

If your business uses PATROL 3.x consoles, you can use a desktop file to discover
PATROL Agents. The discovery process also matches the PATROL integration
Performance Managers with the KMs and obtains parameter thresholds from the
agent.

Before you begin

■ You must have at least one RSM installed and available to the Portal. See “Using
the installation wizard to install the RSM program” on page 84.

■ You must have already saved a desktop file (*.dt) from the console. For information
about creating a desktop file, see your console documentation.

32 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

To use a PATROL desktop file to discover PATROL Agents

1 Click the Configure tab, and under Tasks, select Elements to open the Elements
page, and then click Add.

2 If the Elements–Add–Type of Element page is displayed, select Infrastructure

Element, and click Next; otherwise, proceed to step 3.

3 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Remote Service Monitor

page, select an RSM to collect data from the discovered agents, and click Next.

4 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Identification page, select PATROL

Integration, and click Next.

5 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Group page, specify the

object groups for the new elements, and click Next.

6 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select PATROL Agent for

Configuration page, select Console Desktop File(s), and click Next.

7 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Console Desktop File page, use one

of the following options to specify the desktop file, and click Next:

■ Click Browse to select a desktop file.

■ In File Name, type the full path and file name for the desktop file.

8 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–PATROL Agent Credentials page,

specify the credentials for the selected agents, and click Commit.

■ To monitor the discovered agents, select Monitor discovered PATROL Agents with
PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor.

■ To change the default element name, agent name, or port from that which was
discovered on the agent, type the new properties in the corresponding boxes for
each applicable agent.

■ To apply the same credentials to all agents, type the credentials in Agent User
Name and Agent Password, and click Apply to All.

■ To apply shared credentials to all agents, select a saved credential from the
Shared Credentials list, and click Apply to All.

■ To provide the credentials for individual agents, type the credentials in

corresponding Agent User Name and Agent Password boxes, or select a saved
credential from the list.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 33

Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

The data discovery process begins. In addition to matching application classes and
parameters between PATROL integration Performance Managers and KMs, the
Portal obtains the parameter thresholds from the discovered agents.

NOTE
The data discovery process can take a long time. During discovery, you can navigate away
from this page by clicking on the Status, Events, or Configure tab. If you navigate away
from this page, you will not be able to view the Results Summary page.

9 When the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Collect Application and

Threshold Data screen shows that the Portal has finished collecting data, click
Summary to display the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Results Summary
page.

This page shows the KMs on the agents that matched the available Performance
Managers on your Portal.

10 Click Done to return to the Elements page.

After you finish adding the element to the Portal, the RSM accesses the PATROL
Agent to collect parameter values. You might need to wait a minute or two for the
Portal to receive the initial parameter values and update the Status tab.

Where to go from here

■ If you navigated to other tasks or object views during the discovery process, you
can

— access the Status tab to view the new parameters and their values
— access the log files to check for errors encountered during discovery

■ Begin viewing measurements collected by the RSM program by selecting the Status
and Reports tabs.

■ View or edit parameter thresholds on the new elements. To access element

thresholds, take the following actions:

1. On the Configure tab, select the element in the navigation pane to open the
element Properties page.

2. Under Application Classes, click Edit.

34 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

Using a PET file to discover PATROL Agents

If your business has a PATROL 3.x environment without a console, you can use a PET
file to discover PATROL Agents. The discovery process also matches the PATROL
integration Performance Managers with the KMs and obtains parameter thresholds
from the agent.

Before you begin

■ You must have at least one RSM installed and available to the Portal. See “Using
the installation wizard to install the RSM program” on page 84.

■ You must have used the PATROL Event Translation Configuration utility to create
a PET file.

To use a PET file to discover PATROL Agents

1 Click the Configure tab, and under Tasks, select Elements to open the Elements
page, and then click Add.

2 If the Elements–Add–Type of Element page is displayed, select Infrastructure

Element, and click Next; otherwise, proceed to step 3.

3 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Remote Service Monitor

page, select an RSM to collect data from the discovered agents, and click Next.

4 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Identification page, select PATROL

Integration, and click Next.

5 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Group page, specify the

object groups for the new elements, and click Next.

6 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select PATROL Agent for

Configuration page, select PET Configuration File(s), and click Next.

7 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–PET File page, use one of the

following options to specify the desktop file, and click Next:

■ Click Browse to select a PET file.

■ In File Name, type the full path and file name for the PET file.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 35

Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

8 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–PATROL Agent Credentials page,

specify the credentials for the selected agents, and click Commit:

■ To monitor the discovered agents, select Monitor discovered PATROL Agents with
PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor.

■ To change the default element name, agent name, or port from that which was
discovered on the agent, type the new properties in the corresponding boxes for
each applicable agent.

■ To apply the same credentials to all agents, type the credentials in Agent User
Name and Agent Password, and click Apply to All.

■ To apply shared credentials to all agents, select a saved credential from the
Shared Credentials list, and click Apply to All.

■ To provide the credentials for individual agents, type the credentials in

corresponding Agent User Name and Agent Password boxes, or select a saved
credential from the list.

The data discovery process begins. In addition to matching application classes and
parameters between PATROL integration Performance Managers and KMs, the
Portal obtains the parameter thresholds from the discovered agents.

NOTE
The data discovery process can take a long time. During discovery, you can navigate away
from this page by clicking on the Status, Events, or Configure tab. If you navigate away
from this page, you will not be able to view the Results Summary page.

9 When the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Collect Application and

Threshold Data screen shows that is has finished collecting data, click Summary to
display the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Results Summary page.

This page shows the KMs on the agents that matched the available Performance
Managers for your Remote Service Monitor.

10 Click Done to return to the Elements page.

After you finish adding the element to the Portal, the RSM accesses the PATROL
Agent to collect parameter values. You might need to wait a minute or two for the
Portal to receive the initial parameter values and update the Status tab.

36 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

Where to go from here

■ If you navigated to other tasks or object views during the discovery process, you
can

— access the Status tab to view the new parameters and their values
— access the log files to check for errors encountered during discovery

■ Begin viewing measurements collected by the RSM program by selecting the Status
and Reports tabs.

■ View or edit parameter thresholds on the new elements. To access element

thresholds, take the following actions:

1. On the Configure tab, select the element in the navigation pane to open the
element Properties page.

2. Under Application Classes, click Edit.

Using a CSV file to discover PATROL Agents

If you have the PATROL Agents listed in a comma-separated value (CSV) file, you
can identify the agents by uploading the file to the Portal.

Before you begin

■ You must have at least one RSM installed and available to the Portal. See “Using
the installation wizard to install the RSM program” on page 84.

■ You must have a CSV file that contains the following properties (in the order
specified) for each new element:

Table 2 PATROL Agent data required in CSV file

Value Notes
element name ■ value cannot exceed 256 characters
■ if empty, the row is ignored
host name ■ cannot exceed 256 characters
■ if empty, the row is ignored
port number if empty, the row is ignored
user name ■ cannot exceed 256 characters
■ value is not required
password ■ cannot exceed 256 characters
■ value is not required
■ if value is present, it must be PEM encrypted

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 37

Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

To use a CSV file to discover PATROL Agents

1 Click the Configure tab, and under Tasks, select Elements to open the Elements
page, and then click Add.

2 If the Elements–Add–Type of Element page is displayed, select Infrastructure

Element, and click Next; otherwise, proceed to step 3.

3 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Remote Service Monitor

page, select an RSM to collect data from the discovered agents, and click Next.

4 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Identification page, select PATROL

Integration, and click Next.

5 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Group page, specify the

object groups for the new elements, and click Next.

6 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select PATROL Agent for

Configuration page, select Comma Separated Values (CSV file(s), and click Next.

7 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–CSV File page, use one of the

following options to specify the file, and click Next:

■ Click Browse to select the file.

■ In File Name, type the full path and file name for the file.

8 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–PATROL Agent Credentials page,

specify the credentials for the agents listed in the CSV file, and click Commit:

■ To monitor the discovered agents, select Monitor discovered PATROL Agents with
PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor.

■ To change the default element name, agent name, or port from that which was
discovered on the agent, type the new properties in the corresponding boxes for
each applicable agent.

■ To apply the same credentials to all agents, type the credentials in Agent User
Name and Agent Password, and click Apply to All.

■ To apply shared credentials to all agents, select a saved credential from the
Shared Credentials list, and click Apply to All.

■ To provide the credentials for individual agents, type the credentials in

corresponding Agent User Name and Agent Password boxes, or select a saved
credential from the list.

38 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Methods for discovering PATROL Agent data

The data discovery process begins. In addition to matching application classes and
parameters between PATROL integration Performance Managers and KMs, the
Portal obtains the parameter thresholds from the discovered agents.

NOTE
The data discovery process can take a long time. During discovery, you can navigate away
from this page by clicking on the Status, Events, or Configure tab. If you navigate away
from this page, you will not be able to view the Results Summary page.

9 When the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Collect Application and

Threshold Data screen shows that is has finished collecting data, click Summary to
display the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Results Summary page.

This page shows the KMs on the agents that matched the available Performance
Managers on your Portal.

10 Click Done to return to the Elements page.

After you finish adding the element to the Portal, the RSM accesses the PATROL
Agent to collect parameter values. You might need to wait a minute or two for the
Portal to receive the initial parameter values and update the Status tab.

Where to go from here

■ If you navigated to other tasks or object views during the discovery process, you
can

— access the Status tab to view the new parameters and their values
— access the log files to check for errors encountered during discovery

■ Begin viewing measurements collected by the RSM program by selecting the Status
and Reports tabs.

■ View or edit parameter thresholds on the new elements. To access element

thresholds, take the following actions:

1. On the Configure tab, select the element in the navigation pane to open the
element Properties page.

2. Under Application Classes, click Edit.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 39

Synchronization of thresholds and application classes

Synchronization of thresholds and application classes

Not only can you manually change parameter thresholds, but you can synchronize
the parameter thresholds and application classes in the PATROL integration
Performance Managers with those on the PATROL Agent through the Portal. When
synchronizing thresholds, you can also choose to monitor the health and availability
of the selected PATROL Agents. See “PATROL Agent health monitoring” on
page 317 for more information.

The following conditions can cause discrepancies between the parameter thresholds
and application classes in the PATROL integration Performance Managers and the
PATROL Agent:

■ changing the parameter thresholds on the PATROL Agent

■ removing application classes on the PATROL Agent
■ adding application classes on the PATROL Agent

When you synchronize parameter values, the following limitations apply:

■ Updating PATROL integration parameters for more than 100 elements can take a
long time. Like with discovery, you can navigate to other tabs and options on the
Portal during the synchronization process, but if you do, you will not be able to
view or save the Results Summary report.

■ The Portal does not synchronize PATROL integration parameters for elements to
which an element profile has been applied. For more information about element
profiles, see “Element Profiles task” on page 51.

By default, the Portal synchronizes the thresholds for all parameters that it discovers
for the specified elements. You can provide a list of parameters to exclude from the
synchronization process by updating the padm.properties file. See the
padm.migrate.threshold.update.exclude.list property on page 342 for more
information.

40 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Synchronization of thresholds and application classes

To manually synchronize PATROL integration parameters with those on the

PATROL Agent

1 Select the Configure tab, and in the navigation pane, select the Elements task.

2 On the Elements page, click Refresh PATROL Integration to synchronize the

parameter values in the Portal and the PATROL Agent.

3 On the Elements page, optionally select elements in the object tree, and click
Refresh PATROL Integration:

■ If you select elements from the object tree, the Portal searches the selected
elements for PATROL integration application classes.

■ If you do not select elements from the object tree, the Portal searches all
elements in the account for PATROL integration application classes.

The Elements–Refresh PATROL Integration–Select Elements page lists the

elements that use PATROL Integration application classes.

4 If necessary, modify the selections, and click Commit to open the Elements–Refresh
PATROL Integration–Collect Application, Threshold Data page and start the
synchronization process.

The synchronization process can take a long time. During this process, you can
navigate away from this page by clicking on any of the Portal tabs or by selecting
another task from the Configure tab. However, if you navigate away from this
page, you cannot view the Elements–Refresh PATROL Integration–Results
Summary page.

5 When the Elements–Refresh PATROL Integration–Collect Application, Threshold

Data page shows that it has finished collecting data, click Summary.

The Elements–Refresh PATROL Integration–Results Summary page shows the

status of the synchronization for the specified elements and PATROL Agents.

6 Click Done to return to the Elements page

See the Help for more information about synchronizing application classes and
threshold values. To initiate the synchronization from a command line, see Chapter 8,
“BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface.”

NOTE
The BMC Performance Manager Portal requires that an infrastructure element have at least
one application class assigned to it. If the synchronization process removes all of the
application classes from an element, the Portal deletes the element. This can occur if you
unload all the KMs on a PATROL Agent and then synchronize the application classes.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 41

Integrating infrastructure elements from the BMC Atrium CMDB

Integrating infrastructure elements from the

BMC Atrium CMDB
You can add BMC Atrium Configuration Management Database (BMC Atrium
CMDB) infrastructure objects to the Portal by using the Elements task. When you
identify the infrastructure element, you can use the Discover from BMC Atrium CMDB
option to access filters to restrict the objects that the Portal finds in the BMC Atrium
CMDB. The Portal search queries the BMC.ASSET dataset in the BMC Atrium CMDB.

The search results are only as good as the data:

■ If you apply an IP address restriction, objects in the BMC Atrium CMDB that do
not have an IP address are not included in the search results.

■ If you apply a Platform restriction, objects in the BMC Atrium CMDB that have an
empty platform attribute are not included in any of the search results.

■ If you apply the Host Name restriction, objects in the BMC Atrium CMDB that do
not have a trusted host are not included in any of the search results.

The BMC Topology Discovery program is an example of a BMC Software product

that populates the trusted host attribute. The BMC Performance Manager Portal
also populates this attribute when you add an infrastructure element and assign an
operating system application class.

See “BMC Atrium CMDB integration” on page 219 for more information about how
the BMC Performance Manager Portal can provide data to and consume data from
the BMC Atrium CMDB.

To add infrastructure objects from the BMC Atrium CMDB

1 Click the Configure tab, and under Tasks, select Elements to open the Elements
page, and then click Add.

2 If the Elements–Add–Type of Element page is displayed, select Infrastructure

Element, and click Next; otherwise, proceed to step 3.

3 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Remote Service Monitor

page, select an RSM to collect data about the discovered infrastructure objects, and
click Next.

4 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Identification page, select Discover

from BMC Atrium CMDB, and click Next.

42 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Integrating infrastructure elements from the BMC Atrium CMDB

5 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Discover from BMC Atrium CMDB

page, specify the search criteria for the Portal to use when retrieving objects from
the BMC Atrium CMDB, and click Next:

A Under Search for Configuration Items (CIs), provide the search criteria that the
Portal uses to retrieve CIs from the BMC Atrium CMDB, and click Search:

■ To filter CIs by host name, type a character string in Host Name. The string
that you type has an implied wild card appended to the end.

For example, typing acme would retrieve acme1, acme2, and acme3 from the
BMC Atrium CMDB.

■ To filter CIs by IP address, type the address in the IP Address text boxes.

■ To filter CIs by operating system, select an option from Platform.

B From the search results under CIs Found in the BMC Atrium CMDB, select the
objects to add as infrastructure elements.

All of your selections must have the same platform. If you select a CI that has a
platform specified and a CI that does not have a platform specified, the Portal
assumes that both CIs have the specified platform.

■ Select the check boxes to select individual CIs.

■ Click Select All to select all CIs in the list.

6 If necessary, on the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Select Group page,

specify the platform and an object group for the new elements:

■ If at least one of the CIs that you selected from the BMC Atrium CMDB had a
platform defined for it, then you cannot specify a platform.

■ If none of the CIs that you selected from the BMC Atrium CMDB had a platform
defined for it, then you can select a platform.

7 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Application Classes page, specify

the parameters to monitor.

8 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Properties and Credentials page,

specify the properties and authentication credentials that the RSM must have to
access the specified elements.

9 On the Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Thresholds page, set the element

thresholds for each parameter.

10 Click Finish.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 43

Viewing object status

The Elements–Add Infrastructure Element–Progress Page opens. When the Portal

has finished adding the elements to the database, the Done button becomes
available.

11 When the Portal has finished adding elements to the database, click Done to return
to the Elements page.

TIP
To view the reconciliation status of the new element, perform the following actions:

1. In the navigation pane, select the infrastructure object.

2. Select the Configure tab.

3. Under General Properties, locate BMC Atrium CMDB Status.

After you finish adding the element to the Portal, the RSM accesses the element to
collect parameter values. You might need to wait a minute or two for the Portal to
receive the initial parameter values and to update the Status tab.

Viewing object status

The Status tab provides a current snapshot of the objects in the account. You can view
the status of the entire account, its groups, individual elements, application classes,
and parameters. The status icons and color-coded status bars enable you to
proactively identify and resolve substandard performance problems before they
become severe.

You can use the icons at the top of the tab to print the status page or send the page to
email recipients.

The Status tab provides the tab controls shown in Table 3:

Table 3 Page controls on Status tab (part 1 of 2)

Page control Description
Auto Refresh enables or disables automatic update of the page

When selected, the Portal remains active and does not time
out due to inactivity.
opens the active Status page in a new window

44 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Portal and infrastructure status views

Table 3 Page controls on Status tab (part 2 of 2)

Page control Description
opens a printer-friendly view of the page in a new window

opens an email window that contains the active view of the

Status tab

NOTE
If the parameter count exceeds 1000, the Expand All and Collapse All buttons do not display
on the Status tab.

Portal and infrastructure status views

The Status tab shows the most recent values received from the RSM. The object
statuses reflect the worst parameter status in the selected object. This means that if one
parameter for one of the elements in the account has a status of warning and all of the
remaining parameters for the other elements have a status of OK, the status of the
account is warning. In Figure 2, because one of the objects has a status of alarm, the
account also has a status of alarm.

Figure 2 Account view on the Status tab

The summary bar shows that one object has
a status of critical.
The solid red bar shows that the account
has a status of critical.

One of the objects in the Infrastructure

group has a status of critical alarm.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 45

Individual parameter history charts

Individual parameter history charts

Parameter history charts show the parameter values for a selected parameter during a
user-specified time. Selecting for a parameter on an element, application class, or
parameter on the Status page opens the history chart in a new window. By default,
the parameter history chart shows the raw data values collected during the most
recent six hours.

The time-interval controls enable you to change the reporting interval for the chart.

■ When you are viewing a time period within 12 hours of the time that you request
the chart, the chart shows raw data values. If the selected time period has no raw
data, the chart is blank.

■ When you are viewing a period greater than 12 hours from the collection time, the
chart shows summarized data values for each hour.

In Figure 3, the red and yellow lines show the alarm and warning thresholds relative
to the reported values.

Clicking enables you to export the data to a file for use in other applications.

Figure 3 Parameter history chart

alarm threshold

warning
threshold

46 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Parameter history tables

Parameter history tables

Selecting Table View from the list box on the parameter history chart opens the
parameter history table for the parameter. The parameter history table shows the
values for the raw data collected for the selected parameter, as shown in Figure 4 on
page 47. By default, the table shows the values for the last six hours, but you can
choose time intervals up to 10 days.

Clicking enables you to export the raw data to a file for use in other applications.

Figure 4 Parameter history table

Parameter filtering
When viewing the status for the element, application class, and application instance
objects, the Status tab lists the parameters in the selected object and the status of each
parameter. The status buttons at the top of the Status tab, shown in Figure 5, enable
you to filter the parameters in the list to those that match or exceed the selected status.

Figure 5 Buttons to filter parameters on the Status tab

To list parameters in alarm, warning, and OK, click the OK button.

To list parameters in alarm and warning, click the warning button.

To list only parameters in alarm, click the alarm button.

Chapter 2 Getting started with the BMC Performance Manager Portal 47

Parameter filtering

The status buttons act as toggles.

■ To apply the filter, click the applicable status button.

■ To remove the filter and show all parameters for the selected object, click the status
button again.

48 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

3
3 Users and administrators
This chapter describes how users can configure the BMC Performance Manager
Portal for their accounts and how administrators can configure the accounts of their
users, their providers, and the BMC Performance Manager Portal. For general
configuration procedures that apply to all modules, see the BMC Portal Getting Started
guide.

This chapter presents the following topics:

User configuration options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

About task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Account Information task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Blackout Periods task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Change Password task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Dashboards task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Element Profiles task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Elements task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Monitoring On/Off task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Notifications task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Object Groups task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Personal Preferences task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Remote Service Monitors task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Shared Credentials task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Tags task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
User Groups task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Users task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Administrator configuration options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Tasks on the Accounts tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Tasks on the Provider tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Tasks on the Portal tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 49

User configuration options

User configuration options

Each account can have one or more users who can access the Portal to view
information about the account and configure the account for their use. The BMC
Portal enables administrators to create and configure accounts that grant users Read
Only, Full Access, or a combination of rights and permissions for their accounts.

The user rights determine the user interface options that a user can see and select.
User permissions determine which infrastructure objects that you can view and
configure. The Configure tab provides a list of tasks from which you can choose. The
following sections describe the tasks available on the Configure tab for users who
have Full Access rights for all tasks.

NOTE
This book and the Help describe options and text boxes available to users with Full Access
rights for all tasks. If your account does not have full access, you might not see every option.

See the Help and the BMC Portal Getting Started guide for information about accounts,
user groups, users, and rights and permissions.

About task
The About task opens a page that contains information about the version of the
installed BMC Portal and modules.

Account Information task

The Account Information task opens a page that lists basic information about your
account, including account name, language preference for the account, information
about the primary account contact, and email format preference for receiving email
messages from the Portal.

Blackout Periods task

If your user ID has adequate permissions, you can use the Blackout Periods task to
schedule one-time or recurring blackout periods for all objects in the account, for all
objects in selected groups, and for individual objects.

50 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Change Password task

NOTE
When you delete objects, the blackout periods for those objects are deleted.

You can use blackout periods to keep the Portal from notifying you about problems
during times when you know that your system will not be operating, such as during
scheduled routine maintenance.

Change Password task

The Change Password task enables users to change their logon credentials. Only users
with internal database authentication can use this task. See “Users task” on page 62
for more information about internal database authentication.

Dashboards task
The Dashboards task enables you to create a customizable view, or dashboard, that
displays your most important, but possibly disparate, objects in one window (for
example, parameters, reports, and HTML pages). Objects in a dashboard display the
same live data that the original object displays.

You can specify the number of objects to display in the dashboard. That number
determines the size of the underlying layout grid in the dashboard window. Each
section of the grid represents a place where you can position an object view. The size
of an individual displayed object view depends on the number of sections in the grid.

Element Profiles task

The Element Profiles task enables you to create platform-independent descriptions, or
profiles, to manage the infrastructure elements in your account. An element profile
acts as a template that enables you to quickly change the properties associated with
your infrastructure elements. Element profiles are especially useful when you need to
manage many elements that share common properties because you can apply a single
element profile to multiple objects.

When applying the template to elements, you can override thresholds and properties
on specified elements.

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 51

Element Profiles task

Using element profiles

You can use the following methods to create and apply element profiles:

■ Create an element profile by explicitly defining profile properties.

■ Create an element profile from an existing element and assign the profile to the
element.

■ Apply an existing element profile to a new or existing element.

■ Modify the element profile that is assigned to an element

If you have applied an element profile to an element, you can quickly change the
properties for that element and all elements associated with the profile by changing
the properties of its element profile or by applying a different element profile.

Properties controlled by element profiles

Element profiles enable you to apply and manage the following properties to many
elements at one time:

■ application classes assigned to the elements

■ collection interval for the application class
■ threshold values for parameters
■ credentials and properties required for the application classes, including
properties for child classes (when applicable for the application class)

If you remove an element profile from an infrastructure element, the profile

properties are copied to the infrastructure element, and any future changes applied to
the element profile have no effect on the element.

How the Portal applies element profiles

When you assign an element profile to an element, the following rules apply:

■ Any application classes previously assigned to the element that are not in the
element profile are removed from the element.

■ For any application classes previously assigned to the element that are also in the
element profile, the Portal retains the application class history data.

The thresholds in the element profile supersede any differing thresholds in the
application class on the element.

52 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Element Profiles task

■ Modifications made to an element profile by adding or removing application

classes, or by modifying parameter thresholds, affect all assigned elements.

■ When you create an element profile that includes application classes that support
discovered instances, the Portal applies the profile properties to each discovered
instance.

■ When you assign an element profile, the Portal filters out any application classes in
the profile that do not apply to the platform of the element.

Overriding element profile settings

You can override properties and threshold settings defined by a profile without
disassociating the profile from the element.

■ When you override properties, you can also change authentication credentials.
■ When you override thresholds, you can change warning and alarm threshold
values (including the on or off flag) and Alert After properties.

When overriding a profile, the following rules apply:

■ When you override thresholds at the parent level of discovered instances or user-
defined instances, then the override propagates to all discovered instances or user
defined instances (existing or newly discovered), unless they are already
overridden at the child level.

■ When you override thresholds at the parent level of discovered instances or user-
defined instances, then at the child level, Global appears in the row for the
parameter in the Overridden column. At the parent level, if the same parameter
exists, Local appears in the row for the parameter in the Overridden column.

■ When you override thresholds at the instance level, Local appears in the row for the
parameter in the Overridden column.

■ When you make threshold changes at the Element-Profile level, and the parent and
instance levels are not overridden, then the Overridden column is blank.

■ When you disable an override at the instance level,

— if the parent of the instance is overridden, the parent thresholds are used and
the label in the row for the parameter is changed to Global in the Overridden
column.

— if the parent of the instance is not overridden, the Element-Profile thresholds are
used, and the Overridden column is blank

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 53

Element Profiles task

■ When you disable an override at the parent level, the Element-Profile thresholds
are used and the Overridden column is blank

■ In cases where Elements are bound to an Element-Profile, you cannot override the
active or inactive state properties of parameters; the Active column is disabled for
editing. For more information, see “Deactivating parameters” on page 116.

You can use the element Properties page to view thresholds and properties that are
overridden for the element.

Changing the report update interval for elements by using

element profile
You cannot override the report update interval at the element level. You can change
the report update interval by editing the general properties for the element. However,
editing the report update interval at the element profile level propagates that change
to all elements assigned to that element profile, regardless of any settings at the
element level.

For example, if the following are the settings for the report update interval:

■ At the element profile level, the report update interval is set to 10 minutes.
■ Elements that are assigned to this same element profile have report update
intervals set at 5 minutes and 15 minutes.

If you then change the report interval at the element profile level to 15 minutes, the
report update interval is set to 15 minutes for all of the elements assigned to this
element profile, regardless of the settings or changes made at the element level.

For more details, see the drmop.default.reporting.interval.minutes property in

Appendix C, “BMC Performance Manager Portal files.”

54 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Elements task

Elements task
The Elements task enables you to add infrastructure elements to the account. Each
infrastructure element corresponds to a system or device in your IT environment.
You can use the following methods to add infrastructure elements:

■ Add elements by explicitly typing the element names and specifying the
monitoring attributes for those elements. You can add many elements at a time by
pasting a list of host names into a text box.

■ If you use PATROL Knowledge Modules (KMs) to monitor infrastructure, you can
configure the Portal to discover PATROL Agents. The discovery process matches
the KMs in the agents with integration Performance Managers on the Portal and
then obtains parameter thresholds from the agents and applies the thresholds to
the parameters in the integration Performance Managers. The Elements task also
enables you to synchronize the parameter thresholds and application classes in the
PATROL integration Performance Managers with those on the PATROL Agent.

■ If you use a product like BMC Topology Discovery to discover IT objects and
populate the BMC Atrium Configuration Management Database (BMC Atrium
CMDB), the Portal can discover the host names of those infrastructure objects.
Following discovery, you specify the monitoring attributes for those elements.

For more information about adding elements to an account, see “Adding

infrastructure elements for agentless monitoring” on page 25. The task also enables
you to change the properties associated with elements and to delete elements from
the BMC Performance Manager Portal.

Monitoring On/Off task

The Monitoring On/Off task enables you to temporarily stop and restart

■ remote data collection for selected objects

■ reporting of collected data from agents

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 55

Notifications task

Notifications task
When conditions cause an object to violate a threshold or change its state, the BMC
Portal can send a notification about the event. The Notifications task enables you to
create rules that specify when and how the Portal sends notifications in response to
system problems or state changes.

Users can create notification rules for the following types of conditions:

■ state changes, which occur when the status of an object changes to a state for which
you want the Portal to send a notification

■ general system problems, which occur when a system problem prevents the Portal
from receiving information about an object (for example, an RSM stops
communicating with the Portal)

Users can configure the following types of notifications:

■ email messages: The Portal can send long or concise email messages for state
change and general system problem events. Concise email messages are suitable
for pagers and other wireless devices.

■ SNMP traps: The Portal can send SNMP traps for state change and general system
problem events. In addition to creating an SNMP notification, you must also
specify the host names of the servers to receive the traps. See “SNMP traps” on
page 236.

■ AlarmPoint: If you have AlarmPoint installed, you can configure the Portal to send
state change and general system problem notifications to AlarmPoint. Before a
user or administrator can create a notification rule for AlarmPoint, a Portal
administrator must use the Global Properties page to configure the Portal for
AlarmPoint integration. For more information about configuring the Portal to send
notifications to an AlarmPoint server, see “Event integration using AlarmPoint” on
page 228 and the BMC Portal Getting Started guide.

■ BMC Impact Integration Web Services: You can use the BMC Impact Integration
Web Services (BMC II Web Services) component to send state change and general
system problem notifications to BMC Impact Manager. Before a user or
administrator can create a notification rule for this transport method, a provider
administrator must use the Notifications page on the Provider tab to configure a
target BMC II Web Services server for the Portal.

Notification rules specify the following properties:

■ type of event or system problem to trigger notification

■ length of time that the Portal waits after the change in event severity before
sending notification

56 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Notifications task

■ transport method that the Portal uses to send notifications: email, SNMP, BMC II
Web Services, or AlarmPoint

■ the affected objects (groups or objects within groups)

■ notification recipients

You can apply the same notification rules to all objects in the account, or you can set
different notification rules for each object (or object groups). Also, you can set
multiple notifications for objects, enabling you to incorporate or establish an
escalation procedure.

TIP
To quickly configure notification rules for an escalation procedure, create one notification
rule, and then copy that rule and modify the wait time and notification recipients for the other
levels in the escalation order.

To customize the notifications, you can create notification templates that you can
apply to notification rules. The templates specify the subject and message for email
notifications and the detail message field for SNMP notifications. You can create
notification templates before you create notification rules and specify a template as
you create or edit notification rules, or you can create a template while creating or
editing a notification rule.

Unless you customize them, infrastructure email notifications provide the following
information:

■ Element email notifications contain the

— status of the element

— name of the infrastructure element
— date and time at which the event was detected
— parent objects of the element
— account name for the element
— ID for the account

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 57

Notifications task

Also, the notification contains the following information for each parameter of the
element that caused the element notification:

— name of the infrastructure element

— host name of the element
— date and time at which the event was detected
— application class for the parameter
— name of the parameter
— parameter status that triggered the event
— current parameter value
— warning or alarm threshold that was breached
— host name for the RSM that detected the event

■ Parameter email notifications contain the

— name of the element

— host name of the element
— date and time in which the event was detected
— application class for the parameter
— name of the parameter
— parameter status that triggered the event
— current parameter value
— warning or alarm threshold that was breached
— host name for the RSM that detected the event

NOTE
When the earlier state of the element or parameter is violated, depending upon the
notification rule that is set, BMC Portal sends the Unknown-OK notifications.

For example, if you have selected the When Rules are violated and object is no longer in
violation notification rule and the state of the object changes from Alarm to Unknown to OK,
BMC Portal sends OK as a Clear notification.

Therefore, BMC recommends that in the internal.properties file, you must not set the value of
the websdk.services.notification.ok.unknown.support property to true. If you must do so,
contact BMC customer support.

58 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Object Groups task

Object Groups task

The Object Groups task enables you to create and modify object groups—containers—
to organize the objects in your account. You can create any number of object groups,
and you can create nested groups (groups that contain groups). After creating an
object group, you can manage the objects in the object group as a single entity and
view reports, status, and events for the group.

Each account must contain at least one object group under one of the top-level object
groups. By default, the BMC Portal has the following top-level object groups that
contain any object groups that you create:

■ Dashboards—populated by any module

■ Business—created and populated by the BMC Impact Portal module

■ Exceptions—created and populated by the BMC Performance Exception Detector

module

When you use the BMC Performance Exception Detector module, you must assign
each new detector to at least one object group.

■ Infrastructure—created and populated by the BMC Performance Manager Portal

module

When you use the BMC Performance Manager Portal module, you must assign
each new infrastructure element to at least one object group.

You choose how to create and organize the object groups in your account. Object
groups can assist you with the following activities:

■ creating user permissions—Create groups of objects whose members require the

same level of access. User groups provide permission to access specific objects.
Instead of selecting individual objects during user group creation, you can select
one or more object groups.

■ scheduling blackout periods—Create groups of objects that have the same

maintenance schedules.

■ specifying objects to include in user notifications—Create groups of objects to

which you assign the same notification criteria. Instead of selecting individual
objects while you create a notification rule, you can select one or more object
groups.

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 59

Personal Preferences task

Personal Preferences task

The Personal Preferences task enables you to control the language, time zone, refresh
rate, default view at logon, and provides the ability to view or suppress object status
icons in the object tree when you are logged on with your user name.

Remote Service Monitors task

The Remote Service Monitors task enables you to add and administer Remote Service
Monitors for your account. The BMC Performance Manager Portal module uses
Remote Service Monitors, or RSMs (computers in which you have installed the
Remote Service Monitor program), to provide agentless infrastructure monitoring
and to mine parameter data from PATROL Agents.

A user with the necessary permissions can add RSM computers to collect
measurement data about the elements in an account. The number of RSM computers
that you need depends on the number and types of elements in your account and
your high availability requirements. If you use PATROL integration Performance
Managers, the security level of the monitored PATROL agents can also affect the
number of RSMs required for your account. See “Security requirements for RSMs” on
page 22 for more information about how security levels can affect RSMs.

See “RSM program installation” on page 76 for more information about using and
configuring RSM computers.

Shared Credentials task

The Shared Credentials task enables you to define and save credentials that you can
apply to one or more elements. When you apply shared credential to elements, you
can simultaneously modify the credentials of those elements by updating the
properties for the shared credentials.

You can define shared credentials that the Portal can use across multiple application
classes on a single element, or across multiple elements.

NOTE
The ability to apply shared credentials to an element is enabled in application classes. If you
do not see an option to apply a shared credential when specifying credentials and properties
for an application class, then the selected application class is not enabled for shared
credentials. For more information, see the applicable Performance Manager documentation
for the application class.

60 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Tags task

Guidelines for using shared credentials

Users with the necessary rights can create, edit, delete, and view lists of elements
using a shared credential.

■ You can apply a shared credential to individual elements or to an element profile.

■ When you modify the properties in a shared credential, the Portal immediately
updates the application class properties for the affected elements, including those
that obtain their properties from an element profile.

■ If you remove a shared credential from an infrastructure element, the properties in

the shared credential are copied to the infrastructure element.

■ You can delete a shared credential only if it is not applied to an element.

Preventing system lockouts on the monitored infrastructure elements

Before changing the credentials on the monitored infrastructure, use the Monitoring
Off or Blackout Periods task to stop the Portal from monitoring the systems that use
the credentials. If you do not temporarily stop monitoring before you change the
system credentials, the Portal might lock out your systems before you have an
opportunity to change the shared credential properties on the Portal.

Tags task
Tags are keywords that you can assign to objects in the account. Tagging objects with
keywords enables you to quickly retrieve a list of objects that have the same keyword
associations. Because the Portal does not restrict the number of keywords, individual
users can add keywords that are meaningful to them.

Types of tags

The Portal enables the following types of tagging:

■ system: dynamically and automatically assigned as you create or add objects to the
account

For example, when you create a new object group, the Portal assigns the object
group name as the system keyword for the object.

The Portal changes the system keyword if you change the name of its object. You
cannot explicitly change a system keyword.

■ user-defined: represent how you want to monitor and manage your infrastructure

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 61

User Groups task

For example, consider using department names, operating system names, and
application names as keywords.

You might also consider creating keywords that enable you to respond to
temporary conditions. For example, after implementing changes on critical
systems, you might want to assign a keyword like to_watch to the corresponding
infrastructure objects, enabling you to quickly access views of these objects. After
the initial implementation period has expired, you would remove the tag from
these objects.

Searching for tagged objects

The navigation pane provides a Search box that you can use to retrieve objects tagged
with specific system or user-defined keywords.

User Groups task

A user group is a collection of users that all have the same rights and permissions.
Users inherit the rights and permissions from the groups to which they belong. You
can create user groups to organize users according to rights and permissions. Each
user must belong to at least one user group.

The default user groups are Full Access and Read Only. Users in the Full Access user
group have access to all the features in the Portal and can add new users and user
groups. Users in the Read Only user group have read-only rights to all the Portal
features and read-only permissions for all objects.

The User Groups task enables you to create new user groups. You can create user
groups that use the BMC Portal database to authenticate users, or create user groups
that use external directory servers to authenticate users.

Users task
A user is a unique identifier in the Portal that you specify to access the product. As
users are added to the Portal, they are assigned to one or more user groups. Together,
users and user groups provide access rights and permissions on managed systems.
Rights and permissions are assigned to user groups, and users inherit the rights and
permissions from the groups to which they belong. Each user must belong to at least
one user group.

The Users task enables full-access users to add more users to the account, modify
users, and delete users from the account.

62 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Administrator configuration options

User authentication

The Portal requires that all user names exist in the Portal database, regardless of the
authentication type configured by the Portal administrator.

■ When you use the internal database for authentication (the default option), all user
information is saved in the internal database.

■ When you configure native operating-system authentication, you must create a

user in the internal database for each native operating-system user that logs on to
the Portal.

■ When you configure LDAP or Active Directory server authentication, the Portal
creates an internal user for each user specified in the directory server group.

Predefined user

The BMC Portal installation program creates a full-access user (with user/user
credentials) for the predefined account (My Account). You can use the User task to
change the predefined user credentials.

Characters allowed for user names

When adding users, you can use any combination of Unicode characters, but you
cannot use only a space for the user name. A user name can contain spaces, but not
consecutive spaces.

Administrator configuration options

Administrators can have one, both, or neither of the following permissions:

■ Edit—enables the administrator to edit any accessible properties

■ See Other Providers and Their Accounts—enables the administrator to access all
accounts on the Portal

The combination of these permissions determines how you can access and configure
the Portal or any of the accounts on the Portal. When adding administrators to a
provider, assign account permissions that reflect the responsibilities of the
administrator.

■ An administrator with both Edit and See Other Providers and Their Accounts
permission (a Portal administrator) can edit the provider, administrators, and
users for every account on the Portal. An administrator with these permissions can
also configure the Portal. Each Portal needs at least one Portal administrator.

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 63

Tasks on the Accounts tab

By default, each Portal has a Portal administrator that can log on by typing
superadmin and superadmin for the user name and password.

■ An administrator with Edit permission (a provider administrator) can configure

the provider, administrators for that provider, and accounts, and can approve or
reject accounts for that provider.

By default, each Portal has a provider administrator that can log on by typing
admin and admin for the user name and password.

■ An administrator with See Other Providers and Their Users permission has read-
only rights to the provider and Portal configuration. An administrator with this
permission cannot edit account properties, but can impersonate all users on the
Portal. See “Tasks on the Accounts tab” on this page.

■ An administrator with neither permission has read-only rights to the provider

configuration for that provider and can access all accounts for that provider.

Tasks on the Accounts tab

The Accounts tab provides tasks that administrators can use to add, configure, and
approve accounts. Also, administrators who provide support activities can use the
tasks on the Accounts tab to proactively support their customers. From this tab,
administrators can help troubleshoot problems for their users by viewing activity
logs and by using the Log On option to impersonate their users.

Tasks on the Provider tab

Each organization that offers and supports the BMC Portal is a provider. Each
provider has corresponding properties that affect the overall appearance of the user
interface and the defaults that apply to the users and accounts for the provider.

■ Each provider has at least one administrator that can access all of the
administration tools to maintain the provider properties and settings.

■ Administrators with Edit or Edit and See Other Providers and Their Accounts
permissions can see the Provider tab and perform the tasks described in this
section.

The Help provides detailed information about each of the features on the Provider tab.

64 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Tasks on the Provider tab

Account Types task

The Account Types task enables administrators to configure default properties for the
following categories of accounts:

■ trial—generally assigned to those trying the product

■ paying—assigned to most users of the product
■ internal—generally reserved for those who support the product and have accounts
that they use for testing

As accounts are added to the Portal, administrators assign an account type to the
account, and the account assumes the default properties for the account type.
Administrators can adjust account settings after assigning the account type.

Administrators task
The Administrators tasks enable administrators to add and modify administrators for
a provider. Administrators who have Edit and See Other Providers and Their Accounts
permissions can add administrators for the Portal.

Appearance task
The Appearance task enables administrators to customize the user interface for all
accounts associated with a provider. The page properties that you can change include
the

■ left and right banner images

■ product name displayed in the Portal user interface and in the Help

Licensing Information task

The Licensing Information task provides the following subtasks that administrators
can use to monitor and manage license usage:

■ The Performance Managers subtask enables administrators to generate CSV and text
files that list the extent to which the accounts in a provider are using the
Performance Managers to monitor their infrastructure. When generating the file,
you can select all the accounts in the provider or a subset of the accounts.

The Help provides detailed information about how to generate CSV files.

■ The Users subtask enables administrators to establish license thresholds for all
accounts on the Portal, maintain licenses, and monitor license usage.

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 65

Tasks on the Portal tab

Notifications task
The Notifications task on the Provider tab enables you to establish and maintain
notification rules that apply to all state change and general system problems events
associated with a provider. Because these notification rules apply to all events in a
provider, they enable you to integrate events from the BMC Performance Manager
Portal module with other modules and event management systems. See “Provider-
wide integration” on page 218 for more information about the transport methods that
you can use.

Properties task
The Properties task enables you to add providers and modify provider characteristics.
Administrators that have Edit permission can change the properties for their own
providers. Administrators who have both Edit and See Other Providers and Their
Accounts permissions can change the properties for all providers on the Portal.

Remote Service Monitors task

When you enter provider administrator credentials (administrator with only Edit
permission) during the installation of the RSM program, you configure a shared RSM
that multiple accounts can use to monitor infrastructure elements. The Remote Service
Monitors task enables you to administer shared RSMs for the provider.

Tasks on the Portal tab

The tasks associated with the Portal tab affect all accounts on the Portal.
Administrators with Portal permission (both Edit and See Other Providers and Their
Accounts permissions) can see the Portal tab and perform these tasks.

The Help provides detailed information about each of the features on the Portal tab.

Global Properties task

The Global Properties task enables administrators to set properties that can affect all
providers and accounts in the Portal.

Licensing Information task

The Licensing Information task enables Portal administrators monitor license usage
across all accounts on the Portal.

66 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Tasks on the Portal tab

Mass Email task

The Mass Email task enables Portal administrators send email to all or a subset of
users and administrators on the Portal.

Performance Managers task

RSMs use the application classes contained in Performance Managers to monitor
groups of attributes on an infrastructure element. In addition to your ability to install
solution application classes on the Portal, administrators can use the Performance
Managers task to create and maintain custom application classes.

Administrators can use the Performance Manager Editor (PME) to modify the
application classes in solution Performance Managers and to create and modify
custom application classes for the accounts on the Portal. Administrators can also use
this task to import new solution Performance Managers into the Portal.

See Chapter 5, “Performance Managers and application classes,” on page 113 for
more information about importing solution Performance Managers and creating and
maintaining custom Performance Managers.

Remote Service Monitors task

When you enter Portal administrator credentials during the installation of the RSM
program, you configure a global RSM that all accounts on the Portal can use to
monitor infrastructure. The Remote Service Monitors task enables you to administer
global computers for the provider.

Chapter 3 Users and administrators 67

Tasks on the Portal tab

68 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

4
4 Remote Service Monitors
This chapter presents the following topics that describe how to configure the
monitoring component for the BMC Performance Manager Portal.

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Types of RSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Communication between the Portal and RSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Communication between RSMs and elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Communication between RSMs and PATROL Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Notifications about RSM system problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
RSM program installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
RSM computer system requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Data execution prevention (DEP) configuration for the RSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and Windows
Management Instrumentation (WMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Using a silent installation to install the RSM program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Upgrading the RSM Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Clustered RSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Cluster types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Clustered RSM operating status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Clustered RSM security considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
RSM load-balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
RSM failover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Clustering RSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Clustered RSM upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
RSM configuration and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Configuration and maintenance tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Changing the security level for an RSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Configuring an RSM to use a proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Configuring the RSM to use HTTP protocol to communicate with the Portal. . 103
Changing the credentials for an RSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Changing the maximum heap memory allocated for the Java VM on the RSM 106
Viewing the log files for the RSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Collecting log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Automating basic information gathering for RSM issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Stopping notifications for Unknown state events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 69

Overview

RSM program uninstallation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Using the installation wizard to uninstall the RSM program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Manually uninstalling the RSM program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Using command-line options to uninstall the RSM program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Overview
The Remote Service Monitor (RSM) program runs as a Windows service (BMC
Remote Service Monitor service). Computers on which you have installed the RSM
program, also known as RSMs, are the components that provide the remote
monitoring for the BMC Performance Manager Portal.

The RSM, which acts as a single remote agent, monitors the elements in the accounts
and sends parameter data values to the Portal web server. The RSM must be able to
resolve network addresses to the elements that it monitors and to the BMC Portal.

The RSM uses the parameter thresholds that are saved in the Portal database to
monitor infrastructure. The RSM does not save thresholds to its local computers.

Each RSM has a utility program, the RSM Manager, that you can access from the
Windows system tray on the RSM computer. The RSM Manager utility enables you to
view current RSM status and settings, and to configure the RSM.

Types of RSMs
The BMC Performance Manager Portal module uses the following types of RSMs to
monitor accounts:

■ A dedicated RSM monitors only the elements in your account, and is installed with
user credentials. You configure a dedicated RSM by downloading the RSM
program from the Portal and installing it on a computer designated as an RSM.
Figure 6 on page 71 shows a Portal where account D has a single dedicated RSM to
monitor its elements, although an account can have more than one dedicated RSM.
Users in account D can also use the global RSM to monitor elements.

■ A shared RSM can monitor the elements in multiple accounts in a provider, and is
installed with administrator credentials for an administrator that has only Edit
permission. Figure 6 on page 71 shows that the accounts in provider ABC can use
the same shared RSM. Users in accounts A, B, and C can also use the global RSM.
The accounts that use a shared RSM must belong to the same provider.

70 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Communication between the Portal and RSMs

■ A global RSM can monitor elements for all accounts on the Portal, and is installed
with administrator credentials for an administrator that has Edit and See Other
Providers and Their Accounts permissions.

■ A clustered RSM consists of two or more dedicated, shared, or global RSMs

configured to act as a single logical RSM. An RSM cluster must contain RSMs of
the same type. See “Clustered RSMs” on page 92 for more information about
clustered RSMs.

Your Portal administrator determines the types of RSMs available for your account.
Administrators and users with adequate permission can download and install the
RSM program.

Figure 6 Types of Remote Service Monitors

database

web browser

web server application server

firewall

shared RSM global RSM dedicated RSM

Account A Account B Account C Account D

Provider ABC Provider DEF

Communication between the Portal and RSMs

Each RSM initiates all communication between itself and the Portal web server. When
placed inside the firewall, the RSM communicates with the Portal using HTTPS (port
443) and encrypts the data that it collects before sending it to the Portal web server.
After the web server receives data from the RSM, it sends it to the application server,
which sends the data to the Portal database.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 71

Communication between the Portal and RSMs

To configure the RSM to use HTTP to communicate with the Portal, see “Configuring
the RSM to use HTTP protocol to communicate with the Portal” on page 103.

Types of communication
RSM-to-Portal communication falls into one of the following categories:

■ heartbeat—The RSM attempts to connect to the Portal every 30 seconds to ensure

that the connection between the two components still exists. The heartbeat also
confirms that the Portal and RSM are running the same product version and that
they are both using the same user or administrator credentials.

If the user or administrator ID that installed an RSM becomes disabled or if its

credentials are not kept synchronized, the corresponding RSMs will fail to
authenticate with the Portal and will not send parameter data to the Portal. When a
disabled user or administrator is enabled or when the credentials are corrected, the
RSM resumes normal communication with the Portal after the next heartbeat.

■ threshold violations—When the RSM detects a threshold violation for a parameter,

it immediately sends the value for all parameters in the associated application
class to the Portal. You can set thresholds on the Properties page for elements.

■ parameter report data—The RSM sends current parameter data at the report
update interval defined for the element and whenever a parameter violates a
threshold, as described in the preceding paragraph. You can view this data on
parameter history charts.

■ program upgrade—The RSM downloads the latest version of the RSM program
after an upgrade of the Portal.

Communication interruptions
If an RSM cannot communicate with the Portal, it caches the data and attempts to
resend the cached data at the next heartbeat interval. If the RSM cannot successfully
send the data to the Portal after 15 minutes of repeated attempts, it deletes data older
than 15 minutes, and this process continues on every heartbeat interval until the
communication is reestablished. Any data that the RSM drops appears as a data gap
on reports.

NOTE
By default the RSM stores cached data for 15 minutes while waiting for a response from the
Portal. You can change the default time by resetting the MaxStoreAndForwardTime property
in the portal-PortalWebServer.properties file on the RSM computer. Lengthening the time
that the RSM caches data has a direct impact on system memory consumption. For
information about changing this property setting, see Table 56 on page 343.

72 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Communication between the Portal and RSMs

When communication with the Portal resumes, the RSM sends any cached data that it
has not deleted. The Portal saves the cached data, but if the cached data includes
threshold violations, the Portal does not send notifications.

RSMs and their assigned elements

When you add elements to the account, you specify which RSM will monitor each
element. You can assign one RSM (or clustered RSM) to monitor an infrastructure
element. See “Clustered RSMs” on page 92 for information about using clustered
RSMs in place of non-clustered RSMs.

RSM program and BMC Performance Manager Portal

upgrades
During a Portal upgrade, communication stops between the Portal and its RSMs, and
data collection stops. Following the upgrade, the RSMs determine that they have an
earlier version of the RSM program and will request the current version of the RSM
program from the Portal. Upon receipt of the program, the RSMs will begin
upgrading to the new version and will drop their stored data. Immediately after
upgrading the RSM program, RSMs resume their communication with the Portal.

BMC Performance Managers on the RSM

The RSM program collects data from its monitored elements and sends that data to
the BMC Performance Manager Portal. The types of measurements that an RSM can
collect depend on the Performance Managers installed on the Portal. After
Performance Managers are installed, the Portal deploys the Performance Managers to
an RSM, upon request from the RSM.

EXAMPLE
You install the BMC Performance Manager Express for Databases solution Performance
Manager while installing the Portal. Following installation, a user selects the Oracle®
application class to monitor a database. When the assigned RSM computer discovers that it
does not have the specified application class, it requests the application class from the Portal
and the Portal deploys the Oracle application class to the RSM computer.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 73

Communication between RSMs and elements

Communication between RSMs and elements

RSMs use standard protocols to communicate with their assigned elements and can
monitor any IP-addressable computer or device. Ideally, you should locate an RSM
inside the firewall on the same network segment as the elements that it will monitor.
When a firewall sits between an RSM and the monitored element, configure the
firewall according to the information shown in Table 4 on page 74. This configuration
specifies the necessary ports for communication between the RSM and its elements.

Table 4 Application ports for firewalls

Application Port number Protocol
a
DNS 53 DNS name lookup
FTP server 21 network socket connection
a
HTTP 80 HTTP
a
HTTPS 443 HTTPS
IMAP server 143 network socket connection
Network Service Port user specified a network socket connection
NNTP server 119 network socket connection
b
Ping ICMP ICMP
POP server 110 network socket connection
rstatd 111 RPC
SMTP 25 network socket connection
SNMP 161 SNMP
SSH server 22 network socket connection
Telnet server 23 network socket connection
Windows TCP 135, 139, 445 WinAPI (IPC$ share)
UDP 137, 138, Dynamic
a You can specify any port number, or use the default shown.
b
ICMP does not use a port.

Communication between RSMs and PATROL Agents

The RSM installation program requests a PATROL security level. The level that you
specify must match that of the PATROL Agents that the RSM will monitor.

■ If you will not use PATROL integration Performance Managers to monitor

PATROL Agents, you can use the default security level (level 0).

■ If you will use PATROL integration Performance Managers to monitor PATROL

Agents, specify the security level that matches that of the PATROL Agents. If you
will be monitoring PATROL Agents that have different security levels, configure a

74 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Notifications about RSM system problems

separate RSM for each security level and assign to each RSM only the agents with a
security level that matches that RSM.

When you create RSM clusters that will integrate PATROL Agents, all member
RSMs in the cluster must have the same security level.

If the security level that you specify during RSM installation is not sufficient to
monitor the PATROL Agents in your environment, you can choose from the
following options:

— Change the security level of the RSM. See “Changing the security level for an
RSM” on page 101.

— Install the RSM program on another computer and specify the necessary
security level.

Notifications about RSM system problems

You can configure the Portal to send notifications when RSM system problems
interfere with the infrastructure monitoring.

■ To configure notifications for dedicated RSMs, log on with user credentials and on
the Configure tab, select Notifications.

■ To configure notifications for shared and global RSMs, log on with administrator
credentials and on the Provider tab, select Notifications.

When configuring the notification rules for RSMs, select General System Problems as
the rule type. The following conditions can cause general system problems:

■ The Portal does not receive data from the RSM.

■ The network is down.
■ The number of users exceeds the license threshold for the Portal.

See “Notifications task” on page 56 for more information about the different types of
notifications.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 75

RSM program installation

RSM program installation

This section provides the procedures necessary to install or upgrade the RSM
program on the computers designated as RSMs.

■ “RSM computer system requirements” on page 76

■ “Data execution prevention (DEP) configuration for the RSM” on page 76
■ “Configuring the access permissions for DCOM on the RSM computer and on the
target computer” on page 78
■ “Configuring the WMI control” on page 81
■ “Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program” on page 84
■ “Using a silent installation to install the RSM program” on page 88
■ “Upgrading the RSM Program” on page 91

RSM computer system requirements

You can install one instance of the RSM program on the BMC Portal computer (or the
application server computer in a multiple-computer Portal), or on computers
designated as RSMs. Computers designated as RSMs reside in the network with the
computers and devices that they monitor and inside the firewall, as shown in Figure 6
on page 71.

Ensure that the computers on which you want to install the RSM program meet the
minimum system requirements detailed in the BMC Portal Release Notes.

Data execution prevention (DEP) configuration for the RSM

When you install the RSM program on a Windows 2003 SP1 computer, the
installation program fails to successfully execute the RemoteServiceMonitor.exe file.
The installation program starts, but then does not allow you to continue with the
installation or an error message is displayed stating that DEP is blocking the
installation program. The problem is caused by an enhanced data execution
prevention (DEP) feature that Microsoft included in SP1. To resolve this issue, you
must configure DEP in your computer properties to recognize the RSM installation
program.

76 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Data execution prevention (DEP) configuration for the RSM

To configure DEP to recognize the RSM installation program

1 On the Remote Service Monitors page in the Portal, download the RSM installation
program, and save the program to a temporary directory.

When installing the RSM program from the Windows DVD, CD 1, or installation
files, copy RemoteServiceMonitor.exe from one of the following locations to a
temporary directory:

■ RSM folder on Windows CD 1

■ BMCPortalKit\disk1\RSM on Windows DVD
■ folder to which you downloaded files from the EPD website

2 From the Windows Desktop, right-click My Computer.

3 Select Properties.

4 Select the Advanced tab.

5 Under the Performance heading, select Settings.

6 Select the Data Execution Prevention tab.

7 Select Turn on DEP for all programs except those I select.

8 Click Add.

9 Navigate to the folder where you saved the RSM installation program, and select
RemoteServiceMonitor.exe.

10 Click Open.

11 Click Apply.

12 Click OK.

13 Click OK to close the System Properties window.

14 Restart the RSM computer.

15 Run the RSM installation program.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 77

Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)

Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and

Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
When monitoring Windows computers using the WMI collector, ensure that the
Remote Service Monitor (RSM) computer (the computer where the RSM is installed)
has the necessary DCOM and WMI configuration properties.

The RSM computer that monitors the event logs and services must have the following
default access permissions enabled in the DCOM properties:

■ Administrators
■ Interactive
■ Network
■ System

To successfully read performance data using WMI-based data collection, both the
RSM computer and the target computer (the computer that you want to monitor)
must have the appropriate permissions. The following are the permissions that must
be enabled on the RSM and on the target computer:

■ Execute Methods
■ Provider Write
■ Enable Account
■ Remote Enable
■ Read Security

Configuring the access permissions for DCOM on the RSM

computer and on the target computer
To configure the access permissions for DCOM on the RSM computer and on the
target computer, use one of the following procedures:

■ “To configure the access permissions for DCOM on Microsoft Windows 2000”
■ “To configure the access permissions for DCOM on Microsoft Windows XP and
Microsoft Windows 2003” on page 80

Before you begin

Stop the RSM, and do not restart it until you have configured the access permissions
for the DCOM on both the RSM computer and the target computer.

78 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)

To configure the access permissions for DCOM on Microsoft Windows 2000

1 Using an account that has administrative permissions, log on to the RSM computer
that is monitoring the event log.

2 Click Start => Run.

3 Enter dcomcnfg.exe and click OK.

4 On the Distributed COM Configuration Properties window, click Default Security.

5 Under Default Access Permissions, click Edit Default.

6 In the Registry Value Permissions window, click Add.

The Add Users and Groups window opens.

7 From the List Names From drop-down list, select the local computer.

8 In the Type of Access field, select Allow Access (if not already selected).

9 In the Names field, perform the following steps:

A Select Administrators, and click Add.

B Select Interactive, and click Add.

C Select Network, and click Add.

D Select System, and click Add.

E Click OK.

10 In the Registry Value Permissions window, verify that the Administrators,

Interactive, System, and Network users are added, and that they have Allow
Access permission.

11 Click OK, twice.

12 Using an account that has administrative permissions, log on to the target

computer and repeat steps 2 through 11.

13 Start the RSM.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 79

Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)

To configure the access permissions for DCOM on Microsoft Windows XP and

Microsoft Windows 2003

Before you begin

Stop the RSM and do not restart it until you have configured the access permissions
for DCOM on both the RSM computer and the target computer.

1 Using an account that has administrative permissions, log on to the RSM computer
that is monitoring the event log.

2 On the Task Bar, click Start => Run.

3 Enter dcomcnfg.exe and click OK.

4 In the Component Services window, expand Component Services and Computers.

5 Right-click on My Computers and select Properties.

6 Select the COM Security or Default COM Security tab (depending upon your
operating system).

7 Under Access Permissions, select Edit Default.

8 In the Access Permissions window, click Add.

9 In the text box under Enter the object names to select (examples), enter Administrators;
Interactive; System; Network and click OK.

If a window opens with the message that more than one object matched the name
Administrators, Interactive, System, or Network, select the name that contains
only the one word (Administrators, Interactive, System, or Network).

10 In the Access Permissions window, verify that the Administrator, Interactive,

System, and Network users have been added and that Allow Access permission is
selected for each.

11 Click OK to return to the Component Services window.

12 Choose File => Exit.

13 Using an account that has administrative permissions, log on to the target

computer, and repeat steps 2 through 12.

14 Start the RSM.

80 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)

Configuring the WMI control

Use the following procedures to configure and to test the WMI collector:

■ “To configure the WMI control” on page 81

■ “To set the inheritance on the name space” on page 82
■ “To test the WMI collector for CIMV2 name space.” on page 83
■ “To test the WMI collector for DEFAULT name space” on page 83

The permissions that are added are in addition to the permissions discussed under
Configuring DCOM configuration properties.

To configure the WMI control

1 On the Task bar, click Start => Settings => Control Panel.

2 Double-click Administrative Tools.

3 Double-click Computer Management.

4 Double-click Services and Applications.

5 Right-click WMI Control and select Properties.

6 Click Security.

7 Double-click Root and select CIMV2.

8 Click Security.

9 Click Add.

10 In Select Users, Computers or Groups, enter your user name or group name in Enter
the objects to select and click OK.

11 In Group or User Names, select your user name or group name.

12 In Allow Permissions for Administrators, select the following permissions:

■ Execute Methods
■ Provider Write
■ Enable Account
■ Remote Enable
■ Read Security

13 Click OK.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 81

Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)

14 Select DEFAULT.

15 Click Security.

16 Click Add.

17 In Select Users, Computers or Groups, enter your user name or group name in the
Enter the objects to select and click OK.

18 In Group or User Names, select your user name or group name.

19 In Allow Permissions for Administrators, select the following permissions:

■ Execute Methods
■ Provider Write
■ Enable Account
■ Remote Enable
■ Read Security

20 Click OK.

To set the inheritance on the name space

1 On the WMI Collector Properties snap-in, click Security.

2 Click Advanced.

3 In Permission entries, select the user or group whose permissions you want to
modify, and then click Edit.

4 To modify permissions for the user or group that you selected, in the Permissions
list, click Allow or Deny next to the permission that you want to allow or deny.

5 In Apply onto, click This name space and sub name space, and click OK.

6 Click OK.

7 Quit the WMI Control snap-in.

Determining whether the RSM can use the WMI collector to

access the remote computer
You can use wbemtest to determine whether the RSM computer can use WMI to
access the remote computer.

82 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

Configure Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)

To test the WMI collector for CIMV2 name space.

1 Open a command prompt window, and type wbemtest.

2 Click Connect.

3 Change name space to \\RemoteComputerToBeMonitored\root\CIMV2

4 Type user: domain\user

5 Type the password for the user.

6 Click Connect.

7 Click Query.

8 Type the following query: select * from Win32_NTEventLogFile and click Apply.

If this query is successful, Event Log file names, for example, AppEvent.Evt,
SecEvent.Evt and SysEvent.Evt (with paths), are generated. If these log files are not
generated, it indicates that the 'WMI collector for CIMV2 name space' test has
failed, and there is some problem with the WMI. See the error codes in the
wbemtest tool for information related to the problem.

9 Click Close and Exit.

To test the WMI collector for DEFAULT name space

1 Open a command prompt window, and type wbemtest.

2 Click Connect.

3 Change name space to \\RemoteComputerToBeMonitored\root\DEFAULT.

4 Type user: domain\user

5 Type the password for the user.

6 Click Connect.

7 Click Execute Method.

8 In Object Path, enter StdRegProv, and click OK.

9 In Method, select GetStringValue, and click Edit in Parameters.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 83

Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program

10 In Properties, double click sSubKeyName, select Not NULL, enter

"SYSTEM\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\Tcpip\\Parameters", and click Save
Property.

11 Double click sValueName, select Not NULL, enter "Hostname", and click Save
Property… .

12 Click Save Object.

13 Click Execute.

14 Click Edit Out Parameter.

15 In Properties, check the value for sValue. It should be the name of the host to which
we have connected from RSM.

16 Click Close.

17 Click Exit.

NOTE
The StdRegProv class contains methods that manipulate system registry keys and
values. StdRegProv is available only in root\default name space.

Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program

This procedure describes how to install the RSM program on a Windows computer.
When you install the RSM program, the installation program requires that you enter
credentials that the RSM uses to authenticate itself with the Portal. These credentials
also determine the RSM type and how the users on the Portal can use the RSM to
monitor their accounts.

You can install the RSM program by downloading the installation program file from
the Portal or by copying it from the installation media.

NOTE
Ensure that the SystemDrive where you have installed the operating system, such as the C:\
drive has 2 GB or more of free space, even if the directory where you want to install RSM is on
another drive. Otherwise, on completion of the RSM installation, the RSM installation log file
may display an exception as follows:

THROWABLE EVENT {Description=[Failed to get product

registry],Detail=[C:\Windows\ProductRegistry.xml]}

84 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program

To install the RSM program by downloading the program from the Portal

1 Log on to the Portal.

2 Perform one of the following actions:

■ When logged on with user credentials, click the Configure tab.

■ When logged on with provider administrator credentials, click the Provider tab.
■ When logged on with Portal administrator credentials, click the Portal tab.

3 From the Tasks list, select Remote Service Monitors.

4 On the Remote Service Monitors page, click Add to open the Remote Service
Monitors–Add page.

5 Click the Download the Remote Service Monitor program Now link to download the
RSM program installation file to a temporary directory on the computer
designated as the RSM.

6 When installing the RSM program on a Windows 2003 SP1 computer, perform
step 2 on page 77 through step 13 on page 77 to configure DEP to recognize the
RSM installation program.

7 Run RemoteServiceMonitor.exe to extract and start the installation program.

8 On the Introduction screen, click Next to display the software license agreement.

9 Select I accept the terms of the License Agreement, and click Next.

10 On the Select directory screen, specify a target directory or accept the default
location for the program files, and click Next.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 85

Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program

11 On the Enter Logon Information screen, enter the following authentication

information, and click Next:

Item Description
User Name the user name that determines the type of RSM:

■ To configure an RSM for a single account, type the

user name for the account.

■ To configure an RSM that can monitor all accounts

associated with a provider, type a user name for an
administrator that has only Edit permission (provider
administrator credentials).

■ To configure an RSM computer that can monitor all

accounts on the Portal, type a user name for an
administrator that has Edit and See Other Providers
and Their Accounts permissions (Portal administrator
credentials).
Portal Password the password for the specified user name
Confirm Password re-entry of the password for confirmation
Fully-Qualified Portal Host fully-qualified host name for the Portal web server
Name
Portal Secure Port port on which the Portal receives secure requests from the
RSM; 443 by default
RSM Name host name or alias for the RSM

12 Indicate whether you will use this RSM to integrate data from PATROL Agents,
and click Next.

■ If you select Yes, the next screen requests the security level for the RSM.
■ If you select No, skip to step 13 on page 87.

If at a later time you decide to use this RSM to integrate PATROL Agent data, you
must perform the steps described in “Changing the security level for an RSM” on
page 101 to set the correct security for the RSM.

If this RSM will integrate parameter data from PATROL Agents, select the security
level that corresponds to those agents, and click Next.

The security level of the RSM must match that of the PATROL Agents that it
monitors. If you plan to monitor PATROL Agents with different security levels,
configure a separate RSM for each security level and assign to each RSM only the
agents with a security level that matches that RSM.

If you select level 3 or level 4, configure the security for unattended mode. For
more information about security, see the PATROL Security User Guide.

86 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Using the installation wizard to install the RSM program

13 On the Pre-Installation Summary screen, review the entries and selections for the
monitor installation, and click Install.

At the completion of the installation, the Install Complete page is displayed.

To install the RSM program by copying it from the installation files

1 Copy RemoteServiceMonitor.exe from one of the following locations to a temporary

directory:

■ RSM folder on Windows DVD

■ BMCPortalKit\disk1\RSM on Windows DVD
■ folder to which you downloaded files from the EPD website

2 When installing the RSM program on a Windows 2003 SP1 computer, perform
step 2 on page 77 through step 13 on page 77.

3 Run RemoteServiceMonitor.exe to extract and start the installation program.

4 On the Introduction screen, click Next to display the software license agreement.

5 Select I accept the terms of the License Agreement, and click Next.

6 On the Select directory screen, specify a target directory or accept the default
location for the program files, and click Next.

7 On the Enter Logon Information screen, enter the following authentication

information, and click Next:

Table 5 Authentication information on Logon Information screen (part 1 of 2)

Item Description
User Name the user name that determines the type of RSM:

■ To configure an RSM for a single account, type the

user name for the account.

■ To configure an RSM that can monitor all accounts

associated with a provider, type a user name for an
administrator that has only Edit permission (provider
credentials).

■ To configure an RSM that can monitor all accounts on

the Portal, type a user name for an administrator that
has Edit and See Other Providers and Their Accounts
permissions (Portal credentials).
Portal Password the password for the specified user name
Confirm Password re-entry of the password for confirmation

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 87

Using a silent installation to install the RSM program

Table 5 Authentication information on Logon Information screen (part 2 of 2)

Item Description
Fully-Qualified Portal Host fully-qualified host name for the Portal web server
Name
Portal Secure Port port on which the Portal receives secure requests from the
RSM; 443 by default
RSM Name host name or alias for the RSM

8 Indicate whether you will use this RSM to integrate data from PATROL Agents,
and click Next.

■ If you select Yes, the next screen requests the security level for the RSM.
■ If you select No, skip to step 9 on page 88.

If at a later time you decide to use this RSM to integrate PATROL Agent data, you
must perform the steps described in “Changing the security level for an RSM” on
page 101 to set the correct security for the RSM.

If this RSM will integrate parameter data from PATROL Agents, select the security
level that corresponds to those agents, and click Next.

The security level of the RSM must match that of the PATROL Agents that it
monitors. If you plan to monitor PATROL Agents with different security levels,
configure a separate RSM for each security level and assign to each RSM only the
agents with a security level that matches that RSM.

If you select level 3 or level 4, configure the security for unattended mode.
For more information about security, see the PATROL Security User Guide.

9 On the Pre-Installation Summary screen, review the entries and selections for the
monitor installation, and click Install.

At the completion of the installation, the Install Complete page is displayed.

Using a silent installation to install the RSM program

A silent installation enables you to launch the RSM installation program and specify
installation configuration options from a command line. Perform a silent installation
if any of the following scenarios exists in your environment:

■ You want to run the installation in the background instead of interactively.

■ You are installing to a remote computer that cannot display graphical user
interfaces.

88 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Using a silent installation to install the RSM program

■ You want to maintain consistent installation configuration values across multiple

computers.

You specify the command-line options in a text file, and then specify that file when
you launch the installation program from the command line.

Before you begin

■ Copy RemoteServiceMonitor.exe from one of the following locations to a temporary

directory:

— RSM folder on the Windows BMC Portal DVD

— BMCPortalKit\disk1\RSM on Windows BMC Portal DVD
— folder to which you downloaded files from the EPD website

■ Configure DEP to recognize the RSM installation program.

■ In silent installations, passwords are displayed in plain text. If you want to encrypt
the passwords, run the encryption utility as described in “To encrypt RSM
passwords for use in a silent installation” on page 89.

■ Ensure that the SystemDrive where you have installed the operating system, such
as the C:\ drive has 2 GB or more of free space, even if the directory where you
want to install RSM is on another drive. Otherwise, on completion of the RSM
installation, the RSM installation log file may display an exception as follows:

THROWABLE EVENT {Description=[Failed to get product

registry],Detail=[C:\Windows\ProductRegistry.xml]}

To encrypt RSM passwords for use in a silent installation

1 Launch the RSM maintenance tool.

See “To launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool” on page 98.

2 Select the Encrypt tab.

3 In Password, type the password for the RSM.

4 In Confirm password, retype the password.

5 Click Encrypt.

The encrypted value is displayed in Encrypted password.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 89

Using a silent installation to install the RSM program

You will use the value in Encrypted password for the PORTAL_PASSWORD and
CONFIRM_PORTAL_PASSWORD values when you enter them in the options text
file or the command line. See “To install the RSM from a command line.”

To install the RSM from a command line

1 In a text editor, enter the options listed in Table 6 in a file called RSMOptions.txt,
and close and save the file.

NOTE
Include only those options for which you want to specify a value. If you want to use default
values, do not include the option in the options file.

Table 6 Options for an RSM silent installation

Option (case-sensitive) Description
-P installLocation=installationDirectory the installation directory where you want to install the
RSM

The default is C:\BMCSoftware\Remote Service

Monitor.
-J PORTAL_HOST_NAME=hostName the host name where the Portal is installed
-J PORTAL_LOGIN=userName the user name required to access the Portal

The default is admin.

-J PORTAL_PASSWORD=password the password required to authenticate the user name

The default is admin.

-J CONFIRM_PORTAL_PASSWORD=password reentry of the password to ensure that you typed it
correctly in the previous field and to complete the
authentication of the user name
-J SECURITY_LEVEL=securityLevel if you are integrating with PATROL, the security level
that matches the security for the PATROL Console Server

The default is 0.

Note: If several RT clouds operating at different security

levels are communicating through the same Console
Server, see the BMC Portal Installation Guide for
guidance about choosing the security level.

90 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Upgrading the RSM Program

Figure 7 shows an example of the RSMOptions.txt file.

Figure 7 Example of RSMOptions.txt file for silent installation

-P installLocation=C:\BMCSoftware\Remote Service Monitor
-J PORTAL_HOST_NAME=host.bmc.com
-J PORTAL_LOGIN=admin
-J PORTAL_PASSWORD=admin
-J CONFIRM_PORTAL_PASSWORD=admin
-J SECURITY_LEVEL=0

2 Open a command prompt.

3 Change to the temporary directory in which you copied RemoteServiceMonitor.exe.

4 Enter the following command:

RemoteServiceMonitor.exe -i silent -DOPTIONS_FILE= drive:\path\RSMOptions.txt

The variable drive:\path is the location in which you saved the options file, if it is
different from the location of RemoteServiceMonitor.exe. If the path contains spaces,
enclose the path and options file name in double quotation marks (for example
"C:\Documents and Settings\RSMOptions.txt").

To check the status of the installation, view the RSM installation log file.

If a problem occurs

Check the installation log rsm_install_log.txt for error messages. The installation log is
in the %temp% or %tmp% directory.

Where to go from here

After installing the RSM, log on to the Portal with the predefined administrator
credentials provided by the installation program to begin configuring the Portal and
the selected modules. For details about accessing and configuring the Portal, see the
BMC Portal Getting Started guide.

Upgrading the RSM Program

During a Portal upgrade, the RSMs cannot communicate with the Portal. Following
completion of the Portal upgrade, the RSM resumes its communication with the
Portal. When the RSM detects a mismatch between its program version and the
version on the Portal, the RSM obtains the correct version from the Portal. The receipt
of the new RSM program initiates the automatic upgrade of the program on the RSM.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 91

Clustered RSMs

If the RSMs fail to auto-upgrade, see “RSM upgrade fails on Windows 2003 SP1” on
page 297.

Clustered RSMs
A clustered RSM provides maximum availability and failover in the event of
computer downtime. A clustered RSM appears in the user interface on the Portal as a
single logical RSM. In Figure 8, users can choose from three RSMs when configuring
their elements. You can select a clustered RSM in place of a non-clustered RSM for all
application classes.

Figure 8 Clustered RSMs in the Portal

database
server

Portal

browser

web server application server

In this scenario, users can

choose from RSMs C, D, and G.

RSM A RSM B RSM E RSM F

RSM C RSM D RSM G

elements

92 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Cluster types

NOTE
Selecting the SNMP Trap Listener application class requires additional setup. For all other
application classes, the RSM establishes communication with the monitored computer. In the
case of this application class, the monitored computer establishes communication with the
RSM. If you specify a clustered RSM, update the configuration of the device (router, switch, or
network) to include the IP address or host name of all RSM computers in the cluster as valid
monitoring hosts for the element. See the Help for additional information about this
application class.

The Help describes how to modify the members in a cluster, view the status history of
a cluster, and how to revert from a cluster to individual RSMs.

Cluster types
Table 7 shows how clustered RSMs mirror the usage of their individual RSM
counterparts.

Table 7 RSMs and clustered RSM counterparts

Individual RSM Clustered RSM Usage
dedicated RSM dedicated RSM cluster any user in an account
shared RSM shared RSM cluster all users in all accounts under a single
provider
global RSM global RSM cluster all users on the Portal

The RSMs that compose the cluster must meet the following requirements:

■ dedicated RSM cluster

— The individual RSMs are dedicated RSMs.

— The dedicated RSMs are installed with user credentials from the same account.
— The cluster is created from the Configure tab on the Remote Service Monitor
page.

■ shared RSM cluster

— The individual RSMs are shared RSMs.

— The shared RSMs are installed with administrator credentials from the same
provider.

— The cluster is created from the Provider tab on the Remote Service Monitors
page.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 93

Clustered RSM operating status

■ global RSM cluster

— The individual RSMs are global RSMs.

— The global RSMs are installed with Portal administrator credentials.
— The cluster is created from the Portal tab on the Remote Service Monitors page.

When clustering RSMs, you can create clusters of dedicated, shared, or global RSMs,
but you cannot mix RSM types in a cluster. For example, you cannot create a cluster
that contains one shared and one dedicated RSM.

Clustered RSM operating status

On pages where you select RSMs, the following icons represent the current operating
status of the available clustered RSMs:

Table 8 Icons for clustered RSM operating status

Icon Current operating status
all members in the cluster are online and have an OK operating status

at least one member, but not all, in the cluster is not online

all members in the cluster are not online

Clustered RSM security considerations

When you create a cluster for integrating data from PATROL Agents, ensure that
each RSM in the cluster has a security level that matches those of the PATROL
Agents.

RSM load-balancing
After you create the RSM cluster, the Portal attempts to evenly distribute the elements
monitored by the cluster members. The Portal also distributes elements as you assign
them to the cluster. However, irrespective of the number of RSMs in a cluster, the
parameter capacity of the cluster is the same as that of a single RSM.

94 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 RSM failover

RSM failover
When a member of the RSM cluster goes offline, the Portal distributes the elements
assigned to that RSM among the remaining online members of the cluster. When the
RSM becomes available again, the Portal load-balances the assigned elements among
the cluster members.

Clustering RSMs
You cluster RSMs to ensure maximum availability and provide a failover RSM in the
event of computer downtime.

When assigning elements to a cluster, ensure that you do not assign more elements to
the cluster than any one individual RSM can handle should the other RSMs in the
cluster fail.

Before you begin

Ensure that the RSM program is installed on each computer designated as an RSM for
the cluster, and that

■ each RSM is of the same type (dedicated, shared, or global)

■ for clustered RSMs that will integrate PATROL Agent data, each RSM has the
necessary security level

To configure RSMs for a cluster

1 Log on to the Portal:

■ To configure a cluster of dedicated RSMs, log on with user credentials for the
account.

■ To configure a cluster of shared RSMs, log on with provider administrator

credentials.

■ To configure a cluster of global RSMs, log on with Portal administrator

credentials.

2 Perform one of the following actions:

■ When logged on with user credentials, click the Configure tab.

■ When logged on with provider administrator credentials, click the Provider tab.
■ When logged on with Portal administrator credentials, click the Portal tab.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 95

Clustered RSM upgrades

3 Under Tasks, click Remote Service Monitors.

4 On the Remote Service Monitors page, click Create RSM Cluster to open the Remote
Service Monitors–Add page.

5 In Cluster Name, type the name for the new cluster.

This name represents the cluster in RSM lists.

6 In Description, type a character string that identifies the cluster.

This description appears with the cluster name in RSM lists.

7 In the list of RSMs, select the RSM to include in the cluster.

This list shows RSMs that are not in a cluster.

8 Click Save to finish creating the clustered RSM and return to the Remote Service
Monitors page.

The new clustered RSM appears in the list as a logical RSM and the RSMs that
compose the cluster are removed from the list.

See the Help for more information about managing RSM clusters.

Clustered RSM upgrades

When upgrading the Portal from version 2.1 or later, clustered RSMs retain their
cluster properties.

RSM configuration and maintenance

This section describes the RSM configuration and maintenance tools and how you can
use them to perform the following tasks:

■ Changing the security level for an RSM

■ Configuring an RSM to use a proxy server
■ Changing the credentials for an RSM
■ Configuring the RSM to use HTTP protocol to communicate with the Portal
■ Changing the maximum heap memory allocated for the Java VM on the RSM
■ Viewing the log files for the RSM
■ Collecting log files

96 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration and maintenance tools

Configuration and maintenance tools

The BMC Performance Manager Portal provides multiple tools that you can use to
configure and maintain the RSM.

Remote Service Monitor Manager utility

The Remote Service Monitor Manager is a program that enables you to configure,
stop, and start the RSM. The Remote Service Monitor Manager utility resides on the
RSM and is accessible from the system tray of the RSM computer.

The RSM Manager provides the following tabs:

■ Configure provides the Identification and Properties pages, which enable you to
change the credentials and properties for the RSM, including Portal (application
server) properties and proxy server setup.

■ Status provides the following monitoring information about the RSM:

— version number of the RSM program installed on the RSM computer

— number of application classes across all elements connected to the RSM
— most recent time and date that the RSM attempted to send data to the Portal
— number of report messages in the queue waiting to be sent to the Portal
— size of the latest report messages sent to the Portal
— number of milliseconds required by the RSM to complete the request that
transmitted the data to the Portal

To access the RSM Manager utility

In the system tray on the RSM computer, right-click and select Launch RSM
Manager.

You can also access the RSM Manager by double-clicking .

NOTE
You must directly access the RSM Manager on the RSM computer or you must use a
remote access program (such as Terminal Services) to access it.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 97

Configuration and maintenance tools

Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool

The RSM installation program installs a utility that you can use to perform the
following tasks:

■ View installation log files.

■ Collect log files into a zip file that you can send to a BMC Software Customer
Support representative for troubleshooting.

■ Change RSM installation configuration information, such as memory size and

credentials for connecting to the Portal.

■ Pre-configure log monitoring of RSM tied to knowledge articles using the RSM
Log Monitoring tool

To launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool

1 On the RSM computer, open a command prompt, and enter the following
command:

cd %RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber

If you used the default location for the RSM program, you can find the utility in the
following location: %RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber

2 Enter the following command:

RSMMaintenanceTool.cmd

NOTE
If you had a failed or canceled installation, you might see a message indicating that you
need to set RSM_HOME. If you see this message, execute the following command and
repeat step 2:

set RSM_HOME=installationDirectory

You can access the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool from the RSM
computer or the installation files.

RSM Log Monitoring Tool

The BMC Remote Service Monitor (RSM) log monitoring feature enables you to locate
and diagnose issues in RSM and find workarounds if the issue is already known. It
shows the warning and severe errors encountered in the rsm.log file.

98 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration and maintenance tools

When you get a notification for an error that has occurred with the RSM service, you
can diagnose the issue in the rsm.log file by using this feature.

You can also search for the solution for an exception by using a specific search string
that is taken from the error notification.

NOTE
Pre-configured Log Monitoring does not send proactive notifications. You must configure the
Log Management solution to get the proactive notification for specific error patterns such as
SEVERE, WARNING, or OutOfMemory. You can configure the Log Management solution
by using specific grep expressions to make the notification precise.

To search for errors in the rsm.log file

1 Launch the BMC Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool from the following
directory on the Windows operating system:

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\RSMMaintenanceTool.cmd

2 On the Logs tab, you can perform one of the following search tasks:

A. To use a specific exception that is mentioned in the error notification, as the

search string:

1. In the Logs tab, from the RSM Log Monitor pane, specify the string in the
Enter string to search solution text box. Copy and enter the contents from the
notification in the text box.

NOTE
■ Some errors do not display as SEVERE or WARNING, and therefore do not display
on the BMC RSM log viewer window. In such cases, you must manually locate
errors in the rsm.log file and paste the string in the Enter string to search solution
text box.

■ If you do not receive a notification and come across an error in the rsm.log file, you
can paste the string in the Enter string to search solution text box.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 99

Configuration and maintenance tools

EXAMPLE
If you get the following warning exception as an e-mail notification, copy and paste all
the contents of the notification in the Enter string to search solution text box:

<R [RSMScheduler_Worker-67],04/17/09 00:05:50 UTC,STDERR> Apr 17,

2009 12:05:50 AM executeParamletArgs
com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.paramlet.container.simple.SimpleParamletCo
ntainer

WARNING: Unexpected error while executing job.

java.lang.OutOfMemoryError: unable to create new native thread

at java.lang.Thread.start0(Native Method)

at java.lang.Thread.start(Thread.java:574)

2. Click Search Solution for the tool to find the corresponding solution, if it is a
known issue.

B. To navigate to the rsm.log file that contains the error:

1. In the Logs tab, from the RSM Log Monitor pane, click RSM Log Monitor.

2. Click Browse to RSM Log and navigate to the log file such as rsm.log.

3 The file opens in the rsmlogFileName log viewer window with two panels. The
upper panel displays the error messages color-coded based on the type of error
such as SEVERE, WARNING, and so on.

4 The lower panel of the log viewer window displays the following information:

■ Time - the date and time of the recorded exception

■ Severity - the severity of the exception
■ Source - the source class of the file from which the exception is recorded
■ Details - the details about the exception and an existing solution for the
exception, if available
■ Exception - the exception stack trace

100 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Changing the security level for an RSM

Changing the security level for an RSM

The RSM supports security levels 0 through 4. During installation, if you do not
specify a security level, the installation program assigns security level 0. The types of
BMC Software products installed on the Portal computer and the order in which you
installed them determines the method that you use to change the security.

■ Changing the security level for an RSM that coexists with PATROL products
■ Changing the security level for an RSM-only computer

You can find a brief description of the security levels in Table 1 on page 20.

To determine the security level of an RSM, run the esstool utility. For information
about this utility, see “Policy and role information” in the PATROL Security Guide.

Changing the security level for an RSM that coexists with

PATROL products
When you install the RSM on a computer where PATROL products reside, the
installation program assigns their existing security setting to the RSM. All products
on the computer share the same security level. If you specify a security level that
differs from that which is already in place, the installation program overrides your
selection and uses the existing setting.

When an RSM coexists with any PATROL product, changing the security level for the
PATROL product also changes it for the RSM. If you need to change the security level
for all the BMC Software products installed on the same computer, see the PATROL
Security User Guide or documentation for the specific PATROL product.

Changing the security level for an RSM-only computer

To change the security level of an RSM computer, you must reinstall the RSM
program and specify the correct security level.

1 If the RSM is currently monitoring elements, move those elements to a different

RSM.

2 Uninstall the RSM program.

To uninstall the RSM program, use one of the procedures described under “RSM
program uninstallation” on page 109.

3 Reinstall the RSM program, entering the correct security when prompted.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 101

Configuring an RSM to use a proxy server

To install the RSM program, use one of the procedures described under “RSM
program installation” on page 76.

4 If necessary, reassign elements to the RSM.

Configuring an RSM to use a proxy server

The RSM monitors the elements in your account and sends the monitoring
information directly to the Portal. If you need to direct RSM communication through
a proxy server, you can adjust the default settings for the RSM to Portal
communication.

To configure an RSM to use a proxy server

1 Access the Remote Service Monitor Manager for the RSM to configure.

See “To access the RSM Manager utility” on page 97.

2 Select the Configure tab.

3 In the navigation pane under Properties, select the Portal host name.

4 On the Portal properties page, under Proxy Server, provide the following
properties:

A In Server Name, type the host name or IP address for the proxy server (for
example, myproxy.acme.com).

If your network uses proxy autoconfiguration files to direct requests to the

proxy server, specify the registered host name of the proxy server and not the
automatic configuration script address.

B If the proxy server uses domain authentication, type the domain name in User
Domain; otherwise, skip to 4C.

C If the proxy server uses a local account, type the local computer name in User
Domain; otherwise, skip to 4D.

D If the proxy server requires authentication credentials for access, type them in
User Name and Password.

E In Port Number, type the port number that receives requests.

102 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuring the RSM to use HTTP protocol to communicate with the Portal

5 Click Save.

6 From the system tray on the RSM computer, restart the RSM:

A Right-click and select Stop RSM.

B Right-click and select Start RSM.

Configuring the RSM to use HTTP protocol to communicate

with the Portal
If your RSM is on a secure network and you can allow the RSM to communicate with
the Portal web server using an unsecured protocol, you can improve the overall
scalability of the RSM if you configure it to use HTTP instead of HTTPS. This
procedure changes the protocol and the port number on which the communication
occurs.

To configure the RSM to use HTTP protocol to communicate with the Portal

1 Launch the BMC Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool from the following
directory on the Windows operating system:

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\RSMMaintenanceTool.cmd

2 On the Configuration tab, click Next.

3 While entering the information for the BMC RSM, under Portal Web Server Port,
select the HTTP option and click Next.

NOTE
The default HTTP port number is 80. To set the port number to another value, enter the
port number in the Portal Web Server Port text box.

4 Review the changes you made in the review pane and click Next.

5 Click Finish.

The RSM starts using the HTTP protocol to communicate with BMC Portal.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 103

Changing the credentials for an RSM

Changing the credentials for an RSM

The credentials for the RSM must match its corresponding user or administrator
credentials on the Portal. If the credentials change for the user or administrator that
installed the RSM program, the RSM credentials must also be changed.

When you change the RSM credentials, ensure that you do not provide credentials
that change the RSM type. For example, if you installed the RSM with user
credentials, do not provide administrator credentials when you change the
credentials. Changing the type of an RSM can disable monitoring of its assigned
elements.

You can use the RSM Manager or Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool to
change RSM credentials.

Before you begin

Ensure that the RSM is connected to the Portal.

To use the RSM Manager to change the credentials for an RSM

1 Access the RSM Manager for the RSM.

See “To access the RSM Manager utility” on page 97.

2 Select the Configure tab.

3 In the navigation pane under Properties, select the Portal host name.

4 On the Portal properties page, under Portal Server, type the new Portal credentials
in User Name and Password, as necessary.

5 Click Save.

6 From the system tray on the RSM computer, restart the RSM:

A Right-click and select Stop RSM.

B Right-click and select Start RSM.

104 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Changing the credentials for an RSM

To use the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool to change the

credentials on the RSM

1 Launch the RSM installation tool.

See “To launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool” on page 98.

2 Change any of the RSM credentials, and click Next.

NOTE
The RSM Maintenance Tool does not validate the fields. Ensure that you enter correct
information.

A In User Name, enter the user name that determines the type of RSM:

■ To configure an RSM for a single account, enter the user name for the
account.

■ To configure an RSM that can monitor all accounts associated with a

provider, enter a user name for an administrator that has only Edit
permission (provider credentials).

■ To configure an RSM that can monitor all accounts on the Portal, enter a user
name for an administrator that has Edit and See Other Providers and Their
Accounts permissions (Portal credentials).

B In Portal Password, enter the password for the specified user name.

C In Confirm Password, retype the password.

3 Using one of the following methods, restart the RSM:

■ Restart the BMC Remote Service Monitor service.

■ In the system tray of the RSM computer, right-click and Stop RSM and then
select Start RSM.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 105

Changing the maximum heap memory allocated for the Java VM on the RSM

Changing the maximum heap memory allocated for the

Java VM on the RSM
If you experience performance problems with the RSM, you might be advised by
BMC Customer Support to change the maximum heap memory allocated for the
RSM.

To change the maximum heap memory allocated for the Java VM on the RSM

1 Launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool.

See “To launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool” on page 98.

2 On the Configuration tab, specify the maximum amount of heap memory that you
want to allocate for the RSM, and click Next.

3 Click Next twice, and then click Finish.

4 Using one of the following methods, restart the RSM:

■ Restart the BMC Remote Service Monitor service.

■ In the system tray of the RSM computer, right-click and Stop RSM and then
select Start RSM.

Viewing the log files for the RSM

This procedure describes how to view the log files that the installation program
creates when it installs the RSM program. The log files, created during the BMC
Portal installation, are displayed in a table showing the following information:

■ date and time that each message was recorded in the log file
■ the message severity
■ the message text
■ description of any failures that occurred

Messages highlighted in red indicate errors. Messages highlighted in yellow indicate

warnings.

106 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Collecting log files

To view installation log files

1 Launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool.

See “To launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool” on page 98.

2 On the Logs tab, click the button that corresponds to the log file that you want to
view:

■ Install Log
■ Uninstall Log
■ Autoupgrade Log
■ Configuration Log
■ Application Log

The log viewer displays each installation in a separate tab, with the most recent
installation displayed first. Tab titles show the date and time of the installation.

Alternatively, in the Logs tab, click Browse to Log to locate and display the log file.

Collecting log files

This procedure creates a zip file that contains RSM log files. If you need to contact
BMC Customer Support, you can use this procedure to gather RSM log files.

To collect log files for the RSM

1 Launch the RSM Maintenance tool.

See “To launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool” on page 98.

2 On the Logs tab, click Zip Logs.

In %temp%, the program creates RSMLogs.zip, which contains the necessary log
files.

NOTE
On Windows platforms, if a ZIP utility, such as Winzip or an equivalent, is not installed on
the RSM computer, you cannot see the contents of the ZIP file. The ZIP file appears empty
when opened, even though the log files are included in the ZIP file.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 107

Automating basic information gathering for RSM issues

Automating basic information gathering for RSM issues

The BMC RSM Maintenance Tool allows you to automate basic information
gathering for RSM issues. This collects information about the operating system
metrics. You can use this information to report RSM issues to BMC Customer
Support.

To gather basic information of RSM cases

1 Launch the RSM Maintenance tool.

See “To launch the Remote Service Monitor Maintenance Tool” on page 98.

2 On the Logs tab, click Zip Logs.

In %temp%, the program creates RSMLogs.zip, which contains the necessary log
files.

3 The RSMLogs.zip contains the OperatingSystemData.xml file.

This file includes information about properties of the operating system such as the
patch level, version, the total physical and virtual memory, the available physical
and virtual memory, the environment variables of the operating system, and so on.

Stopping notifications for Unknown state events

You can configure an RSM to stop sending notifications for Unknown state events
when it does not collect data for a parameter and the parameter goes into an
Unknown state.

If RSM fails to collect the data, BMC Portal shows the earlier status of that parameter.
It also displays data gaps in the Parameter History Chart view and No Data in the
Parameter History Table view.

NOTE
If BMC Performance Manager Portal is integrated with BMC Impact Portal, unknown events
might be generated for the business components. In such a case, you cannot stop notifications
from being sent.

108 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 RSM program uninstallation

To configure RSM to stop sending notifications for Unknown state events

1 Navigate to %RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\server\rsm\conf\properties\rsm.

2 Open the rsmcfg.properties file.

3 Uncomment com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.services.CollectionJob.ignoreUnknownState=true.

4 Restart the RSM service.

RSM program uninstallation

The method that you should use to uninstall the RSM program depends on whether
the RSM program is sharing security with other BMC Software products on the RSM
computer:

■ If the RSM program is not installed on a computer with other BMC Software
products that use security, see “Using the installation wizard to uninstall the RSM
program” on page 109

■ If the RSM program is installed on a computer with other BMC Software products
that use security, see “Manually uninstalling the RSM program” on page 110.

Alternatively, you can perform a silent uninstallation of the RSM program from a
command line. See “Using command-line options to uninstall the RSM program” on
page 112.

If the RSM program was upgraded from an earlier version, perform one of the
following actions before uninstalling, regardless of the method that you choose to
uninstall the RSM program:

■ In the system tray on the RSM computer, right-click and select Exit.
■ Restart the RSM computer.

Using the installation wizard to uninstall the RSM program

1 On the RSM computer, open the Control Panel.

2 In the Control Panel, double-click Add/Remove Programs to open the Add/Remove

Programs window.

3 Select BMC Remote Service Monitor versionNumber, and click Change/Remove.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 109

Manually uninstalling the RSM program

4 On the first page of the uninstallation wizard, click Next.

5 Select BMC Remote Service Monitor, and click Next.

6 On the Summary page, review the messages for any errors, and click Next.

7 Using the credentials for the deleted RSM, log on to the Portal and delete the RSM:

A Perform one of the following actions:

■ When logged on with user credentials, click the Configure tab.

■ When logged on with provider administrator credentials, click the Provider

tab.

■ When logged on with Portal administrator credentials, click the Portal tab.

B From the Tasks list, select Remote Service Monitors.

C In the list of RSMs, select the RSM that corresponds to the uninstalled RSM
program, and click Delete.

Manually uninstalling the RSM program

1 Stop the BMC Remote Service Monitor service:

A On the RSM computer, open the Control Panel, open Administrative Tools, and
then open Services.

B Select the BMC Remote Service Monitor service, and stop it.

2 Save the following text in a file called DeleteRSM.reg, right-click on that file, and
select Merge to clean up the registry:

REGEDIT4
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\aecf247c9581b1d626129c65a6
c804dd]
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet001\Services\BMC Remote Service Monitor]
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet002\Services\BMC Remote Service Monitor]
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet003\Services\BMC Remote Service Monitor]
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\BMC Remote Service Monitor]
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet001\Control\Session Manager\Environment]
"RSM_HOME"=-
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet002\Control\Session Manager\Environment]
"RSM_HOME"=-
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet003\Control\Session Manager\Environment]
"RSM_HOME"=-
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session Manager\Environment]
"RSM_HOME"=-

110 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Manually uninstalling the RSM program

3 If security is no longer being used by any other programs on this computer,

perform the following actions; otherwise, skip to step 4:

A Delete the following directory: %BMC_ROOT%.\..\CI.

B Save the following text in a file called DeleteRSMSecurity.reg, right-click that file,
and select Merge to clean up the registry:

REGEDIT4
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\BMC Software\Patrol\SecurityPolicy_v3.0]
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\BMC Software\PATROL Agent]
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\BMC Software\PATROL Security]
[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\BMC Software]
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet001\Control\Session Manager\Environment]
"BMC_ROOT"=-
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet002\Control\Session Manager\Environment]
"BMC_ROOT"=-
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet003\Control\Session Manager\Environment]
"BMC_ROOT"=-
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session Manager\Environment]
"BMC_ROOT"=-

4 Perform the following actions to delete unnecessary files and directories:

A Delete the following directories:

■ installationDirectory\RSMversionNumber

■ installationDirectory\BMCRemoteServiceMonitorInstallJVM

■ installationDirectory\UninstallBMCRemoteServiceMonitor

■ installationDirectory\InstallationTaskConfiguration.xsd

■ installationDirectory\RSMInstalledConfiguration.xml

If the installation directory is now empty, you can delete it too.

B Delete the following file: %windir%\vpd.properties.

5 Using the process described in step 7 on page 110, delete the RSM from the Portal.

Chapter 4 Remote Service Monitors 111

Using command-line options to uninstall the RSM program

Using command-line options to uninstall the RSM program

You can specify the command-line options for uninstallation in the following ways:

■ Enter the options in a text file, and then specify that file when you launch the
uninstallation program from the command line.

■ Enter the options directly on the command line when you launch the uninstallation
program.

To uninstall the RSM from a command line

1 Using a text editor, create a file called RSMUninstallOptions.txt, insert the

-U productRSM option, and save the file.

■ This option specifies the RSM as the product to uninstall.

■ Options are case-sensitive.

The RSMUninstallOptions.txt file should look as follows:

-U productRSM

2 Open a command prompt.

3 Change to the following directory:

%RSM_HOME%\UninstallBMCRemoteServiceMonitor\

4 Enter the following command:

uninstall.exe -i silent -DOPTIONS_FILE=drive:\path\RSMUninstallOptions.txt

The variable drive:\path is the location in which you saved the options file, if it is
different from the location of the uninstall.exe. If the path contains spaces, enclose
the path and options file name in double quotation marks (for example,
"C:\Documents and Settings\RSMUninstallOptions.txt").

When the uninstallation is complete, the command prompt is displayed.

To check the status of the uninstallation, view the RSM uninstallation log file.

112 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

5
Performance Managers and
5

application classes
The BMC Performance Manager Portal provides Performance Managers that contain
application classes that you can use to monitor your infrastructure. You can also
obtain new Performance Managers that contain the application classes that you need
by purchasing or creating them.

This chapter describes how the BMC Performance Manager Portal uses Performance
Managers, and the application classes that they contain, to monitor the infrastructure
in your account. In addition, this chapter provides an overview of creating custom
Performance Managers.

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parameters and thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parameter thresholds and event severity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Thresholds and parameter status changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Deactivating parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Points to remember while deactivating parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Derived parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Deactivating a parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Deactivating a parameter in the Performance Manager Editor solution . . . . . . 119
Solution support for deactivating parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Methods of remote monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Agentless monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
PATROL Agent integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Installing new Performance Managers on the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Upgrading Performance Managers on the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Removing Performance Managers from the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Types of Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Core Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Solution Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Custom Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Editing Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Editing unpublished custom Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Editing published custom Performance Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 113

Overview

Overview
The application classes contained in Performance Managers monitor groups of
similar attributes on infrastructure elements. Immediately following the installation
and initial configuration of the Portal, you can log on with user credentials and begin
adding infrastructure elements and assigning application classes to gather
application and system metrics about the computers and devices in your account.
You can assign one or more application classes to any infrastructure element.

EXAMPLE
A Windows computer is running Microsoft Exchange. When adding the computer as an
infrastructure element, you can select an application class to monitor the operating system
and another to monitor Microsoft Exchange.

In addition to Performance Managers from BMC Software, you can create and modify
custom Performance Managers by using the following tools:

■ BMC Performance Manager Portal SDK—Included with the Portal, the SDK
provides developer tools necessary to create robust custom Performance
Managers. For detailed procedures that describe how to use the SDK, see the BMC
Performance Manager Development and Certification Guide on the Documentation CD.
The SDK enables Performance Manager developers to create Performance
Managers that use all protocols and collectors supported by the Portal.

■ Performance Manager Editor—Available when you log on with Portal

administrator credentials (Edit and See Other Providers and Their Accounts
permissions), the wizard-like series of pages enables you to create and modify
custom Performance Managers that use the PerfMon, SNMP, Telnet, and SSH
protocols and collectors to gather parameter metrics.

Parameters and thresholds

Each application class contains a set of related parameters. By setting performance
thresholds for the parameters and configuring notification rules, you can have the
Portal notify you when deteriorating system performance or application problems
become severe. You can configure parameter thresholds when adding infrastructure
elements to the account or at a later time.

If you do not set thresholds for a parameter, you can still view statistical information
gathered for the parameter, but you do not receive notification. To realize the greatest
benefit from the reports and notifications, configure thresholds that reflect realistic
metrics for your environment.

114 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Parameter thresholds and event severity

Parameter thresholds and event severity

You can configure thresholds for each parameter by specifying parameter threshold
values that trigger the following event severities:

■ Warnings represent the first indication of a problem. Set a warning threshold to

notify you before a situation becomes severe. When the RSM measures a value on
the monitored element that can trigger a warning and you have selected the
Warning On option, a warning event is triggered for the parameter.

■ Alarms indicate that a problem has escalated to a severe level. Set an alarm
threshold to notify you when a situation first becomes severe. When the RSM
measures a value on the monitored element that can trigger an alarm and you have
selected the Alarm On option, an alarm event is triggered for the parameter.

Thresholds and parameter status changes

In addition to setting warning and alarm thresholds, you also control when the RSM
changes the parameter status by configuring the Alert After options on the Threshold
pages, as shown in Figure 9. By default, the RSM changes the status of a parameter as
soon as the RSM detects that a warning or alarm threshold has been breached.

Figure 9 Alert After threshold options

■ # Times sets the successive number of times that the RSM must measure parameter
values outside of the normal range before changing the status. By requiring
successive measurements outside the normal range, you eliminate status changes
and notifications for intermittent, momentary performance spikes.

For example, if the collection interval is 1 minute and you specify 5 for # Times, the
RSM does not notify the Portal of a status change unless the RSM collects five
successive measurements that breach the specified threshold value for the
specified type.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 115

Deactivating parameters

■ Type determines the threshold type (alarm or warning) that the parameter must
breach.

— If you select Alarm

■ The RSM changes the parameter status to warning when the warning
threshold is breached.

■ The RSM changes the parameter status to alarm when the alarm threshold is
breached the specified number of times.

— If you select Alarm or Warning

■ The RSM changes the parameter status to the last threshold type breached
after any combination of successive alarms or warnings.

For example, suppose that you specify 3 and Alarm or Warning, and the RSM
measures warning value, alarm value, and warning value in three successive
collection intervals. The RSM changes the parameter status to warning after
the third collection interval.

■ After satisfying the parameter status change, the RSM changes the status after
the next collection interval if the RSM measures a value that breaches a more
severe threshold.

For example, suppose that you specify 3 and Alarm or Warning and the RSM
measures warning value, warning value, warning value, and alarm value.
The RSM changes the parameter status to warning after the third collection
interval. Because the RSM measures a more severe status during the next
collection interval, the status immediately changes to alarm.

Deactivating parameters
The deactivating parameters feature of the product provides more flexibility by
making monitoring more granular. This feature does not deactivate data collection.
However, when you deactivate a parameter, RSM stops sending data to BMC Portal
for that parameter.

By default, all the parameters are active. However, you can choose to deactivate
parameters. BMC Portal enables you to activate or deactivate parameters at the
element and element profile level.

You can even deactivate parameters whose thresholds cannot be edited such as the
text parameters.

For steps to deactivate a parameter, see “Deactivating a parameter” on page 118.

116 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Points to remember while deactivating parameters

Upon deactivation, the following happens to a deactivated parameter:

■ The parameter is visible in the Configure and Events tabs and displays the offline
icon.

■ The parameter is hidden in the Status and Reports tabs.

■ The history of the deactivated parameter is not deleted. When you activate a
deactivated parameter, you see data gaps in the Parameter History Chart view and
No Data in the Parameter History Table view, for the period when the parameter
was deactivated.

■ When you deactivate a parameter in Alarm or Warning state, depending on the

type of notification rule configured, a notification is sent describing that a
parameter in violated state has undergone a state change and is now offline.

NOTE
In case of Alarm Point, irrespective of the notification rule configured and the earlier status
of the element, the product does not send notifications if the parameter goes offline.

As per Alarm Point, deactivation (offline status) is a CLEAR event and Alarm Point does
not send notifications for CLEAR events.

■ When a deactivated parameter is activated once again, the parameter is visible on

all the tabs with the Unknown icon until data is collected for the activated
parameters.

Points to remember while deactivating parameters

You must ensure the following while deactivating parameters:

■ You must not deactivate all the parameters in an application class, sub-application
class, or a discovered instance. At least one parameter must be active.

■ You cannot deactivate the Application Collection Status (ACS) parameter.

■ In cases where Elements are bound to an Element Profile, the Elements inherit the
active or inactive state property that you set in the Element Profile. You cannot
override the active or inactive state properties of parameters; the Active column is
disabled for editing.

■ The value of derived parameters that depend on other parameters is affected by

deactivation of those parameters. For more information, see “Derived parameters.”

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 117

Derived parameters

Derived parameters
Derived parameters do not carry the actual data collected by the RSM. These
parameters derive their values from the values collected for other parameters.

To illustrate, consider an application class has three parameters such as P1, P2 and P3,
where P3 is the derived parameter.

The values of P1 and P2 come from the collection triggered by RSM for the solution.
The value for P3 is the arithmetic sum of P1 and P2 (P3 = P1 + P2).

If P1 and P3 are active for collection and you deactivate P2, the value derived for P3
might not be correct, or data might not be collected for P3, or the Application
Collection Status (ACS) parameter might go in to a violated state.

EXAMPLE
In the Solaris application class,

Value of CPU Usage parameter = Value of CPU User parameter + Value of CPU System
parameter

If either the CPU User or the CPU System parameter is deactivated, the CPU Usage parameter
displays No Data row in the Parameter History Table view.

Deactivating a parameter
By default, all the parameters are active. However, you can deactivate a parameter
while adding or modifying application classes, elements, element profiles, and
modifying parameter properties.

To deactivate a parameter

1 Click the Configure tab.

2 In the navigation pane,

A. For element profiles:

1. Expand the Tasks object tree and select Element Profiles.

2. Select an element profile and click Edit to modify the element profile
properties.

3. Click an application class and modify the respective parameters.

118 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Deactivating a parameter in the Performance Manager Editor solution

B. For application classes and parameters:

1. Expand the Properties object tree to display the infrastructure element.

2. Select the application class or the parameter.

3. Click Edit to modify the properties of the respective parameters.

3 Clear the Active check box to deactivate the parameter.

4 Click Save.

The parameter status changes to offline.

Deactivating a parameter in the Performance Manager Editor

solution
This feature enables you to deactivate parameters of the application classes in the
Performance Manager Editor (PME) solution.

NOTE
To use this feature, you must log in to BMC Portal as a superadmin.

To activate or deactivate parameters in the PME solution

1 Select the Portal tab.

2 In the navigation pane, select Performance Managers.

3 In the Add Performance Managers page, click Add Application Class.

4 In the Add Application Class page, click Add Parameter.

5 Select the Active check box to activate the parameter. Clear the Active check box to
deactivate the parameter.

NOTE
If you update the parameter type, the Active check box is cleared and the parameter is
deactivated.

If you want to activate the parameter, you must manually select the Active check box.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 119

Solution support for deactivating parameters

Solution support for deactivating parameters

BMC Portal enables you to deactivate parameters by default, in a Performance
Manager. By default, all parameters in the Performance Manager are active.

To deactivate parameters by default in a Performance Manager

1 In the parameter definition of the Performance Manager’s application definition

xml file, include the <active-instruction type="false"/> tag.

For example, when you want to deactivate the MountedDriveFromFUN parameter

in the Active-instruction application class, the parameter definition is as illustrated
below:

<parameter-definition name="MountedDriveFromFUN">
<display-name>Mounted drive from fun</display-name>
<description>Mounted Drive</description>
<value-type base="integer"/>
<value-analysis-definition>
<alert-rule alert-on="alarm-or-warning" alert-after-count="2"/>
<custom-attribute name="minValue" value="0"/>
<custom-attribute name="maxValue" value="100"/>
<custom-attribute name="direction" value="ascending"/>
<threshold-definition enabled="true" name="warning">
<custom-attribute name="value" value="10"/>
</threshold-definition>
<threshold-definition enabled="true" name="alarm">
<custom-attribute name="value" value="20"/>
</threshold-definition>
</value-analysis-definition>
<paramlet-call>
<paramlet>patsdk-commandshell</paramlet>
<solution>patsdk-commandshell-solution</solution>
<property-mapping>
<map name="hostname">APPLICATION.hostname</map>
<map name="port">APPLICATION.port</map>
<map name="protocol">APPLICATION.protocol</map>
<map name="userName">APPLICATION.userName</map>
<map name="password">APPLICATION.password</map>
<map name="privatekey">APPLICATION.privatekey</map>
<map name="passphrase">APPLICATION.passphrase</map>
<map name="fingerprint">APPLICATION.fingerprint</map>
</property-mapping>
<parameter-value>PARAMLET.commandOutput</parameter-value>
</paramlet-call>
<active-instruction type="false"/>
</parameter-definition>

120 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Methods of remote monitoring

NOTE
You must not deactivate all the parameters in an application class, sub-application class, or
a discovered instance. At least one parameter must be active.

2 When you add an element by using the upgraded Performance Manager, and you
specify the <active-instruction type=''false"/> tag in the parameter definition of the
application definition xml file, that parameter is deactivated by default.

Methods of remote monitoring

The types of Performance Managers installed on your Portal determine the methods
of remote monitoring that you can configure for the elements in your account.

Agentless monitoring
The agentless Performance Managers use industry-standard protocols, such as
PerfMon and SNMP, to obtain metrics from the target infrastructure elements. If you
do not have PATROL Agents installed in your IT environment, this is the only type of
Performance Manager that you need to install on your Portal.

As you specify application classes for infrastructure elements, you can accept or
modify parameter thresholds. In addition, you must provide authentication
credentials and properties that the application class can use to access the element and
obtain performance data. The type of collector used to obtain data and the type of
application class determine the type of information that you need to provide.

PATROL Agent integration

If your organization uses PATROL Agents to monitor and manage your IT
infrastructure, you can use PATROL integration Performance Managers, which
enable the RSM to mine parameter values from the PATROL Agents and integrate
agent-based data into the Portal.

You can explicitly add PATROL Agents as elements and specify the corresponding
PATROL integration Performance Managers, or you can have the Portal discover the
PATROL Agents and the parameter thresholds. If you choose the discovery method,
the Portal obtains local thresholds for each instance from its PATROL Agent. If
thresholds do not exist for an instance, the Portal applies the global thresholds to the
instance.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 121

PATROL Agent integration

After configuring the PATROL integration Performance Managers, you can use the
Elements task or the bpmcli to synchronize the application classes and thresholds on
Performance Manager with those on PATROL Agents. See “Integrating PATROL
Agent data into the BMC Performance Manager Portal” on page 27 for more
information.

Parameter mapping between Performance Managers and

Knowledge Modules
To illustrate the parameter mapping between a Performance Manager and a
Knowledge Module (KM), consider the example shown in Figure 10 on page 122. The
PATROL Integration Performance Manager for Coffee Pots has parameters that map
to seven out of the 10 parameters in the Coffee Pot KM.

Figure 10 Performance Manager parameter mapping to Knowledge Module parameters

Integration Performance Manager for Coffee Pots Coffee Pot Knowledge Module
Pot Capacity potCapacity
potType
Pot Location potLocation
Pot Monitor potMonitor
Pot Operating Status potOperStatus
Pot Level potLevel
Pot Metric potMetric
potStartTime
lastStartTime
Pot Temperature potTemperature

You can use the BMC Performance Manager Portal SDK to create PATROL
integration Performance Managers that mine data from a PATROL Agent. See the
BMC Performance Manager Development and Certification Guide on the Documentation
CD for detailed information about creating Performance Managers.

Threshold mapping between Performance Managers and

Knowledge Modules
The parameter properties in Performance Managers differ somewhat from those in
KMs. Generally, the conventions shown in Table 9 show how the minimum and
maximum parameter thresholds in KMs map to the parameter threshold ranges in
PATROL integration Performance Managers.

122 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 PATROL Agent integration

Table 9 Minimum and maximum values for mapped thresholds

PATROL Agent parameter thresholds Performance Manager parameter thresholds
border range is active for the agent parameter minimum and maximum border values
match the agent parameter thresholds
border range is inactive for the agent minimum and maximum border values
parameter and the Y-autoscale=No match the minimum and maximum Y-axis
values
border range is inactive for the agent minimum and maximum border values are
parameter and the Y-autoscale=Yes unbounded

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 123

PATROL Agent integration

Table 10 lists the types of parameters that do not have a one-to-one correlation and
shows how the thresholds appear in the mapped parameters.

Table 10 Differences between Performance Manager and Knowledge Module thresholds

(part 1 of 2)
PATROL Integration Performance
PATROL KM threshold condition Manager adaptation Notes
border thresholds (numeric) ■ The alarm direction is set to These threshold conditions are the
ascending. only instances where a PATROL
■ Alarm1 and Alarm2 thresholds Border alarm sets a warning or
are inactive. ■ The minimum is set to the alarm threshold for a Performance
PATROL Border minimum Manager parameter.
■ Border threshold is active. value.

■ If the PATROL Border

threshold triggers a warning,
the warning threshold is set to
the PATROL Border maximum
value.

■ If the PATROL Border

threshold triggers an alarm, the
alarm threshold is set to the
PATROL Border maximum
value.
border thresholds (Boolean) ■ If the PATROL Border range is
0–0 and it triggers a warning,
■ Alarm1 and Alarm2 thresholds the warning threshold is set to
are inactive. True.

■ Border threshold is active and ■ If the PATROL Border range is

is configured for warning and greater-than-zero to greater-
alarms. than-zero and it triggers an
alarm, the alarm threshold is
set to True.

■ If the PATROL Border range is

greater-than-zero to greater-
than-zero and it triggers a
warning, the corresponding
warning threshold is set to
False.

■ If the PATROL Border range is

nonzero–to-nonzero and it
triggers an alarm, the
corresponding alarm threshold
is set to False.
parameter configured to trigger An event is triggered instantly.
event instantly, after n occurrences,
or after recovery

124 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Installing new Performance Managers on the Portal

Table 10 Differences between Performance Manager and Knowledge Module thresholds

(part 2 of 2)
PATROL Integration Performance
PATROL KM threshold condition Manager adaptation Notes
Alarm1 and Alarm2 ranges are Warning and alarm thresholds
both active or both ranges are set to match and alarm direction is set to
trigger the same state ascending.
numeric threshold is inactive The numeric threshold is set to 0
and is disabled.
Boolean threshold is set to false The Boolean threshold is set to
and inactive false.
boundary values between Alarm1 The warning range is extended so The BMC Performance Manager
and Alarm2 are not contiguous that it is contiguous with the start Portal does not support
of the alarm range. noncontiguous threshold ranges.

Installing new Performance Managers on the

Portal
Before you can use a Performance Manager, it must be installed in the Portal database
and have a status of Published. When you installed the Portal, the installation
program prompted you to insert the BMC Performance Manager Solutions CD or CD
image. When you selected the Performance Managers from the CD or CD image, the
installation program copied the corresponding PAR files (including the application
classes that they contain) to a staging directory on the Portal application server.
During Portal startup, the BMC Performance Manager Portal scanned the staging
directory for those files and installed them in the Portal database.

If you upgraded from BMC Performance Manager Portal 1.2 or installed the BMC
Performance Manager Portal for the first time, the Performance Managers have a
status of Published. As soon as RSMs are installed or upgraded, you can log on as a
user and begin using the application classes contained in the Performance Managers
to begin monitoring elements.

If you upgraded from BMC Performance Manager Portal 2.1 or later, the new
Performance Managers have a status of Unpublished. See “To upgrade a Performance
Manager during a Portal upgrade” on page 127 for more information about
publishing upgraded Performance Managers.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 125

Installing new Performance Managers on the Portal

The following conditions require that you manually install new Performance
Managers on the Portal:

■ You use the BMC Performance Manager Portal SDK to create Performance
Managers.

■ You download a Performance Manager from the BMC Software Electronic Product
Distribution (EPD) website.

■ You install a Performance Manager from a CD or CD image that is not part of the
BMC Portal installation program.

To manually install a Performance Manager

1 Place the Performance Manager’s (PAR) file in a known location on your file
system or have the Performance Manager CD available.

2 Log on to the BMC Portal with Portal administrator credentials, and select the
Portal tab.

3 Under Tasks in the navigation pane, select Performance Managers to open the
Performance Managers page.

4 Click Upload to open the Performance Managers–Upload page.

5 Click Browse to open a file selection dialog box, and navigate to the PAR file from
one of the following sources:

■ the location of the PAR file that you used in step 1

■ PerformanceManagerName.par on the Performance Manager CD

6 Select the PAR and click Upload.

The Portal installs the PAR file in the database. The Performance Manager appears
in the list of Performance Managers and has a status of Published.

NOTE
To have the Performance Managers page reflect status changes, you might need to click the
Performance Managers task in the navigation pane.

To begin using the new application classes, log on as a user, add an infrastructure
element and select the new application classes, or add the new application classes to
existing elements.

126 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Upgrading Performance Managers on the Portal

Upgrading Performance Managers on the

Portal
If you install or import a PAR file that replaces an earlier version of its Performance
Manager on your Portal, the new Performance Manager appears on the page for the
Performance Manager, but with a status of Unpublished. The procedures in this
section

■ remove the earlier version of the Performance Manager

■ change the status of the newer version to Publishing and then Published
■ update any affected infrastructure elements with the new version of the
application classes in the Performance Manager

When an upgrade occurs on an existing application class, the following information is

migrated to the new version of the application class:

■ application class properties and user configurations

■ parameter threshold settings
■ parameter history data

To upgrade a Performance Manager during a Portal upgrade

Use this procedure to upgrade each performance manager, individually.

WARNING
■ After you have installed BMC Portal, check the Customer Support website at
http://www.bmc.com/support to see the flashes, technical bulletins, and resolutions for
the latest patches and hot fixes available for the current version of BMC Portal. Install the
patches and hot fixes. Ensure that you perform the BMC Portal Performance Managers
(solution) upgrades only after installing the latest patches.

■ You must verify that all of the RSMs are updated to the latest version and that they are all
running before you can publish the Performance Manager solutions. Then you must
publish the Performance Manager solutions one by one, individually.

If a solution is in the process of publishing, do not start publishing another solution until
the first shows the upgraded version.

1 When you use the BMC Portal installation program to upgrade the Portal, select
any or all Performance Managers from the BMC Performance Manager Solutions
CD or CD image on your hard drive.

2 After the Portal installation, log on to the BMC Portal with Portal administrator
credentials, and select the Portal tab.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 127

Upgrading Performance Managers on the Portal

3 Under Tasks in the navigation pane, select Performance Managers to open the
Performance Managers page.

The Performance Managers that you selected from the BMC Performance Manager
Solutions CD appear in the list of Performance Managers and have a status of
Unpublished, and the earlier versions of those Performance Managers have a status
of Published or In Use.

4 On the Performance Managers page, select a Performance Manager and click

Publish.

The status for the current version of the new Performance Manager changes to
Publishing and then Published.

The status for the earlier version of each new Performance Manager changes to
Upgrading and then is removed from the page.

5 After the first Performance Manager has completed the publishing process, repeat
step 4 for each remaining Performance Manager in the list, one-by-one,
individually, until all of the Performance Managers show a status of Published.

WARNING
Do not start publishing a Performance Manager when another Performance Manager is in the
process of publishing. Wait until the process is complete, and the previous Performance
Manager shows a status of Published before starting to publish another Performance
Manager.

To upgrade a Performance Manager by importing the new version’s PAR file

1 Place the PAR file for the Performance Manager in a location that you can access
through your file system:

■ Download the Performance Manager file from the EPD website to your chosen
location.

■ Insert the BMC Performance Manager Solutions CD in a disk drive that you can
access from your file system.

2 Log on to the BMC Portal with Portal administrator credentials, and select the
Portal tab.

3 Under Tasks in the navigation pane, select Performance Managers to open the
Performance Managers page.

128 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Removing Performance Managers from the Portal

4 Import the PAR file:

A Click Upload to open the Performance Managers–Upload page.

B Click Browse to open a file selection dialog box, and select a file.

C Click Upload.

The new version of the Performance Manager appears in the list and has a status of
Unpublished, and the earlier version has a status of Published or In Use.

5 Select the Performance Manager and click Publish.

The status for the current version of the Performance Manager changes to
Publishing and then Published. The status for the earlier version of the Performance
Manager changes to Upgrading and then is removed from the page.

NOTE
To have the Performance Managers page reflect status changes, you might need to click the
Performance Managers task in the navigation pane to refresh the page.

The affected infrastructure elements begin using the updated application classes.

Removing Performance Managers from the

Portal
The following procedure permanently deletes selected custom or solution
Performance Managers from the Portal database. You cannot delete a Performance
Manager if any of its application classes are currently monitoring infrastructure
elements.

To remove a Performance Manager from the Portal

1 Ensure that the Portal is not using the Performance Manager to monitor
infrastructure elements, and if necessary, remove its corresponding application
classes from any elements that use them.

2 Log on with Portal administrator credentials and select the Portal tab.

3 Under Tasks in the navigation pane, select Performance Managers to open the
Performance Managers page.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 129

Types of Performance Managers

4 In the Elements column, verify that the Performance Manager that you want to
delete does not have any assigned elements.

5 Select the Performance Manager to delete, and click Delete.

If necessary, you can delete multiple Performance Managers.

6 On the Performance Managers–Delete page, click Delete to confirm the deletion.

Types of Performance Managers

The Performance Managers page lists the Performance Managers available to the
users on the Portal. For each Performance Manager, the list includes its type. The
Portal supports the following types of Performance Managers:

■ core
■ solution
■ custom

Core Performance Managers

Core Performance Managers are those that are included with the BMC Performance
Manager Portal. The core Performance Managers include application collectors,
which typically have names that begin with BMC PM Collector for, and the
Performance Managers listed in Table 11.

Table 11 Core Performance Managers and their application classes

Performance Manager Application classes
BMC PM for Lightweight Protocols–DNS Domain Name Server
BMC PM for Lightweight Protocols–Ping Ping
BMC PM for Lightweight Protocols–Port Monitor Network Service Port
BMC PM for SNMP Traps SNMP Trap Listener
BMC PM Monitor ■ BMC PM Portal App Server Monitor
■ BMC PM Portal Datafeed Monitor
■ BMC PM RSM Monitor
■ BMC PM Web Server Monitor
■ BMC PM Portal App Server Monitor
■ BMC PM PATROL Integration
Monitor
PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor PATROL Agent Availability and Health
Monitor

130 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Solution Performance Managers

If you did not select any Performance Managers from the Solutions CD during
installation of the Portal, you can still use the application classes in the core
Performance Managers to monitor infrastructure elements.

You cannot edit or delete a core Performance Manager.

Solution Performance Managers

Solution Performance Managers are those that you can obtain from BMC Software or
BMC Software partners, or those created with the BMC Performance Manager Portal
SDK. You can install BMC Software solution Performance Managers from a Solutions
CD, by downloading them from the BMC Software EPD website, or from developers
who use the Performance Manager SDK.

You cannot edit a solution Performance Manager from BMC Software. If a solution
Performance Manager is not in use, you can use the Performance Manager Editor to
delete it from the Portal database.

Custom Performance Managers

If you cannot obtain a solution Performance Manager to monitor the infrastructure or
applications in your environment, you can create custom Performance Managers.

NOTE
This section provides some information about custom Performance Managers. The BMC
Portal Help provides detailed procedures for creating, editing, and administering
Performance Managers and the application classes that they contain.

A series of Portal pages, known collectively as the Performance Manager Editor

(PME), enables Portal administrators to create custom application classes for the
Portal and its users. The Performance Managers page, described in Table 12, acts as
the main page for the PME, and provides the starting point for accessing all of the
features required to administer Performance Managers on your Portal.

When you edit a published custom Performance Manager, the PME creates and opens
a copy of the selected Performance Manager in the editor. In this copy, you can edit
any custom or solution application class that uses PerfMon, SNMP, or command shell
protocols to collect data.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 131

Custom Performance Managers

■ On the Performance Managers page, solution Performance Managers and those

created with the Performance Manager SDK have a Type of Solution.

■ On the Performance Managers page, Performance Managers created with the PME
have a Type of Custom.

You can access the Performance Managers task and PME when you log on with Portal
administrator credentials and select the Portal tab.

Table 12 Features of the Performance Managers page

Item Description
Buttons
Upload opens the Performance Managers–Upload page, enabling you to add solution
Performance Managers or those created with the Performance Manager SDK
to the Portal
Export opens a File Save or File Download box, enabling you to save the PAR file to
your local file system
Publish publishes the selected Performance Managers
Create opens the Performance Managers–Create page, the first step in creating a
custom Performance Manager
Edit opens the Performance Managers–Edit page, enabling you to edit the selected
solution or custom Performance Manager
Delete opens the Performance Managers–Confirm Delete page, enabling you to
confirm the deletion of the selected Performance Managers
Performance Managers list
Select All selects the check boxes of all Performance Managers

Note: You can edit only one Performance Manager at a time.

Unselect All clears the check boxes of all Performance Managers
Name name of the Performance Manager
Version version number of the Performance Manager
Type identifies the type of Performance Manager: Solution, Custom, or Core
Status shows one or more of the following states for the Performance Manager:
■ Publishing
■ Published
■ Unpublished
■ Upgrading
■ Publish Failed - failureReason
■ In Use

Elements shows the number of elements on the Portal currently being monitored with
application classes in the Performance Manager
Profiles shows the number of element profiles that contain one or more of the
application classes in the Performance Manager

132 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Custom Performance Managers

With the PME, you can use the following methods to create custom Performance
Managers:

■ read a definition file that contains attributes that you can use to build a custom
application class

■ edit a custom Performance Manager and edit its application class, and add
application classes in the copy that is automatically created by the PME

The PME cannot create Performance Managers that integrate data from PATROL
Agents. To create PATROL integration Performance Managers, you must use the
BMC Performance Manager Portal SDK. See the BMC Performance Manager
Development and Certification Guide on the Documentation CD.

Application class properties

Each Performance Manager is composed of at least one application class, and an
application class is composed of organized groups of subapplications. Each
application class can have only one collector, but a Performance Manager can contain
application classes that each use a different collector.

EXAMPLE
You can create an operating system Performance Manager that contains the following
application classes:

■ Solaris Using SNMP

■ Windows Using PerfMon
■ Linux® Using Command Shell

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 133

Custom Performance Managers

The PME enables you to customize the properties that compose an application class
described in Table 13:

Table 13 Application class properties (part 1 of 2)

Property Description
instance type either of the following types:

■ Single-instance application classes can exist only once on a monitored element;

for example, a computer can have only one system uptime.

■ Multiple-instance application classes can exist many times on a monitored

element; for example, a computer has many running processes.

— For all multiple-instance application classes, you can specify the instances
to monitor.

— For some multiple-instance application classes, the Performance Manager

enables you to discover instances on the monitored element.
parent class an application that contains parameters that monitor similar attributes

A parent class also has a root application instance that contains the Application
Collector Status parameter.
child class groupings of similar parameters within the parent class

Example: In BMC Performance Manager Express for Oracle, Availability,

Capacity, and Performance are child classes of the Oracle parent class.

Child classes can require unique properties and credentials.

parameter a data point or measurement; for example, available disk space
parameter type one of the following types, which also determines other parameter characteristics:

■ string
■ float
■ integer
■ Boolean
■ long
alarm direction specifies whether a lesser or greater value indicates deterioration of the
monitored parameter

Example:
■ for CPU load, the higher the load, the slower the computer (greater value
triggers alarm)
■ for available disk space, the lower the amount of free space, the less available
space for the user (lesser value triggers alarm)
alarm and warning ■ for string parameters, use regular expressions to specify thresholds
thresholds ■ for numeric parameters, set default minimum warning and alarm thresholds
■ for Boolean parameters, specify warning and alarm conditions that the
notification recipient receives about the warning or alarm

134 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Custom Performance Managers

Table 13 Application class properties (part 2 of 2)

Property Description
parameter value minimum and maximum values for the parameter that
range
■ set the ranges on charts
■ prohibit entry of invalid warning and alarm ranges by users
data modifications operations that display the numeric parameter value (on the Reports and Status
tabs) in a format that differs from the raw measurement format; not available for
Boolean and string parameters

Types of application classes

When you use the PME, you can create the following types of application classes,
which correspond to the type of information that the application class will monitor:

■ Single-instance application classes can monitor one instance of an application on

any computer. An operating system application class is an example of this type
because you can monitor only one instance of an operating system on any
computer.

■ Multiple-instance application classes can monitor more than one instance of an

application on any computer. Application classes that monitor log files or
processes are examples of this type because you can monitor more than one log file
or process on any computer.

Many multiple-instance application classes enable you to discover instances on the

target elements as you add elements to the Portal or as you add an application
class to existing elements. When the discovery process is finished, you can select
the discovered instances to monitor, and then provide the required credentials and
properties for those instances. Should the discovered instance no longer exist on
the element, the Portal enables you to remove that instance from the element.

Performance Manager publishing

Before you and your users can use the application classes in a new or edited
Performance Manager, you must publish the Performance Manager. After it is
published, users with adequate permission can select an application class and assign
it to an infrastructure element.

Data collection requirements

With the PME, you can create new application classes by specifying a definition file.
Definition files contain attributes and other information that you can use to build the
application class. For some collection protocols, you create an application class by
specifying a command.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 135

Custom Performance Managers

Table 14 shows the collection protocols that you can use to create custom application
classes with the PME. This table also shows the input files or commands that you
might need to create application classes with the supported protocols.

Table 14 Supported collection protocols for custom application classes

Collection protocol Definition files and input properties
Command Shell command that returns parameter values
(SSH/Telnet)
PerfMon HTML files saved from PerfMon Performance graphs
SNMP MIB files

In addition to the parameters that you customize, each application class also includes
the Application Collector Status (ACS) parameter, which shows the status of the
collector. You cannot view or edit collector parameters in the PME, but users of your
custom Performance Manager can see them when setting thresholds and when
accessing element views on the Status tab.

Command Shell collector

You can use the Command Shell collector to create application classes from command
shell output issued by one or more commands. Application classes that use the
Command Shell collector can use either the SSH or Telnet protocol to obtain
parameter data.

Command shell application classes can define parameters that return a single value
(single instance) or more than one value (multiple instances).

EXAMPLE
■ The uptime command returns values for a single instance.
■ The ps command returns values for multiple instances, one instance for each process.

When creating application classes that use this collector, you must provide a
command that the RSM program runs to obtain the initial data from the target
element.

TIP
Run commands on a representative computer until the command produces the required
output. You can then use the command and the output in the PME to create the application
class.

136 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Custom Performance Managers

Also, the application class must provide the following items:

■ for each instance, a valid regular expression (regex) that identifies the instance and
the identifier for the instance

■ for each parameter in an instance, a valid regex that identifies the parameter value

The PME has instance and regex testers to validate your regular expressions.

Users who select custom application classes that use the Command Shell collector can
provide shared credentials to authenticate the RSM.

The BMC Portal Help provides procedures that describe how to create application
classes that use the Command Shell collector.

PerfMon collector

When creating application classes that use the PerfMon collector, you can have the
PME upload PerfMon definition files that have an HTML file type. You can create a
PerfMon definition file in the Performance Monitor (PerfMon) on the Windows 2000,
Windows XP, or Windows 2003 operating system. A definition file can specify
parameters that report on multiple instances (for example, disk space). An
application class that uses the PerfMon collector must have the following
characteristics:

■ unique application class name (specified in the PME)

■ unique parameter names that have the same PerfMon Performance Object

■ unique PerfMon Performance Object and Counter pairs for each parameter in the
application class

■ PerfMon Performance Object and Counter pairs that do not identify a parameter
previously deleted from the application class

Users who select custom application classes that use the PerfMon collector can
provide shared credentials to authenticate the RSM.

The BMC Portal Help provides procedures that describe how to create application
classes that use the PerfMon collector and the definition files required to create them.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 137

Custom Performance Managers

SNMP collector

The SNMP collector is used to create application classes that use Object Identifiers
(OIDs) to provide unique identifiers for the parameters in the application class. To
create application classes that use the SNMP collector, you must upload SNMP MIB
files that the PME can use as the definition files to create parameters. The PME can
parse and use the parameter name and data type from the MIB, if that information is
contained in the specified MIB. An application class that uses the SNMP collector
must have the following characteristics:

■ unique application class name (specified in the PME)

■ unique parameter names in the application class
■ unique Object Identifier (OID) for each parameter in the application class
■ OIDs that do not identify a parameter previously deleted from the application
class

NOTE
Many MIBs that you can download from the Internet have dependencies on other MIBs. By
default, the BMC Performance Manager Portal populates an internal MIB library with many
commonly referenced MIBs. If necessary, you can upload the primary and dependent MIBs
when creating an SNMP application class.

Frequently, at least one instance name in the source MIB file is cryptic and does not
represent the parameters that it contains. If a parameter name in the instance more
closely represents the instance content, you can choose to have the parameter name
represent the instance name. When users select the application class to monitor
infrastructure, the selected parameter name represents the instance name on the
Status tab.

When using SMNP application classes to monitor infrastructure, ensure that the MIBs
used to create the application class are also loaded on the snmpd daemon on the
target element.

When creating the application class, ensure that you do not place more than 20
application classes in the top (or root) application instance. The PME will let you
specify more top-level parameters, but the RSM cannot obtain more than 20 top-level
parameter values. Should you require more than 20 of the top-level parameters in the
top-level instance, split the parameters between two application classes.

The BMC Portal Help provides procedures that describe how to create application
classes that use the SNMP collector.

138 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Editing Performance Managers

Editing Performance Managers

The manner in which the PME interacts with the Performance Manager depends on
the state or type of Performance Manager being edited.

■ Editing unpublished custom Performance Managers

■ Editing published custom Performance Managers

You can make minor changes to the properties of a Performance Manager by

changing the Performance Manager display name and its internal short name. The
PME uses the short name as the PAR file name for the Performance Manager. In
addition, you can

■ add application classes to a Performance Manager

■ modify existing application classes in a Performance Manager
■ remove application classes from a Performance Manager

When editing an application class, you can

■ change the properties of an application class (but you cannot change collectors)
■ add and remove instances (subapplications)
■ add and remove parameters
■ modify parameter properties

Editing unpublished custom Performance Managers

When you create a new Performance Manager, the PME assigns a version number of
1.0.00. Until you publish the Performance Manager, the version number remains the
same, regardless of how often you edit the application classes in the unpublished
Performance Manager.

The PME enables you to modify any of the properties for the Performance Manager
and the properties in an application class.

Editing published custom Performance Managers

The PME enables you to select and edit published custom Performance Managers.
When you select a published Performance Manager to edit, the PME creates a copy
that you can edit. The PME increments the last two digits of the version number only
for a published custom Performance Manager. The new version number is displayed
on the Performance Managers–Edit page.

Chapter 5 Performance Managers and application classes 139

Editing published custom Performance Managers

EXAMPLE
If you select My PM for Coffee Pots (version 2.0.00), the PME creates a new Performance
Manager with My PM for Coffee Pots (version 2.0.01) as the display name and version, and
opens the new Performance Manager in the editor.

When you edit custom Performance Managers, the following restrictions apply:

■ If you had assigned application classes from the earlier version of the Performance
Manager to infrastructure elements, publishing the edited copy updates the
elements so that they use the edited version of the application classes.

■ If the selected Performance Manager contains application classes that use the JMX
collector, the JMX application classes are not copied to the editable version of the
Performance Manager.

After you publish the edited Performance Manager, the JMX application classes
are removed from the elements and the data associated with the deleted
application classes will be deleted from the database.

NOTE
This situation would occur only if you had created a JMX application class with the
Application Class Editor in an earlier version of the Portal or in PATROL Express.

140 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

6
6 Reports
This chapter describes the available reporting options and presents the following
topics:

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Parameter update intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Standard parameter values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Accumulated parameter values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Data summarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Data retention policies that affect object view content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Retention policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Properties that control the raw data retention policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Properties that control event history retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Purging inactive data from the Portal history tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Purging unknown and unused events from the event table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Reports tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Time interval controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Top N report for object groups or the account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Health At A Glance report for elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Multiple parameter history charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Dashboard parameter charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Enterprise reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Downloading and installing BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, Crystal Reports
2008 (Designer component), and integration components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Installing the integration components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Upgrading to Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Upgrading to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Publishing and scheduling generated reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Report types and details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Uninstalling the integration components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Continuous data export configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Continuous data export requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Configuring the datafeed utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Changing the retention policy for the CDE database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Maintaining the continuous export to the CDE database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Additional configuration options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
External CDE movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Chapter 6 Reports 141

Overview

Overview
The Portal provides embedded reports that you can access from the Reports tab. In
addition to these reports, you can configure the Continuous Data Export (CDE) utility
to send raw parameter data to an external database. You can then use Crystal
Reports® 2008 (Designer component) to generate on-demand reports, or schedule
periodic reports from the data in the CDE database.

In addition to these reporting options, this chapter also describes the way in which
the Portal receives report data from the RSM and how the Portal summarizes and
saves data in the Portal database instance.

Parameter update intervals

The frequency at which the RSM sends parameter data to the Portal is determined by
an element’s report update interval and the status of the parameters in the application
class.

■ The report update interval determines the minimum frequency at which the RSM
sends parameter values to the Portal. Regardless of parameter status, the RSM
sends parameter values to the Portal at this frequency, which is less often than or
equal to the frequency of data collection (collection interval).

Unlike the collection interval, which you set for each application class, you set the
report update interval for each element. For more information, see the
drmop.default.reporting.interval.minutes property in Appendix C, “BMC
Performance Manager Portal files.”

■ When any parameter in an application class changes its status, the RSM sends the
values for all parameters in the application class to the Portal. Therefore,
depending on the statuses for the parameters in an application class, a parameter
might have additional raw data values between report update intervals, as
illustrated in Figure 11 on page 143.

142 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Standard parameter values

Figure 11 Affect of status changes on reported parameter values

These charts show the raw
parameter values for
parameters in the same
application class. Although the
parameters in the top two
charts never changed status,
their values were reported
each time that the other
parameter changed status.

You can view the values for parameter data on the Status and Reports tabs.

Standard parameter values

For most parameters, unless a parameter status change occurs, the RSM sends the last
data value that it collected during the report update interval, as shown in Figure 12.
The Portal saves this value in the database as raw data for the parameter.

Figure 12 Standard parameter values

1-minute collection 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 data values collected from
interval the parameter

5-minute report data values sent to the

5 1 4
update interval Portal

On parameter history charts, the Portal shows raw data values (or averaged values,
depending on the time period of the chart) at each chart interval.

Chapter 6 Reports 143

Accumulated parameter values

Accumulated parameter values

Some application classes contain parameters that require the RSM to total the
collected data values and send the totaled value to the Portal. The Portal saves this
accumulated parameter value in the database as raw data for the parameter, as
shown in Figure 13.

Figure 13 Accumulated parameter values

1-minute collection 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 data values collected from
interval the parameter

5-minute report data values sent to the

15 11 18
update interval Portal

On parameter history charts, the Portal shows totaled values at each chart interval.

See the documentation or Help for application classes for more information.

Data summarization
The data summarization process creates a data point that is the average of the raw
data from the previous half hour. For example, suppose that you set the report
update interval to 15 minutes. Immediately after the end of each half hour, the Portal
database computes the average value for the two data points and creates a single half-
hour data point.

Summarizing raw data into half-hour and daily data points reduces the data retrieval
effort required to generate reports that span large time intervals.

EXAMPLE
The RSM collects a data point every minute and sends report data to the Portal once every five
minutes. Using this scenario, the Portal receives data at least once every five minutes—more
often if infrastructure parameters go in and out of warning and alarm states. At 10 minutes
after the end of each half hour, the Portal database bundles the six data points (or more if there
were warnings or alarms) into a single half-hour summarized data point.

The Portal uses raw and summarized, half-hour data to produce the charts. Because
the Portal computes a daily data point after the end of the day, some charts might not
show data for the most recent day, depending on the end time specified for the chart.

144 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Data retention policies that affect object view content

Data retention policies that affect object view

content
The Portal stores parameter data in partitions in the database and then the database
purges data by dropping an entire partition. The rollover period for a data type sets
the frequency at which the Portal stops writing data to one partition and starts
writing it to a new partition. This rollover period also determines the amount of data
that is deleted when a partition is dropped.

Data summarization and data retention policies of parameter data determine the data
that is used by the Portal to generate the various object views.

Retention policies
The amount and types of data stored in the Portal database are controlled by data
retention policies. Because the Portal collects and stores raw data faster than it
summarizes hourly and daily data, the raw data tables grow faster than the
summarized tables. To control the amount of data retained in the Portal database, the
retention policy purges data from raw data tables sooner than it does from the hourly
or daily tables. Controlling the amount of historical data that is stored in the Portal
database enables the Portal to quickly return the requested charts.

Properties that control the raw data retention policies

The Portal is optimized to run with the default retention policies. Should you need to
change them, you can access the drmop.properties file on the Portal application server
and modify the following properties:

■ portal.history.parameter.value.retention sets the number of days that the database

retains raw parameter data values. Database performance is optimized for a 14-
day retention of raw data if the report update interval is higher than 5 minutes.
However, BMC recommends that you set history retention for 7 days.

— Increasing the retention period can adversely impact database performance and
requires more disk space.

— Significantly decreasing the retention period, to 1 or 2 days, can cause the Portal
to lose data that was not summarized (in the event of a Portal downtime caused
by maintenance, upgrades, or hardware failure).

Chapter 6 Reports 145

Properties that control the raw data retention policies

■ portal.history.element.statusHistory.retention sets the number of days that the

database keeps element status changes, such as blackout and monitoring off.
Although the default value of this property is 428 days, BMC recommends that
you set the value at 92 days.

— The value of this property must match the value for the
portal.history.element.summarizationDataPoint.retention property.

— Increasing the retention period requires more disk space.

■ portal.history.parameter.summarizationDataPoint.retention sets the number of

days that the database keeps summarized parameter values. Although this property
has a default value of 428 days, BMC recommends a setting of 92 days.

— Increasing the retention period requires more disk space.

— Reducing this retention period reduces the time period in which you can chart
data points.

■ portal.history.parameter.summarization.disabled enables you to disable the

summarization of raw data. However, some of the reports include summarized
data points, so disabled summarization would cause those reports to display with
missing data. See “Top N report for object groups or the account” on page 153.

■ portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.enabled enables you to configure

the external summarization by using the database task instead of using the BMC
Portal application server. This avoids the usage of the BMC Portal application
server for the BMC Portal summarization task.

■ portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.schedulehours enables you to

schedule the external summarization. If you set
portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.enabled=true, then the task is
scheduled to run at 2 A.M. every day, by default.

You must modify the portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.enabled

and the portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.schedulehours properties
to enable external summarization.

For more information about the properties file and its attributes, see “Configuration
files” on page 319 and Table 51 on page 322.

146 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Properties that control event history retention

Properties that control event history retention

The event history partition size and the frequency at which the partition is purged are
controlled by the following properties:

■ portal.history.event.rollover.period sets frequency at which event data rolls over to

a new partition. Specifying a longer rollover period means that more data is
deleted when the Portal database drops a partition. When changing the rollover
period, you must specify one of the valid time values in the property file. See
page 328 for valid time values.

■ portal.history.event.retention sets the number of days of event data to save in the

database. The data retention policy uses the specified number of days to determine
when the database purges event partitions. By default, the Portal saves each event
for at least 100 days, but BMC recommends setting this at 14 days.

Longer retention periods can affect the response time of the Events tab and the
Health At A Glance report (which also contains event history data).

The data retention policy uses the number of days specified in the
portal.history.event.retention property to determine the number of partitions to
retain. The policy takes the number of days specified, multiplies that by the number
of days in the rollover period, and then rounds up the value.

EXAMPLE
■ If you use the following default values, the Portal saves seven day’s worth of data in a
partition. To retain 100 days of data, the Portal must keep 15 weeks (105 days) worth of
data.

— portal.history.event.rollover.period = WEEK
— portal.history.event.retention = 100

■ If you use the following recommended values, the Portal saves one days worth of events
in a partition and drops a partition when it has finished saving 14 partition’s worth of data
(14 days). When the database drops a partition, 1 day’s worth of events are purged

— portal.history.event.rollover.period = DAY
— portal.history.event.retention = 14

Purging inactive data from the Portal history tables

The Portal history tables are not deleted, even after deleting an instance or node from
the Portal. This inactive data is not displayed in the Portal, but uses extra disk space,
which can cause performance issues in the Portal.

Chapter 6 Reports 147

Purging inactive data from the Portal history tables

If you use the Continuous Data Export (CDE) database to store BMC portal data for
reporting, then run the exportParameterHistory command to collect the inactive data
for reporting purposes. (For details, see “Data-extraction commands” on page 270).

You do not need to run exportParameterHistory if data has already been exported by
using exportParameterHistory, or if you do not need the historical data. Otherwise, you
must use the exportParameterHistory to collect historical data before purging inactive
data. Use the following procedure to purge inactive data:

“To purge inactive data” on page 148.

NOTE
When this feature is enabled, during the purging process, the Oracle UNDO table space usage
can reach 100 percent. However, the UNDO tables space usage returns to normal
automatically once the purge is complete. The first time the purge script runs, depending on
how much inactive data there is to purge, it could take from 2 to 8 hours for the UNDO table
space usage to return to normal. If you set the purge script to run on a weekly basis, the
UNDO table space usage should return to normal within 2 to 4 hours after each subsequent
purge, depending on the amount of inactive data accumulated between the weekly purges.

To purge inactive data

The properties used to purge inactive data are in the drmop.properties configuration
files. For details, see Appendix C, “BMC Performance Manager Portal files.”

1 To enable purging of inactive data, change the following property to true:

portal.history.parameter.summarizationDataPoint.cleaninactiveparameter.enabled
=false

2 To set the day or days when you want the purge to occur, set the
portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.scheduledays property by using the following
valid values:

■ 1 = Sunday (default and recommended value)

■ 2 = Monday
■ 3 = Tuesday
■ 4 = Wednesday
■ 5 = Thursday
■ 6 = Friday
■ 7 = Saturday

If you want the job to run the purge on more than one day, you can enter multiple
valid values and separate them by a comma (no spaces). For example, a value of
1,2,6 sets the job to run on Sunday, Monday, and Friday.

148 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Purging unknown and unused events from the event table

3 To set the scheduled hours when you want the purge to occur, set the
portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.schedulehours property by using the following
valid values:

10 through 19 (the default value)

Setting the property to 10 schedules the purge for 10:00 a.m., 11 schedules the
purge for 11:00 a.m; and so on, up to 19, which schedules the purge for 7:00 p.m.
This property only allows you to schedule the purge on the hour. You cannot add
minutes. The time set for this property is the time on the database server.

For example: portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.schedulehours=19

Purging unknown and unused events from the event table

The retention policy for the event table does not clean up the events that occurred that
are unused, for example, when an instance or element or application is deleted. Some
times Ok-Unknown and Unknown-OK events are generated and fill the table. If you
do not want to save those events, you can set a purging job schedule that cleans up
those events.

The jobs used to remove unknown and unused events execute with partitions in
mind, reducing the load on the Portal and the database while preventing any locking
issues.

Use the following procedures to purge unknown and unused events:

■ “To purge unknown events” on page 149

■ “To purge unused events” on page 150

To purge unknown events

The properties used to purge events are in the drmop.properties configuration files.
For more information, see Appendix C, “BMC Performance Manager Portal files.”

1 To purge unknown events, change the value of the following property to true:

portal.history.events.purgeunknown.cleanunknownevents.enabled=false

Chapter 6 Reports 149

Purging unknown and unused events from the event table

2 To schedule the day or days when you want the unknown events purged, change
the portal.history.events.purgeunknown.scheduledays property to one or more of the
following valid values:

■ 1 = Sunday (default and recommended value)

■ 2 = Monday
■ 3 = Tuesday
■ 4 = Wednesday
■ 5 = Thursday
■ 6 = Friday
■ 7 = Saturday

To use these values in combination, separate them by a comma. For example, the
following value sets the purge to occur on Sunday and Friday:
portal.history.events.purgeunknown.scheduledays=1,6

3 To schedule the time on the day or days when you want the unknown events
purged, change the portal.history.events.purgeunknown.schedulehours property by
using the following valid values:

Valid values for this property are 0 (the default value that sets the value to
midnight or 12:00 a.m.) through 23 (which sets the value to 11:00 p.m.). The default
setting is 19, or 7:00 p.m. The time set for this property is the time on the database
server.

For example: portal.history.events.purgeunknown.schedulehours=19

To purge unused events

The properties used to purge events are in the drmop.properties configuration files.
For more information, see Appendix C, “BMC Performance Manager Portal files.”

1 To purge unused events, change the value of the following property to true:

portal.history.events.purgeunused.cleanunusedevents.enabled =false

150 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Reports tab

2 To schedule the day or days when you want to purge unused events, change the
portal.history.events.purgeunused.scheduledays property by using the following
valid values:

■ 1 = Sunday (default and recommended value)

■ 2 = Monday
■ 3 = Tuesday
■ 4 = Wednesday
■ 5 = Thursday
■ 6 = Friday
■ 7 = Saturday

To use these values in combination, separate them by a comma. For example, the
following value sets the purge to occur on Sunday and Friday:
portal.history.events.purgeunused.scheduledays=1,6

3 To schedule the time on the day or days when you want the unused events purged,
change the portal.history.events.purgeunused.schedulehours property by using the
following valid values:

Valid values for this property are 0 (the default value that sets the value to
midnight or 12:00 a.m.) through 23 (which sets the value to 11:00 p.m.). The default
setting is 19, or 7:00 p.m. The time set for this property is the time on the database
server.

Example: portal.history.events.purgeunused.schedulehours=19

Reports tab
The Reports tab provides charts that show performance metrics for selected
parameters. You can view data collected during a different period by adjusting the
report time range. The charts on the Reports tab vary, depending on the active view of
the Reports tab. Table 15 shows the charts available for each view.

Table 15 Charts available from the Reports tab (part 1 of 2)

Infrastructure
Account view

element view
Group view

Application

Parameter
class view

Instance
Object

view

view

Report
Parameter history chart (single chart) +
Parameter history chart (multiple charts) + +
Parameter history table +

Chapter 6 Reports 151

Time interval controls

Table 15 Charts available from the Reports tab (part 2 of 2)

Infrastructure
Account view

element view
Group view

Application

Parameter
class view

Instance
Object

view

view
Report
Top N + +
Health At A Glance +

On all charts, when you roll the mouse pointer over a data point, a tooltip shows the
value of the data point.

TIP
Where available, you can use to export the chart data to a file.

See the BMC Portal Help for information about accessing and customizing the object
views on the Reports tab.

Time interval controls

For many object views, you can control page content by using the time controls to
adjust the time interval of interest. You can choose to view chart data in daily and
hourly intervals.

■ Hourly intervals—When selecting Hours, you can choose to show from 1 to 168
hours’ worth of data on the chart.

— When you view 1 to 10 hours of data, the data points represent raw data.

— When showing 12 to 168 hours of data, the data points represent summarized
values of hourly data.

— Hourly reports end with the current hour of data. For example, if at 7:30 A.M.
you request a report for the last 24 hours, the report ends with 8:00 A.M.

■ Daily intervals—When selecting Days, you can choose to show from 1 to 184 days
worth of data on the chart. All charts show the data summarized in data points
that represent one day.

Daily charts end with the current day of data. For example, if on January 20 you
select Now and a 14-day interval, the x-axis shows January 20, and the chart
contains data points through January 20.

152 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Top N report for object groups or the account

The ending date and time selection represents the right-most data point on the x-axis
on a chart. If you select 12 hours ending on January 6 at 6:00 P.M., the chart shows 12
hourly data points on the x-axis that start with January 6 at 7:00 A.M. and end with
January 6 at 6:00 P.M.

Top N report for object groups or the account

When you select the account or an object group from the navigation pane, the Top N
report is displayed, as shown in Figure 14 on page 153. This report compares the
history of a selected parameter across a specified number of elements. The parameter
performance and the number of available elements that use the parameter determine
which elements appear in the report. When viewing this report, you can choose to
view as many as 50 elements at a time. For example, you can quickly view the five
elements that have the least amount of remaining memory. You might not see the
summarized parameter values for a new element for 30–40 minutes after adding the
element.

Figure 14 Top N: report settings and content

Chapter 6 Reports 153

Top N report for object groups or the account

Report settings
The following settings determine which element charts appear in the report.

■ predefined times from which you can choose to view the report

■ Top or Bottom selection from the performance drop-down list

■ selection from a drop-down list for the maximum number of elements in the report

■ Performance Manager name selected from a drop-down list

When you select an object group in the navigation pane, this list contains only
those Performance Managers found in the selected group.

■ application classes from which to select a parameter

This list contains all application classes in the selected Performance Manager.

■ names of parameters that return numeric values

For parameters in subapplications, the list shows the subapplication name

followed by the parameter name (SubapplicationName|ParameterName).

Time settings
The Top N time controls provide predefined time periods for this report, as shown in
Figure 15.

Figure 15 Top N: time controls

154 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Top N report for object groups or the account

Report content
After you click Show Report to adjust the report content settings, the report shows the
following information about each element:

■ name of the element

Clicking the element name opens the Status tab for the element.

■ icon that represents the current status of the element and the most recent (raw)
value for the parameter

■ minimum summarized value reported for the parameter during the specified
period

■ maximum summarized value reported for the parameter during the specified
period

■ average summarized value of the parameter reported during the specified period

The bar represents the average value of the parameter during the selected period.
The top bar spans the entire available space. The length of the other bars is
determined by their average value, relative to that of the top bar.

■ , which opens the Parameter History Chart for the parameter

TIP
If your account contains a very large number of elements, this report might time out before the
data is displayed. To change the time that you wait for the report to appear before a timeout
occurs, modify the value of the drmop.reports.topn.batch.job.timeout.minutes property. For
more information about this property, see page 324.

Output options
You can use the output controls described in Table 16 to print or export parameter
data from a Top N report.

Table 16 Output controls for Reports tab

Item Description
exports parameter data points from the report to an external
data file

You can specify the column and row delimiters.

writes the selected report to a PDF file

Chapter 6 Reports 155

Health At A Glance report for elements

Health At A Glance report for elements

When you select an infrastructure element from the navigation pane, you can view
the Health At A Glance report. This report contains charts that provide an overview
of the status of the element. You can click to view the report in a PDF file. From
Adobe Acrobat, you can save the report to your file system or send it to a printer.

Time controls
The time controls set the time range for all charts and graphs in this report, and most
of the data in this report is not available until you select a time range. From the time
controls, you can select one of the predefined time ranges, as shown in Figure 16.

Figure 16 Health At A Glance: time controls

Element Status Summary

This section of the report, shown in Figure 17, contains the charts that show the
history of the element’s status and the parameters that caused events during the
specified time.

Figure 17 Health At A Glance: Element Status Summary

156 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Health At A Glance report for elements

Status by Time

The pie chart in this section shows the statuses for the selected element during the
specified time. Each section represents the percentage of time during the specified
time range that the element spent in that status.

NOTE
The Offline status represents all times when the Portal has no data for the element. For
example, suppose that you added the element to the Portal during the previous 18 hours and
you specified 24 hours for the report period. In this case, the Offline status would represent six
hours of the (24-hour) pie.

Top Parameters Causing Alerts

This section shows all of the parameters in the element that triggered an alarm or
warning notification during the specified period. The bar color represents the alert
status of the parameter. Clicking opens the Parameter History Chart for the
corresponding parameter.

Element Attributes

This section shows the following information about the selected element:

■ fully-qualified host name of the element

■ operating system of the element

■ list of application classes monitoring the element

■ icon that represents the current status of the element and the hours and minutes
that the element has been in its current state

■ element availability (hours and minutes and the percentage of time that the
element was in OK) during the specified period

The Portal uses the following formula to compute availability:

up_time/(total_time - exclude_time) × 100%

By default, the Portal uses the following statuses for up_time and exclude_time:

— up_time: OK and Warning

— exclude_time: None, Blackout, Offline, and Unknown

Chapter 6 Reports 157

Health At A Glance report for elements

■ When computing availability, the Unknown status is an aggregation of the

Unknown, Offline, and None statuses.

■ If an element is in a blackout period during the reporting time and the

availability formula excludes blackout periods from the formula, the element
availability is NA.

To change the statuses included with these values, you can modify the availability
properties described on page 324.

■ actual time (hours and minutes) and the percentage of time that the element had a
status of OK during the specified period

■ actual time (hours and minutes) and the percentage of time that the element was in
Critical during the specified period

■ actual time (hours and minutes) and the percentage of time that the element was in
Warning during the specified period

Key Parameters
This section shows the top four key parameters for the selected Performance Manager
on the element. For each parameter, a history chart, similar to the one shown in
Figure 18, shows the parameter values for the time range specified in the time
controls at the top of the page.

Figure 18 Health At A Glance: Key Parameters

158 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Health At A Glance report for elements

NOTE
If key parameters are not defined for the application class, the Key Parameters list shows No
key parameters to display.

Click select key parameters to view to change the key parameters shown in the charts.

When an application class contains more than four key parameters, the sort order of
the key parameters determines the top parameters for the specified time range. The
following parameter conditions or attributes determine the sort order for the key
parameters, and which parameters appear in the report:

■ severity level
■ parameter priority
■ alphabetization

Element Events
This section lists the events that occurred on the element during the specified time.

Figure 19 Health At A Glance: Element Events

Table 17 lists the attributes shown for each event.

Table 17 Element event attributes in Health At A Glance report (part 1 of 2)

Item Description
Event severity icon represents the severity of the event
Object type icon , which represents an infrastructure element
Element name of the element
Group object groups to which the element belongs
Time date and time when the state change occurred

Chapter 6 Reports 159

Multiple parameter history charts

Table 17 Element event attributes in Health At A Glance report (part 2 of 2)

Item Description
Description name of the parameter and the value that triggered the event
Details for events that triggered notification, the Notified link provides a
list of notification recipients

Multiple parameter history charts

When you select an instance or an application class from the navigation pane, you can
view multiple parameter history charts. By default, this report shows the first two
parameters in the application class, or the number of parameters in the application,
whichever is fewer. Figure 20 shows the report options that affect all parameter charts
in the report. You can show up to 10 parameters on the page by selecting an option
from Number of Charts to Display.

Figure 20 Options for multiple parameter history charts

Number of charts on page time-interval options

You can use this report in the following ways:

■ to view many parameters from the same element, instance, or application class

Figure 21 is an example of the default view of this report, where each chart uses the
same element name.

■ to compare the same parameter on multiple infrastructure elements

Figure 22 on page 161 is an example of charts that display the same parameter
name for different elements.

160 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Dashboard parameter charts

Figure 21 Comparative parameter history charts for one element

The element name is

the same in all charts,
and each chart displays
the values for a
different parameter.

Figure 22 Comparative parameter history report for one parameter

The parameter name is

the same in all charts,
and each chart
displays the parameter
values for a different
element.

Use the option lists and above each chart to adjust the element name,
application class, and parameter.

Click to export the data values for the applicable chart.

Dashboard parameter charts

Infrastructure dashboards enable you to create and save views of important element
metrics. For example, if you are responsible for a specific set of computers that
provide a critical business service, you can create a dashboard that enables you to
quickly view and compare the performance of key parameters on these computers.

Chapter 6 Reports 161

Enterprise reports

When creating dashboards that contain parameter values, you can add dashboard
sections that contain parameter history for one parameter or sections that contain
data values for as many as six parameters. For charts that contain multiple
parameters, the chart legend and chart line styles and colors differentiate the
parameters.

Enterprise reports
In addition to the embedded reports that you can access from the Reports tab, you can
also generate reports by running Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component) against
parameter data in the CDE database. The BMC Performance Manager Portal product
includes a set of report templates that you can use with the CDE database to provide
a variety of operational reports based on Portal data.

Downloading and installing BMC Reporting Foundation

3.2.00, Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component), and
integration components

NOTE
BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 is also referred as SAP® BusinessObjects™ Enterprise XI
3.1. In the document, these names are used interchangeably.

Before you begin

You need a user name and password for the BMC Software Electronic Product
Download (EPD) site. You can register and obtain credentials at
http://www.bmc.com/support.

162 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

Downloading and installing BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component), and

NOTE
■ Before installing BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, you must have the BMC Portal
database installed (Default instance name: BMCREPO in the installation screen). In the
prior releases of this product, BMC Software bundled Oracle as the BMC Datastore
product. References to the "database" in this document refer to either the BMC Datastore
product or your own licensed version of Oracle, interchangeably. If instructions differ
between the use of your own licensed version of Oracle and the BMC Datastore product,
this document refers to those specifically by name. The BMC Datastore product is no
longer available to new licensees of BMC Performance Manager Reporting.

■ If you must have the BMC Datastore product and were active on a support contract for
any of the products below prior to July 1, 2009, send an email message to
ProductionControl@BMC.com to obtain a copy of this software.

In the email message, provide the following information:

— Company name
— Valid support ID
— BMC Datastore version
— BMC Datastore platform
— BMC Performance Manager Portal version V.r.mm

■ Product list:

— BMC Application Performance and Analytics

— BMC Enterprise Event Manager
— BMC Event and Impact Management
— BMC Event Manager
— BMC Event Manager - Enterprise
— BMC Event Manager - Original Package
— BMC Impact Explorer
— BMC Impact Manager
— BMC Impact Manager Adapters
— BMC Impact Manager Service Components (500 pack)
— BMC Impact Portal
— BMC Impact Standalone Node
— BMC Impact Web Console - Business User
— BMC Performance Analysis for Servers
— BMC Performance Assurance for Virtual Servers
— BMC Performance Management
— BMC Performance Management Reporting
— BMC Performance Manager Console
— BMC Performance Manager Reporting
— BMC Portal - Original Version
— BMC Proactive Service Desk Package
— BMC Service Impact Manager
— PATROL Integration for DashBoard
— PATROL Reporting for Networks
— BMC Performance Manager Portal
— BMC Performance Assurance for Servers

■ You will need to obtain your own Oracle license if you were not active on support for
BMC Performance Manager Portal prior to July 1, 2009.

Chapter 6 Reports 163

Installing the integration components

To download BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer

component), and integration components

1 Go to http://webapps.bmc.com/epd and log on.

2 Follow the instructions for completing the Export Validation & License Terms
page.

You must select I agree in the Export Compliance Disclaimer and TRIAL
AGREEMENT panes.

3 Follow the instructions to select BMC Performance Manager Portal latestVersion.

4 Select the following components:

■ BMC Reporting Foundation - Server Component

■ Crystal Reports 2008 - Designer component

5 Select BMC Performance Manager Operational Crystal Reports.

6 Download the BMC_PM_Reports.zip file, and extract the BMC_PM_Reports.biar and

BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml files.

7 Install the BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 and Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer
component) product.

NOTE
■ To install BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, see SLN000015109080.

■ To install Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component), see SLN000015109081.

■ To obtain a license key for BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 and Crystal Reports 2008
(Designer component), contact BMC Customer Support.

Installing the integration components

Installing the integration components is a manual operation that is performed on the
Report Server host computer.

164 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Installing the integration components

Before you begin

The following prerequisites must be met:

Table 18 Reporting integration prerequisites

Product or component Prerequisite
Reports Server BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 must be installed
In case of 64-bit operating system, you must have 32-bit database client and
BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 on the same computer.

Note: The BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 compiled as the 32-bit native binary
is designed to use 32-bit data source middleware connectivity. Unless specified,
64-bit middleware connectivity is not supported. Therefore, BMC recommends
that you should install 32-bit database middleware connectivity client to connect
to CMS database from a 64-bit machine where BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00
is installed.
You need a Windows Administrator user name and password for the BMC
Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 and Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component)
host computers.
You need a user name and password with the BusinessObjects Enterprise 3.1
Administrator rights to log on to Business View Manager and Java InfoView.
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager Portal and database must be configured for
Manager Portal and BMC continuous data export (CDE). For information about configuring the CDE
Datastore database instance, see “Continuous data export configuration” on page 190.
For the reports that you want to generate, the appropriate Performance
Managers listed in Table 19 on page 166 must be installed and collecting data.
After Performance Managers have been collecting data for several hours, run the
following command on the Portal host computer:

bpmcli -portal portalWebServerHostName -login superadmin -pass superadmin -c

refreshDatafeedMetadata

where portalWebServerHostName is the Portal Web Server host computer, and

the correct superadmin user name and password are inserted.
You need a user name and password for the CDE database.

Chapter 6 Reports 165

Installing the integration components

Table 19 BMC Performance Manager components required for various reports (part 1 of 2)
Report Performance Managera Application class or Knowledge Module
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for the operating
Manager Availability Express for Unix/Linux systems in your environment:
Report
■ AIX
■ HP-UX
■ Linux
■ Red Hat Linux 3.0 ES, AS
■ Red Hat Linux 4.0 ES, AS
■ Solaris
BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for operating
Express for Windows systems in your environment:

■ Windows 2000
■ Windows 2003
■ Windows XP
■ Windows
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for the operating
Manager Logical Express for Unix/Linux systems in your environment:
Domain Report
■ AIX
BMC Performance ■ HP-UX
Manager Zone and ■ Linux
Pool Report ■ Red Hat Linux 3.0 ES, AS
■ Red Hat Linux 4.0 ES, AS
■ Solaris
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for operating
Manager Top N CPU Express for Unix/Linux systems in your environment:
Usage
■ AIX
■ HP-UX
■ Linux
■ Red Hat Linux 3.0 ES, AS
■ Red Hat Linux 4.0 ES, AS
■ Solaris
BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for the operating
Express for Windows systems in your environment:

■ Windows 2000
■ Windows 2003
■ Windows XP
■ Windows
BMC Performance Manager PATROL KM for Microsoft Windows Operating
Integration with PATROL for System
Microsoft Windows
Servers 3.3.01
BMC Performance Manager PATROL KM for Unix
Integration with PATROL for
UNIX and Linux 9.5.01

166 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Installing the integration components

Table 19 BMC Performance Manager components required for various reports (part 2 of 2)
Report Performance Managera Application class or Knowledge Module
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for operating
Manager Top N File Express for Unix/Linux systems in your environment:
System Usage Report
■ AIX
■ HP-UX
■ Linux
■ Red Hat Linux 3.0 ES, AS
■ Red Hat Linux 4.0 ES, AS
■ Solaris
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for operating
Manager Top N File Express for Unix/Linux systems in your environment:
System Space Usage
Report ■ AIX
■ HP-UX
■ Linux
■ Red Hat Linux 3.0 ES, AS
■ Red Hat Linux 4.0 ES, AS
■ Solaris
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager Unix Process
Manager Top N Express for Unix/Linux
Process CPU Usage BMC Performance Manager Windows Process
Express for Windows
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for the operating
Manager UNIX® Express for Unix/Linux systems in your environment:
Health Report
■ AIX
■ HP-UX
■ Linux
■ Red Hat Linux 3.0 ES, AS
■ Red Hat Linux 4.0 ES, AS
■ Solaris
BMC Performance BMC Performance Manager appropriate application classes for operating
Manager Windows Express for Windows systems in your environment:
Health Report
■ Windows 2000
■ Windows 2003
■ Windows XP
■ Windows
a You can use Performance Managers or PATROL KMs with PATROL Integration, or both.

Chapter 6 Reports 167

Installing the integration components

To import the BMC_PM_Reports.biar file

NOTE
■ For BMC Performance Manager for Web Application Servers, import the
BMC_for_Web_Application_Servers_Reports.biar file.

■ For BMC Performance Manager for Virtual Servers, import the

BMC_VS_CrystalReports.biar file.

■ For BMC Performance Manager for Oracle Fusion, import the

BMC_for_Oracle_Fusion_Reports.biar file.

■ For BMC Performance Manager for SAP, import the BMC_for_SAP_Reports.biar file.

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Import Wizard.

2 In the Import Wizard, accept the default language, and click Next to begin the
import process.

3 In the Source environment page, choose Business Intelligence Archive Resource

(BIAR) File in the Source list.

4 Click Browse next to the BIAR file field.

5 Browse to the BMC_PM_Reports.biar file.

6 Select the file, and click Next.

7 In the Destination environment page, enter or confirm the following information:

CMS Name host name of the destination Central Management Server (CMS), if it is
not present
User Name user name that has the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 Administrator
privileges, if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 environment
is configured to use a different authentication method
a
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00, specify that password. Else, leave this field blank.

8 Click Next.

168 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Installing the integration components

9 In the Select objects to import page, clear the following check boxes:

■ Import profiles
■ Import encyclopedia objects
■ Restore full cluster server configuration
■ Import node(s) from a different cluster
■ Import custom access levels
■ Import remote connections and replication jobs

10 In the Import scenario page, click Next.

11 In the Incremental import page, click Next.

12 In the A note on importing server groups page, click Next.

13 In the User and groups page, click Next.

14 In the Categories page, click Next.

15 In the Folders and objects page, click Select All.

16 Select the Import all instances of each selected object option, and then click Next.

17 In the Select application folders and objects page, click Next.

18 In the Import options for universes and connections page, click Next.

19 In the Import options for publications page, confirm that the Import recipients used
by selected publication option is selected, and click Next.

The Preparing for import page displays the following selections:

■ 1 Folders selected
■ 10 Objects selected

This page might remain open for several minutes. The title of the page then
changes to Ready to Import.

20 Click Finish.

The Import Progress dialog box opens.

NOTE
The Import Progress dialog box should not display any errors or significant warnings
encountered during the import process.

Chapter 6 Reports 169

Installing the integration components

21 (optional) Click View Detail Log to view the import process log details.

22 When importing is complete, click Done.

23 Log on to Java InfoView as an Administrator and verify that all the reports and
their instances are imported.

To import the BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file

NOTE
■ For BMC Performance Manager for Web Application Servers, import and refer to the
BMC_for_Web_Application_Servers-BusinessView.xml file.

■ For BMC Performance Manager for Virtual Servers, import and refer to the
BMC_VS-BusinessView.xml file.

■ For BMC Performance Manager for Oracle Fusion, import and refer to the
BMC_for_Oracle_Fusion-BusinessView.xml file.

■ For BMC Performance Manager for SAP, import and refer to the
BMC_for_SAP-BusinessView.xml file.

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Business View Manager.

2 In the Log On to BusinessObjects Enterprise dialog box, enter or confirm the

following information:

System host name of the Central Management Server (CMS), if it is not present
User Name user name that has the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 Administrator
privilege, if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 environment
was configured to use a different authentication method
a If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00, specify that password. Else, leave this field blank.

3 Click OK.

4 In the Welcome to Business View Manager window, click Cancel.

5 In the Business View Manager menu, choose Tools => Import.

6 In the Import dialog box, click Choose XML, and then browse to
BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml.

7 Select BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml and click Open.

170 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Installing the integration components

8 Select the root level of the hierarchy.

The root level of the hierarchy has the form CMSserverName [userName].

9 Confirm that the Preserve CUID when importing objects option is selected.

10 Select the Overwrite if CUID exists option.

11 Click OK.

12 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.

The BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file is imported and the following message is

displayed:

Business views have been imported successfully

13 Click OK to close the dialog box.

The BMC_PM folder is created in the Repository Explorer pane of the Business View
Manager.

14 (optional) Confirm that the following components are displayed under the
BMC_PM folder:

■ DROCR_BPMAccountElements
■ DROCR_BPMAccountElements - Prompt Group
■ DROCR_BPMAccountElements - Prompt Group 2
■ DROCR_BPMConnection
■ DROCR_BPMElements
■ DROCR_BPMFoundation
■ DROCR_BPMPromptElements
■ DROCR_BPMView

To modify the business view to point to the CDE database

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Business View Manager.

2 Log on to the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 computer where you have

imported the .biar and .xml files.

3 In the Business View Manager, in the Repository Explorer pane, expand the
BMC_PM folder.

4 Double-click DROCR_BPMConnection.

Chapter 6 Reports 171

Installing the integration components

5 In the Object Explorer pane, right-click DROCR_BMCConnection, and select Edit

Connection.

6 In the Choose a Data Source dialog box, expand Oracle Server.

7 In the Oracle Server dialog box, enter the following information:

Service If the database server and BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 exist
on the same computer, enter a string in the form:
serverName:port/cdeDatastoreInstanceName

(for example, mercury:1521/bmccde)

If database client and BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 exist on

same computer, enter a string in the form: instanceName

(for example BMCCDE)

The instance name must exist in the tnsnames.ora file.

Note: You must install 32-bit database client on the BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00 computer if you have CMS database on the other
computer.
User ID user name for the CDE database instance
Password password for the user name
OS authentication leave the box unchecked

8 Click Finish.

9 In the Choose a Data Source dialog box, click OK.

10 In the Set Data Connection Password dialog box, enter the CDE database
credentials, and click OK.

Unless you changed them, you can use the following default credentials:

■ user name: CDE

■ password: CDE

11 In the Business View Manager, choose Tools => Test Connectivity.

If the connection is successful, Connection test completed successfully

message appears.

12 Click OK.

13 Choose File => Save.

172 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Installing the integration components

To change the reports definition

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Business View Manager.

2 In the Log On to BusinessObjects Enterprise dialog box, enter or confirm the

following information, and click OK:

System host name of the Central Management Server (CMS), if it is not present
User Name user name that has the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 Administrator
privilege, if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 environment
was configured to use a different authentication method
a
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00, specify that password. Else, leave this field blank.

3 In the Welcome to Business View Manager window, click Cancel.

The BMC_PM folder appears in the Repository Explorer pane of the Business View
Manager.

4 Double-click DROCR_BPMFoundation.

5 In Object Explorer, expand Tables.

6 Update the value of the Qualified Table Name property of the ACCOUNT table:

A Select the table and navigate to Property Browser under Object Explorer.

B Edit the Qualified Table Name property.

For example, if you are using the default BMC Datastore, change the value to
CDE.ACCOUNT.

C Save the change and accept all subsequent prompts.

7 Update the value of the Qualified Table Name property of the ELEMENT table:

A Select the table and navigate to Property Browser under Object Explorer.

B Edit the Qualified Table Name property.

For example, if you are using the default BMC Datastore, change the value to
CDE.ELEMENT.

Chapter 6 Reports 173

Upgrading to Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component)

C Save the change and accept all subsequent prompts.

8 Restart the Server Intelligence Agent (hostName) service.

To refresh the list of values for Account/Elements selection lists

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Business View Manager.

2 Log on to the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 computer where you have installed
the .biar and .xml files.

3 In the Business View Manager, in the Repository Explorer pane, expand the
BMC_PM folder.

4 Double-click DROCR_BPMAccountElements.

5 Click Refresh Status.

Upgrading to Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component)

Uninstall Crystal Reports XI Release 2, and then install Crystal Reports 2008
(Designer component). For information about installing Crystal Reports 2008
(Designer component), see SLN000015109081.

Upgrading to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00

You can upgrade to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 in the following ways:

■ Upgrade from the existing Crystal Reports Server. For more information, see
“Upgrading from existing Crystal Reports Server”.

■ Install BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 on a new server and migrate the existing
database to the new server. For more information, see “Installing BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00 on a new computer and migrating the existing database to the
new computer” on page 177.

Upgrading from existing Crystal Reports Server

Before upgrading to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, you must create the .biar file.

174 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Upgrading to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00

To create the .biar file

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects => Crystal Reports Server => Import
Wizard.

2 In the Import Wizard, click Next to begin the creation process.

3 In the Source environment page, choose BusinessObjects Enterprise XI Release 2 in

the Source list.

4 Enter the following information:

CMS Name host name where the Crystal Reports Server component is installed
User Name user name that has the Crystal Reports Server Administrator privileges,
if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your Crystal Reports Server environment is
configured to use a different authentication method
a
If you have set a password for the Administrator, specify that password. Else, leave this
field blank.

5 Click Next.

6 In the Destination environment page, choose Business Intelligence Archive Resource

(BIAR) File in the Destination list.

7 Click Browse next to the BIAR file field.

8 Browse to the location where you want to create the new .biar file.

9 Specify a name for the file with the .biar extension, and click Next.

10 In the Select objects to import page, ensure that the following check boxes are
selected:

■ Import folders and objects

■ Import discussions associated with the selected reports
■ Import application folders and objects

11 In the A note on importing universes page, click Next.

12 In the A note on importing object rights page, click Next.

13 In the Folders and objects page, click Select All.

Chapter 6 Reports 175

Upgrading to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00

14 Select the Import all instances of each selected report and object package option, and
then click Next.

15 In the Select application folders and objects page, click Select All, and then click Next.

16 In the A note on importing reports page, click Next.

The Preparing for import page displays the following selections:

■ 2 Folders selected
■ N Objects selected

This page might remain open for several minutes. The title of the page then
changes to Ready to Import.

17 Click Finish.

The Import Progress dialog box opens.

NOTE
The Import Progress should not display any errors or significant warnings encountered
during the creation process.

18 (optional) Click View Detail Log to view the process log details.

19 When the .biar file is created, click Done.

20 Log on to Java InfoView as an Administrator and verify that all the reports and
their instances are created.

After successfully creating the .biar file, complete the following tasks to upgrade to
BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 from Crystal Reports Server component:

1. Uninstall the Crystal Reports Server component.

2. Install BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00. For more information about installing
BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 (BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00), see
SLN000015109080.

3. Import the created .biar file, as described in “To import the BMC_PM_Reports.biar
file” on page 168.

4. Import the BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file, as described in “To import the

BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file” on page 170.

176 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Upgrading to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00

Installing BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 on a new

computer and migrating the existing database to the new
computer
To install BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, see SLN000015109080.

To migrate the existing database to the new computer

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Import Wizard.

2 In the Import Wizard, accept the default language, and click Next to begin the
import process.

3 In the Source environment page, choose BusinessObjects Enterprise XI Release 2 in

the Source list.

4 Enter the following information:

System host name of the Central Management Server (CMS), if it is not present
User Name user name that has the Crystal Reports Server Administrator privilege,
if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your Crystal Reports Server environment was
configured to use a different authentication method
a
If you have set a password for the Administrator, specify that password. Else, leave this
field blank.

5 Click Next.

6 In the Destination environment page, enter or confirm the following information:

CMS Name host name of the server where BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 is
installed
User Name user name that has the BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 Administrator
privileges, if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 environment
is configured to use a different authentication method
a
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00, specify that password. Else, leave this field blank.

Chapter 6 Reports 177

Upgrading to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00

7 Click Next.

8 In the Select objects to import page, ensure that the following check boxes are
selected:

■ Import folders and objects

■ Import discussions associated with the selected reports
■ Import application folders and objects

9 In the A note on importing universes page, click Next.

10 In the Import scenario page, select the I want to update the destination system by using
the source system as a reference option.

11 Select the Automatically rename objects if an object with that title exists in the
destination folder option.

12 Click Next.

13 In the Incremental import page, click Next.

14 In the A note on importing object rights page, click Next.

15 In the Folders and objects page, click Select All.

16 Select the Import all instances of each selected object option, and then click Next.

17 In the Select application folders and objects page, click Select All, then click Next.

18 In the Import options for publications page, select Import recipients used by selected
publications, and click Next.

19 In the A note on importing reports page, click Next.

The Preparing for import page displays the following selections:

■ N Folders selected
■ N Objects selected

This page might remain open for several minutes. The title of the page then
changes to Ready to Import.

20 Click Finish.

The Import Progress dialog box opens.

178 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Publishing and scheduling generated reports

NOTE
The Import Progress should not display any errors or significant warnings encountered
during the import process.

21 (optional) Click View Detail Log to view the import process log details.

22 When importing is complete, click Done.

23 Import the BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file. For more information, see “To import
the BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file” on page 170.

24 Log on to Java InfoView as an Administrator and verify that all the reports and
their instances are imported.

Publishing and scheduling generated reports

You can generate a report by using Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component) that
can be scheduled to run immediately or periodically.

After generating a report, you must save the report as the .rpt file. You can publish the
report by using Java InfoView. After publishing the report, you can schedule it.

Before you begin

■ You must have the BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 installed and configured.

■ To use the BusinessObjects InfoView report portal, you must have the Java
InfoView component of BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 installed.

■ You need a user name and password to log on to BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1
Java InfoView component.

To publish a report by using BusinessObjects Enterprise Java InfoView

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => BusinessObjects Enterprise Java InfoView.

2 In the Log On to InfoView window, enter Administrator as the user name, if not
provided by default.

3 Enter the password for the Administrator.

Chapter 6 Reports 179

Publishing and scheduling generated reports

NOTE
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BusinessObjects
Enterprise XI 3.1, specify that password.

4 Click Log On.

5 Click the Document List tab.

6 Navigate to Public Folders => BMC_PM.

7 Click Add, and then select Crystal Reports.

8 On the Crystal Reports page, click Browse next to the Filename field.

9 Browse to the .rpt file created by using Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component).

10 Select Use description from report and Keep saved data.

11 Click General Properties.

12 Enter title for the report that you want to display in Java InfoView.

13 Enter description or key words for the report.

14 Click OK.

Report gets added to Java InfoView.

To schedule a report by using BusinessObjects Enterprise Java InfoView

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => BusinessObjects Enterprise Java InfoView.

2 In the Log On to InfoView window, enter Administrator as the user name, if not
provided by default.

3 Enter the password for the Administrator.

NOTE
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BusinessObjects
Enterprise XI 3.1, specify that password.

4 Click Log On.

180 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Publishing and scheduling generated reports

5 Click the Document List tab.

6 Navigate to Public Folders => BMC_PM.

7 Select the report title that you want to schedule.

8 Click Actions, and then select Schedule.

For a list of reports installed with BMC Portal and their input properties, see
Table 21 on page 185.

9 Click Recurrence under Schedule.

10 In the Run object list, choose one of the following options to schedule the report:

■ Now: run the report immediately, from a time in the past until the present.
■ Once: run the report once, at a scheduled date and time.
■ Hourly, Daily, and so on: run the report periodically at a scheduled date and
time.

11 To run the report periodically, enter the schedule properties.

WARNING
■ To use a standard report template, do not change the Filters settings.

■ Modifying these settings requires expert knowledge of Crystal Reports, the BMC Portal
CDE database schema, and SQL.

12 (optional) Configure the following report settings:

Destination Specify the recipients of the report (inbox, file, and so on).
Format Choose the report format: default Crystal Reports format (.rpt), or other
formats such as Adobe Portable Document Format (.pdf).
Print Settings Specify settings for printing the report.
Scheduling Specify which Central Management Server to use.
Server Group
Events Specify events to wait for and events to trigger upon completion.

If you do not choose an option, the default will be used. For information about
these options, see the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 online Help.

13 (optional) Under Parameters, specify values for the parameters that are required to
schedule the report:

Chapter 6 Reports 181

Publishing and scheduling generated reports

A Click Edit or the parameter value hyperlink to change the value.

B After entering a selection, click OK.

NOTE
Some parameters have default values. In some cases, you can choose from database
information.

Table 20 provides information about the parameters:

Table 20 Report schedule parameters (part 1 of 2)

Parameter Name Parameter value Comments
Date Range Type a range such as If you choose the Custom Date Range
number of days, option, values are required for Date Range.
number of weeks, If you choose an option other than Custom
and so forth Date Range, the value for Date Range is
ignored.
Time Range Type Starting time for The report is for a continuous period from
start day, ending the starting date and time to the ending
time for end day date and time.
Starting/Ending The report is for a defined portion of each
time for everyday day in the reporting period (for example,
8 A.M. to 5 P.M.).
Date Range the starting and No starting date means that the report will
ending dates of the contain all available data before the end
report date.

No ending date means that the report will

contain all available data from the starting
date to the present.

The Include this value option has no effect

on the data that is reported.
Time Range the starting and These times are interpreted in conjunction
ending times of the with the Time Range Type parameter.
report

182 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Publishing and scheduling generated reports

Table 20 Report schedule parameters (part 2 of 2)

Parameter Name Parameter value Comments
Day of Week a set of days of the You can select any set of days, contiguous
week or non-contiguous (for example, Monday
and Friday).

Normally this parameter is used to set the

work week.
AccountElements - the elements that Changing this parameter will change the
ELEMENT_NAME, will be included in information that is displayed in the report.
AccountElements - the report
ACCOUNT_NAME Multiple accounts may be available, and
each account may have access to different
elements.

WARNING
This step fails if no data is in the database, or if the connection to the database fails.

14 Click Schedule.

The page displays the scheduled instance and indicates whether the status is
Running or Pending.

The report instance gets generated at the specified time and date. Figure 23 on
page 184 shows a sample PDF report, which is suitable for printing.

The native Crystal Reports format (.rpt) allows you to navigate to details by
clicking elements in the report.

Chapter 6 Reports 183

Report types and details

Figure 23 Example of a typical report

Report types and details

Several types of reports are provided, to show overall health, best, and worst
transaction response times, and so on.

184 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Report types and details

Table 21 contains details of the BMC Performance Manager reports that you can
select:

Table 21 BMC Performance Manager report details (part 1 of 3)

Report name Chart title Chart description Table description
BMC Performance Elements a bar chart that shows the number for each monitored element:
Manager Availability of parameter threshold breaches in
Availability Report the following parameters, for each ■ element name
monitored element: ■ host name
■ number of alarms during the
■ CPU Utilization report period
■ Memory Utilization
■ Paging
■ Swap
■ Disk I/O

BMC Performance Top ‘N’ % a bar chart that shows the percent for each monitored element:
Manager Top N Avg CPU average CPU usage for each
CPU Usage Report Usage monitored element ■ element name
■ percent average CPU usage
■ percent maximum CPU usage
■ percent minimum CPU usage
BMC Performance Top ‘N’ % a bar chart that shows the percent for each monitored element
Manager Top N File Used File average file system in use for each
System Usage System monitored element ■ element name
Report ■ file system (for example, /usr)
■ average value
■ maximum value
■ minimum value
BMC Performance Top ‘N’ File a bar chart that shows the amount for each monitored element
Manager Top N File System - of free space in megabytes for each
System Space Usage Available monitored element ■ element name
Report Space ■ file system (for example, /usr)
■ average value
■ maximum value
■ minimum value

BMC Performance Top ‘N’ a bar chart that shows the percent for each monitored element
Manager Top N Process - average process CPU usage for
Process CPU Usage CPU each monitored element ■ element name
Report Utilization ■ process name
■ average value
■ maximum value
■ minimum value

Chapter 6 Reports 185

Report types and details

Table 21 BMC Performance Manager report details (part 2 of 3)

Report name Chart title Chart description Table description
BMC Performance Health pie charts that show whether for each monitored parameter and
Manager UNIX Summary monitored elements in the OK, element:
Health Report Warning, or Alarm state for the
following parameters: ■ element name
■ average value
■ CPU Usage ■ maximum value
■ Disk I/O Requests in Queue ■ minimum value
■ Memory Free
■ Network Errors
■ Page Fault Rate
■ Swap Space Percent Available
■ Transfer Request Workload
BMC Performance Health pie charts that show whether for each monitored parameter and
Manager Windows Summary monitored elements in the OK, element:
Health Report Warning, or Alarm state for the
following parameters: ■ element name
■ average value
■ Available Memory ■ maximum value
■ Current Queue Length ■ minimum value
■ Disk Time
■ Pagefile Fault Rate
■ Paging File Usage
■ Total CPU Usage
BMC Performance Solaris graph that shows the average value for each parameter:
Manager Zone and Container of following parameters in 'Stacked
Pool Report Report: Bar Chart' format: ■ element name
Pools and ■ host name
Zones ■ Zone CPU Utilization (%) ■ average value
■ Zone Memory Utilization (%)
■ Zone CPU Shares (Count)
■ Zone Swap Space Used (MB)
■ Pool CPU Utilization (%)
■ Pool CPU Idle Time (%)
■ Pool CPU IO Wait (%)
■ Pool Used (%)

BMC Performance Logical graph that shows the average value for each parameter:
Manager Logical Domain of following parameters in 'Stacked
Domain Report Report Bar Chart’ format: ■ element name
■ host name
■ Logical Domain CPU ■ average value
Utilization (%)
■ Logical Domain Memory
Allocated (GB)
■ Logical Domain Status (Status)
■ Logical Domain Virtual CPU
Count (Count)

186 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Uninstalling the integration components

Table 21 BMC Performance Manager report details (part 3 of 3)

Report name Chart title Chart description Table description
BMC Performance System table that provides the percentage for each monitored element:
Manager System Availability of system availability for each
Availability Report Report selected element ■ element name
■ date
■ system availability status

The following rules apply to health reports:

■ The following table describes how pie chart color is determined. A plus sign (+) in
a cell indicates that one or more parameters are in the state listed in the column
heading. A blank cell indicates that no parameters are in the state listed in the
column heading.

Parameter states
OK Warning Alarm Pie chart color
+ + all yellow
+ + all red
+ + + half yellow, half red
+ all green

■ If no data is available for a parameter, no pie chart appears for that parameter.

■ If a parameter has never had a state change, no data appears in the table in the
report.

Uninstalling the integration components

Uninstalling the integration components is a manual operation that is performed on
the Report Server host computer.

The task comprises the following procedures:

■ “To remove folders” on page 188

■ “To remove the business view” on page 188

Chapter 6 Reports 187

Uninstalling the integration components

To remove folders

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => BusinessObjects Enterprise Java InfoView.

2 In the Log On to InfoView window, enter Administrator as the user name, if not
provided by default.

3 Enter the password for the Administrator.

NOTE
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BusinessObjects
Enterprise XI 3.1, specify that password.

4 Click Log On.

5 Click the Document List tab.

6 Navigate to Public Folders => BMC_PM.

7 Select the BMC_PM folder.

8 Click Organize and select Delete.

9 In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.

The folder is removed.

To remove the business view

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Business View Manager.

2 In the Log On to BusinessObjects Enterprise dialog box, enter or confirm the

following information:

System host name of the Central Management Server (CMS), if it is not present
User Name user name that has the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 Administrator
privilege, if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 environment
was configured to use a different authentication method
a
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00, specify that password. Else, leave this field blank.

188 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Uninstalling the integration components

3 Click OK.

4 In the Welcome to Business View Manager window, click Cancel.

5 In the Repository Explorer, select the BMC_PM folder, and then click Delete.

6 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.

The business view is removed.

Chapter 6 Reports 189

Continuous data export configuration

Continuous data export configuration

The RSM sends parameter data to the Portal at regularly scheduled intervals, known
as the report update interval, and whenever a parameter threshold is breached. You
can optionally configure the Portal datafeed utility to save this raw parameter data to
external Oracle databases (CDE databases), CSV (test) files, or a combination of test
files and CDE databases. After you customize the configuration files, the Portal
datafeed utility exports raw parameter data at the frequency at which it receives data
from the RSM, as illustrated in Figure 24. You can use the exported data to create
reports in a reporting program such as Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component).

You can also backfill the CDE database with historical (summarized) parameter data.
To start a process that exports summarized data to the target database, see
“exportParameterHistory” on page 272.

NOTE
■ The datafeed utility supports CDE databases on Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition
with the Partitioning option.

■ You can configure multiple targets, but each target CDE database or file impacts the
performance of the Portal.

Figure 24 Continuous data export process

Portal database application server

external CDE database

browser

web server
RSM

monitored elements

190 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Continuous data export requirements

Continuous data export requirements

Configuring the datafeed utility to export data to a test file or Oracle CDE database
requires that you use the following files and datastore CLI options:

■ datafeed.properties: This file contains settings for the test CSV file and the directory
name that contains the property files that describe the target CDE database.

■ createDatafeedSchema: When exporting data to a CDE database, you must first

create the necessary database structures in the target database. To properly
configure the target CDE database, run this option by using the datastore CLI to
add the required data structures to the target database. The data structures include
tables, indexes, and views to facilitate querying, and procedures used to create and
purge partitions.

■ sampleDatafeedTarget.properties: This template property file is used to create a

property file for each target database. The property file contains the tablename for
the continuous data export, the summary data tablename needed for the historical
data export, and metadata tablenames that are used for querying the two export
utilities. The property file also contains some configuration properties for the
target database.

■ datafeedJob: This datastore CLI option creates a job in the target CDE database that
provides a data-retention policy for the continuous data export data. Parameter
data is saved in 30-minute partitions, which are purged according to the retention
time provided by the user when prompted by this datastore CLI option.

To ensure that you can successfully query all of the parameter data stored in your
CDE database, run the refreshDatafeedMetadata command. For more information
about this bpmcli command, see page 264.

NOTE
When you are upgrading from an earlier version of BMC Portal, if you were using CDE, the
old data in the CDE database might not appear in BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00, unless
you perform the following actions:

■ While running the createDatafeedSchema datastore CLI option, use the same user name
and password for the CDE database that was used in the earlier BMC Portal version.

■ Inside the sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file, the values for DB.TABLEOWNER,

DB.USERNAME, and DB.PASSWORD should be the same as the values used while
running the createDatafeedSchema option (for example, DB.TABLEOWNER=
datafeed_user, DB.USERNAME= datafeed_user, DB.PASSWORD=
datafeed_password.)

You can ignore the ORA-00955 and ORA-02275 error messages if they appear while you are
running datastore CLI with the createDatafeedSchema option.

Chapter 6 Reports 191

Configuring the datafeed utility

Configuring the datafeed utility

To configure the datafeed utility and target clients, perform the following procedures
in the order shown. For environments with clustered application servers, repeat these
procedures for each application server in the cluster.

1. To update the attributes in the datafeed.properties file to scan a directory for export
property files and enable the datafeed utility, use the procedure in “Configuring
the target datafeed clients” on page 192.

2. To add the necessary tables to a CDE database, use the procedure in “Configuring
a target CDE database” on page 195 to configure the target database and execute
the createDatafeedSchema option by using the datastore CLI.

3. To specify the target CDE databases and to control which parameters are exported
by the datafeed utility, use the procedure in “Specifying the target CDE databases”
on page 199 to configure the property files based on the
sampleDatafeedTarget.properties template file.

4. To establish a data retention policy for the CDE database, use the procedure in
“Changing the retention policy for the CDE database” on page 201.

Configuring the target datafeed clients

You configure the datafeed utility to export parameter data to a CDE database, CSV
file, or both by modifying the properties in the datafeed.properties file, as described in
the following procedure. You should specify a CSV file for testing purposes only.

Also, Table 22 on page 202 contains optional configuration properties that you can
set.

To configure the target datafeed clients

1 Locate the datafeed.properties file at one of the following locations on the Portal
application server:

— On Windows:
%BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all\conf\
properties\drmop

— On Solaris:
$BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME/appserver/websdk/tools/jboss/server/all/conf/
properties/drmop

192 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuring the datafeed utility

2 Using Figure 25 as a guide, enable the data clients for the parameter data by
uncommenting the lines that correspond to your client preference:

■ To export data to an Oracle database only, uncomment the first highlighted line.
■ To export data to a test CSV file only, uncomment the second highlighted line.
■ To export data to a test CSV file and an Oracle database, uncomment the third
and fourth highlighted lines.
Figure 25 Data target lines in the datafeed.properties file
# JDBC
# Uncomment the following line to feed data to JDBC target(s) and be sure
# to set the portal.JdbcDataFeedClient.configDir property below.
#portal.datafeed.clients=com.bmc.patrol.portal.rsmcommunication.impl.datafeed.JdbcDataFeedClient

# CSV -- Client to use for testing purposes only.

# Uncomment the following line to feed data to a CSV file
#portal.datafeed.clients=com.bmc.patrol.portal.rsmcommunication.impl.datafeed.CsvDataFeedClient

#
# BOTH
# Uncomment the following two lines to feed data to both a CSV file and JDBC target(s)
# and be sure to set the portal.JdbcDataFeedClient.configDir property below.
#portal.datafeed.clients=com.bmc.patrol.portal.rsmcommunication.impl.datafeed.JdbcDataFeedClient,\
#com.bmc.patrol.portal.rsmcommunication.impl.datafeed.CsvDataFeedClient

3 To modify the cache properties for the datafeed utility, uncomment the property
setting that corresponds to your Portal size, as shown in Figure 26.

The following properties control the size of the cache and when items are removed
from the cache:

■ portal.datafeed.apppathcache.size=15000 indicates that the cache can hold the

ApplicationPath for 15,000 unique applications.

■ portal.datafeed.apppathcache.timetolive.seconds=86400 indicates that the cache

will hold items that are actively reused from the cache up to a day before
flushing them and causing the system to recalculate the ApplicationPath.

■ portal.datafeed.apppathcache.timetoidle.seconds=3600 indicates that the cache can

hold unused items for up to an hour.

Figure 26 Datafeed cache properties in the datafeed.properties file

# Datafeed cache properties
# Below values are the defaults if not set
#portal.datafeed.apppathcache.size=15000
#portal.datafeed.apppathcache.timetolive.seconds=86400
#portal.datafeed.apppathcache.timetoidle.seconds=3600

To determine whether you need to modify the cache properties, you can monitor
the MemoryStoreHitCount and MissCountNotFound properties on the JMX console
at http://PortalHostName/jmx-console/HtmlAdaptor?action=inspectMBean&name=
com.bmc.patrol.portal%3Aname%3DDataFeedAppPathCache.

Chapter 6 Reports 193

Configuring the datafeed utility

4 When exporting parameter data to an Oracle database, use the

portal.JdbcDataFeedClient.configDir setting to specify the directory where you will
place the properties file for the target database, as shown in Figure 27.

■ To create the properties file for the target database, see “Configuring a target
CDE database” on page 195.
■ The directory that you specify must exist and contain the CDE properties file
before you restart the Portal application server.
■ The directory that you specify cannot contain any property files other than the
CDE properties file.

Figure 27 Oracle properties in the datafeed.properties file

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#JDBC PROPERTY -- Must be set to enable JdbcDataFeedClient.
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#The datafeed utility will scan the following directory for property files.
#Each property file found configures a separate JDBC target db with its own
#column mapping.
#Please note while specifying configDir use forward (/) slash as directory
#separator for both Unix and Windows.
#portal.JdbcDataFeedClient.configDir=c:/datafeed

5 To specify the properties for the test CSV file client, under CSV PROPERTIES,
specify the path and file name, new header line, and timestamp format properties,
as shown in Figure 28.

A Under PATH AND FILENAME, uncomment the

portal.CsvDataFeedClient.filenameRoot property and substitute
/directoryPath/csvDatafeedFileName for the path and prefix to use for the file
names for your CSV files.

NOTE
Use the forward slash (/) as the directory separator on both Windows and UNIX.

B To insert a header line in the CSV files, use the default setting (true) for the
portal.CsvDataFeedClient.printHeader property.

By default, all CSV files contain a header line.

194 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuring the datafeed utility

C To change the timestamp format, uncomment the

portal.CsvDataFeedClient.dateFormat property and change the default value
(EEE MMM dd HH : mm : ss : SSS z yyyy).

The default timestamp format produces a timestamp similar to

Wed Jul 12 20:45:44 GMT 2006.

To view valid values for the timestamp format, see the following website:
http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs/api/java/text/SimpleDateFormat.html.

D Save the datafeed.properties file.

Figure 28 CSV properties in the datafeed.properties file

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# CSV PROPERTIES
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# PATH AND FILENAME
# The default location for the csv output file
# is <portalinstalldir>/appserver/websdk/bin/csvdatafeed_20060704.csv.
#
# To specify a custom location for the file, uncomment the line below and
# specify the destination.Please use forward slash (/) as directory separator for
# both Windows and UNIX.
# portal.CsvDataFeedClient.filenameRoot=c:/dir/csvdatafeedfilename

# HEADER LINE
# This property determines whether a header line is placed in the output files.
# Example header line: Timestamp,Element,Hostname,Platform,Solution Name...
portal.CsvDataFeedClient.printHeader=true

# TIMESTAMP FORMAT
# Uncomment the following line to specify a timestamp format
# in the CSV file. See the below URL for valid values:
# http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs/api/java/text/SimpleDateFormat.html
# The default of EEE MMM dd HH:mm:ss:SSS z yyyy produces,
# e.g.: "Fri Aug 25 14:35:01:703 GMT 2006"
# portal.CsvDataFeedClient.dateFormat=EEE MMM dd HH:mm:ss:SSS z yyyy

6 If you are exporting data to a test CSV client only, restart the Portal application
server; otherwise, proceed to “Specifying the target CDE databases” on page 199

Configuring a target CDE database

This section describes how to update and run the createDatafeedSchema option by
using the datastore CLI, to create the required database structures in the target CDE
database. Figure 29 contains a view of the database structure. Also, Table 22 on
page 202 contains optional configuration properties that you can set.

Chapter 6 Reports 195

Configuring the datafeed utility

Figure 29 CDE database structures

metadata tables
summarized parameter data (Historical Data Export
utility)
raw parameter data (Continuous Data Export utility)

196 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuring the datafeed utility

Before you begin

You must have an existing target Oracle CDE instance. You can use one of the
following methods to define the target instance:

■ If you use the BMC Datastore for the Portal, you can rerun the BMC Datastore
installation program to create an instance for the target CDE database. See the
BMC Portal Installation Guide for information about creating the continuous
database export (CDE) database instance.

■ If you have a licensed copy of Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition, use it to
create an instance for the target database.

To configure a target database

1 Ensure that you have configured the BMC Datastore CLI.

For configuring the BMC Datastore CLI, see the BMC Portal Installation Guide.

2 Execute the following Datastore CLI command, and correct the default tablespace
if it is wrong:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE.bat sys "sys as sysdba" set_default_tablespace

DatastoreCliBMCCDE.sh sys "sys as sysdba" set_default_tablespace

A sample output file is displayed as follows:

List of all the available tablespaces are ...

TABLESPACE_NAME
------------------------------
ARSYSTEM
ARTMPSP
DATA01
DATA02
...

Default tablespace should be one of following....

TABLESPACE_NAME
------------------------------
DATAFEED

Current CDE users and its default tablespaces are ...

USERNAME||''||DEFAULT_TABLESPACE
----------------------------------------------------------
CDE DATAFEED

Please correct the default tablespace if it is wrong.

Chapter 6 Reports 197

Configuring the datafeed utility

CDE Username: cde

Default CDE Tablespace: datafeed
old 1: alter user &CDE_USER default tablespace
&CDE_DEFAULT_TABLESPACE
new 1: alter user cde default tablespace datafeed

User altered.

Even if two duplicate users are created, the CDE schema creation validates the
correct user and enables you to select the correct CDE user name and password
that you used while configuring the JDBC Datafeed properties file. This allows the
schema to be upgraded for the correct user name and tablespace.

NOTE
If you have your own Oracle license, you can use ORACLE_BASE as an equivalent to
DATASTORE_HOME if all of the following conditions exist:

■ You have created a utility folder under ORACLE_BASE

■ You have copied the BPM_Datastore_Utility folder under ORACLE_BASE\utility

3 Navigate to the command prompt in the

/data1/BMCSoftware/Datastore/utility/BPM_Datastore_Utility directory:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE cde_username cde_password createDatafeedSchema

NOTE
Ignore the ORA-00955 and ORA-02275 messages.

4 At the prompt, enter the number of days for which you want to retain granular
data and the hourly-summarized data. This enables you to create Oracle jobs to
purge old partitions from the PARAMETER_DETAIL and
PARAMETER_SUMMARY tables and to create new partitions.

5 If you want to change the period for retaining granular and hourly-summarized
data, navigate to the command prompt in the %DATASTORE_HOME%\utility
directory and enter:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE cde_username cde_password datafeedJob

198 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuring the datafeed utility

Specifying the target CDE databases

The following procedure describes how to modify the properties in the
sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file. This template file contains the Oracle properties
for the target CDE database, including data filters and the failover file location (in the
event of a write failure to the database, you can find the file at this location). It also
lists the properties that control which parameters that the datafeed utility will export
to the CDE database. To specify multiple CDE databases, you create and configure a
copy of this file for each database.

If you create multiple properties files from the sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file,

ensure that the files do not specify the same target Oracle database.

To specify the target CDE database

1 Copy the sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file to the directory that you specified in

step 4 on page 194.

You can assign any name to the new file, but the file must have .properties as the
file extension.

This template is on the Portal application server at one of the following locations:

■ On Windows: %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\util\BPM_Datafeed
■ On Solaris: $BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME/appserver/util/BPM_Datafeed

2 To specify a valid URL for the CDE database, modify the DB.URL property,
updating the following highlighted line with the target CDE database information:

# Provide valid JDBC URL to database data is to be written to.

# jdbc:oracle:thin:@hostname:port:ORACLE_SID
DB.URL=jdbc:oracle:thin:@datafeedhost:1521:FEEDDB

3 Modify the values for DB.USERNAME, DB.TABLE.OWNER, and DB.PASSWORD.

The values of DB.TABLE.OWNER and DB.USERNAME should be the same.

#Provide information for the credentials to be used to connect to the

database.
DB.USERNAME=cde
DB.PASSWORD=cde
DB.TABLE.OWNER=cde

Every time the datafeed utility reads this file, it verifies whether the password is
encrypted. If it appears as plain text, the utility encrypts the password and saves
the file. If you need to change the password, open the file, delete the encrypted
value, and type the new password.

Chapter 6 Reports 199

Configuring the datafeed utility

4 To filter the data exported by the datafeed utility to a CDE database, provide a
regular expression for the INCLUSIVE_REGEX.ProviderName,
INCLUSIVE_REGEX.AccountName, INCLUSIVE_REGEX.ParameterDefinitionName,
and INCLUSIVE_REGEX.ApplicationPath properties.

The filtering does not apply to the CSV test files. The filtering affects target CDE
databases and failover files, which are created when the utility cannot connect to
the target CDE database.

■ ProviderName, AccountName, ApplicationPath, and ParameterDefinitionName are

the only data attributes with which you can filter data.

The ParameterDefinitionName is the internal name for the parameter and is not
accessible from the user interface. To obtain internal names, configure the
datafeed.properties to export data to a test CSV file. Use the exported data in the
file to identify the internal ParameterDefinitionName values on which to filter
data for the target database. After you obtain the ParameterDefinitionName
values that you need, reconfigure the datafeed.properties to export data to the
target database. See “To specify the target CDE database” on page 199.

■ The datafeed utility interprets regular expression patterns as filters.

■ When you specify filters for all four attributes, a parameter record must match
all four filters to be exported; otherwise, the parameter record is ignored.

■ If any one of the data attributes is not defined, then the parameter record passes
that particular filter.

■ If you do not apply a filter to any of the parameter attributes, the datafeed utility
exports all parameter records.

The sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file contains sample regex patterns that you

can use to filter data.

5 Save this file.

6 Repeat step 1 on page 199 through step 5 for each target database.

7 Restart the BMC Portal application server.

The datafeed utility begins sending parameter data at the next report update
interval time.

200 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Changing the retention policy for the CDE database

Changing the retention policy for the CDE database

When you run the datafeedJob datastore CLI option, it prompts you for the number of
days to retain data, which sets the retention policy for the applicable CDE database.
The target CDE database stores the exported parameter data in 30-minute partitions
and deletes partitions when their age exceeds the number of days specified in the
retention policy. To change the retention period for the CDE database, perform the
steps in the following procedure.

To change a retention policy for the target database

1 Ensure that you have performed the steps in “To configure a target database” on
page 197.

2 Navigate to the command prompt in the

/data1/BMCSoftware/Datastore/utility/BPM_Datastore_Utility directory:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE cde_username cde_password datafeedJob

3 At the prompt, type the number of days of data to retain, and press Enter.

Maintaining the continuous export to the CDE database

The metadata tables in the CDE database do not automatically update as you add
elements to the account or change element configuration. The frequency at which you
need to update these tables depends on how often,

■ you add new accounts

■ you add new elements to an account
■ you update application definitions by upgrading solution Performance Managers
■ you update application definitions by modifying custom Performance Managers
■ you add application classes to or remove application classes from an element
■ the Portal discovers new application instances on an element

To ensure that the metadata tables accurately reflect the objects in your account, run
the refreshDatafeedMetadata command, described on page 264.

TIP
To ensure that you capture all changes, run a nightly script that executes the
refreshDatafeedMetadata command.

Chapter 6 Reports 201

Additional configuration options

Additional configuration options

If necessary, you can use the properties listed in Table 22 to configure the target
database.

Table 22 Additional configuration options for the datafeed utility (part 1 of 5)

Property Description
datafeed.properties file
portal.datafeed.csvfile.maximumsize defines the maximum file size for the CSV file in megabytes (MB)

Valid values:

■ 0 (default value) defines the file size as unlimited

■ a positive whole number that defines the maximum file size in
megabytes (MB) (you cannot use a fraction)

By default this property is commented. By default, the csv file

name includes the name of the csv file, and the date the file was
created, in the following format: csvfilename_yyyyMMdd.csv

When you uncomment this property, the creation date is updated,

and the time is appended to the default file name in the following
format: csvfilename_yyyyMMdd_HHmmss.csv

Example:

portal.datafeed.csvfile.maximumsize=200
portal.datafeed.queued.parameter.limit overrides the default number of parameters in the queue to send
from the Portal to the CDE database or test file

When the total number of queued parameters exceeds the value

set by this attribute, the queue discards all additional parameter
values for as long as the value is exceeded.

This attribute enables you to prevent the Portal from running out
of memory, which can happen if the datafeed client cannot keep
up with the volume of data being sent by the Portal.

The default and recommended value is 3 million (3000000).

Example:

portal.datafeed.queued.parameter.limit=3000000

202 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Additional configuration options

Table 22 Additional configuration options for the datafeed utility (part 2 of 5)

Property Description
portal.datafeed.threadpool.size modifies the thread pool size

The time required for the datafeed utility to process the data for a
single data point can exceed the time required for the Portal to
write a single data point to the Portal database. To enable the
datafeed utility to keep up with the Portal’s database, the datafeed
utility is multi-threaded. Datafeed thread pool size controls how
many threads are available to the datafeed utility to save data to
the datafeed database. On large Portals where the datafeed utility
must process data from a large number of RSMs, consider
increasing this setting.

To determine whether you need to modify the thread count

property, you can monitor the QueuedTaskCount property on the
JMX console at http://PortalHostName:9378/jmx-
console/HtmlAdaptor?action=inspectMBean&name=
com.bmc.patrol.portal%3Aname%3DDataFeed.

Example:

portal.datafeed.threadpool.size=10
portal.datafeed.externalCDE.enabled determines whether the external movement of granular data from
BMC Portal database to the external database is enabled

This data is moved by using the database task instead of the BMC
Portal application server.

Valid values:

■ false (default value)

■ true (recommended)

Example:

portal.datafeed.externalCDE.enabled=false
portal.datafeed.externalCDE. determines the time (in 24-hour format) at which the external CDE
schedulehours movement is scheduled (time of the database server)

To use this property, ensure that you have set

portal.datafeed.externalCDE.enabled=true

Valid values:

■ 4 (default and recommended value)

■ 0 to 23

Example:

portal.datafeed.externalCDE.schedulehours=4

Chapter 6 Reports 203

Additional configuration options

Table 22 Additional configuration options for the datafeed utility (part 3 of 5)

Property Description
portal.datafeed.externalCDE. determines the duration for exporting the granular data to the
refreshhours external database

Valid values:

■ 24 (default and recommended value)

■ 1 to 24

Example:

portal.datafeed.externalCDE.refreshhours=24

Note: You should not modify this property unless recommended

otherwise by BMC Customer Support.
portal.datafeed.externalHDE.enabled determines whether the external movement of hourly
summarized data from BMC Portal database to the external
database is enabled

This data is moved by using the database task instead of the BMC
Portal application server.

Valid values:

■ false (default value)

■ true (recommended)

Example:

portal.datafeed.externalHDE.enabled=false
portal.datafeed.externalHDE. determines the time (in 24-hour format) at which the external HDE
schedulehours movement is scheduled (time of the database server)

To use this property, ensure that you have set

portal.datafeed.externalHDE.enabled=true

Valid values:

■ 3 (default and recommended value)

■ 0 to 23

Example:

portal.datafeed.externalHDE.schedulehours=3

Note: If you have configured external summarization, ensure that

the time that you specify is one hour ahead of the time when the
external summarization takes place. For more information, see
portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.enabled and
portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.schedulehours.

204 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Additional configuration options

Table 22 Additional configuration options for the datafeed utility (part 4 of 5)

Property Description
portal.datafeed.externalHDE. determines the duration for exporting the hourly data to the
refreshhours external database

Valid values:

■ 24 (default and recommended value)

■ 1 to 24

Example:

portal.datafeed.externalHDE.refreshhours=24

Note: You should not modify this property unless recommended

otherwise by BMC Customer Support.
sampleDatafeedTarget.properties
DB.BATCHSIZE changes the size of the batched inserts to be sent to the database

■ Providing values significantly larger than 1,000 causes the

process to consume more memory on the Portal.

■ Providing values significantly smaller than 1,000 causes more

communication between the Portal and the CDE database,
causing the Portal to become less efficient in communicating
the data to the CDE database.

Sample value: DB.BATCHSIZE=1000

DB.POOLSIZE controls the size of each connection pool created for each CDE
database

This property controls the number of threads available to process

the datafeed data and save it to the CDE database. For large
Portals that process data from several RSMs, you might want to
increase the value for this property.

To help determine how well the datafeed utility is keeping up

with the Portal, you can monitor the QueuedTaskCount property
on the JMX console, which you can find at
http://PortalHostName:9378/jmx-console/
HtmlAdaptor?action=inspectMBean&name=
com.bmc.patrol.portal%3Aname%3DDataFeed.

Sample value: DB.POOLSIZE=10

Chapter 6 Reports 205

External CDE movement

Table 22 Additional configuration options for the datafeed utility (part 5 of 5)

Property Description
FAILURE.CSVFILE.ROOT specifies a failover file location

Sample value:

c:/datafeed/errordump/feeddb_datafeed_table

The failover file name contains a unique identifier that includes

the date and a .csv extension (for example,
feeddb_datafeed_table_20060710.csv).
LOCALE changes the locale

If this property is not set, set it to match the locale of the Portal
application server. If necessary, see the following website for valid
locale values:
http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs/api/java/util/Locale.html.

Sample value: LOCALE-en,US

External CDE movement

If BMC Portal is monitoring more than 200,000 parameters in your environment, and
you are using Continuous Data Export (CDE) or History Data Export (HDE) for your
business reports, the product provides you an alternate option to transfer the data
from the BMC Performance Manager Portal datastore database to the CDE datastore
database.

NOTE
In this section, the following abbreviations and variables are used:

■ BMCPDS stands for the BMC Performance Manager Portal database server instance.
■ BMCCDE stands for the BMC Continuous Data Export database server instance.
■ portalDBUserName stands for the BMC Performance Manager Portal database user
name.
■ portalDBPassword stands for the BMC Performance Manager Portal database user
password.
■ CDEDBUserName stands for the Continuous Data Export database user.
■ CDEDBPassword stands for the Continuous Data Export database user password.

Configuring the external CDE movement

During the CDE movement, data from the BMCPDS server is moved to the
PARAMETER_DETAIL table in the CDE datastore database.

206 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 External CDE movement

The PARAMETER_DETAIL table contains the following columns:

■ PARAMETER_GUID (VARCHAR2(32), NOT NULL)

■ SAMPLE_TIMESTAMP_UTC (TIMESTAMP(0), NOT NULL)
■ PARAMETER_VALUE (VARCHAR2(4000))
■ PARAMETER_STATUS (VARCHAR2(128))
■ PARAMETER_PREVIOUS_STATUS (VARCHAR2(128))

In the PARAMETER_DETAIL table, the feature moves data only to the

PARAMETER_GUID, SAMPLE_TIMESTAMP_UTC, PARAMETER_VALUE, and
PARAMETER_STATUS columns when the CDE movement occurs.

The CDE movement does not move data to the PARAMETER_PREVIOUS_STATUS

column. However, the HDE export populates all the columns in the
PARAMETER_SUMMARY table.

This feature moves the granular data once each day, rather than continuously moving
data at five-minute intervals. Therefore, you must schedule the CDE movement once
each day.

NOTE
The old CDE movement mechanism is disabled for the PARAMETER_DETAIL table.
However, you can use the exportParameterHistory and refreshDatafeedMetadata commands.

For more information about the commands, see the BMC Portal Monitoring and Management
Guide.

You can also apply filters on the CDE movement, whenever required. For more
information about applying filters, see “To create filters” on page 213.

The CDE movement also provides the direct database feed approach for the
exportParameterHistory BMC Performance Manager Command Line Interface
(BPMCLI) that is used for History Data Export (HDE).

Before you begin

■ Before configuring the external CDE movement, ensure that the old CDE
mechanism that you configured is working.

■ If two or more BMC Performance Manager Portal application servers are clustered,
configure the external CDE movement on the primary application server and then
on the secondary application server.

Chapter 6 Reports 207

External CDE movement

To configure the external CDE movement

1 Open the datafeed.properties file located at:

BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME\appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all\conf\
properties\drmop

or

$BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME/appserver/websdk/tools/jboss/server/all/conf/
properties/drmop

2 To enable the external CDE movement, in the datafeed.properties file, modify the
portal.datafeed.externalCDE.enabled=false entry to
portal.datafeed.externalCDE.enabled=true.

3 To transfer the data to CDE, in the datafeed.properties file, modify the time (24-hour
format) in the portal.datafeed.externalCDE.schedulehours=4 entry and specify a
suitable time at which you want to schedule the transfer.

4 In the datafeed.properties file, retain the default duration of 24 hours in the

portal.datafeed.externalCDE.refreshhours=24 entry.

NOTE
BMC recommends that you retain the default duration set for refreshhours. If you want to
modify the duration for exporting the granular data to the external database, contact BMC
Customer Support.

5 To enable the external HDE movement, in the datafeed.properties file, modify the
portal.datafeed.externalHDE.enabled=false entry to
portal.datafeed.externalHDE.enabled=true.

6 To transfer the data to HDE, in the datafeed.properties file, modify the time (24-hour
format) in the portal.datafeed.externalHDE.schedulehours=3 entry and specify a
suitable time at which you want to schedule the transfer.

NOTE
If you have configured external summarization, ensure that the time that you specify in
step 6 is one hour ahead of the time when the external summarization takes place.

7 In the datafeed.properties file, retain the default duration of 24 hours in the

portal.datafeed.externalHDE.refreshhours=24 entry.

208 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 External CDE movement

NOTE
BMC recommends that you retain the default duration set for refreshhours. If you want to
modify the duration for exporting the granular data to the external database, contact BMC
Customer Support.

8 Log on to the BMCCDE server.

9 By using the command prompt, go to the

%DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility directory.

NOTE
The commands entered in the procedure are valid on Microsoft Windows.

On Solaris, use shell instead of the command prompt, enter ./DatastoreCliBMCPDS.sh

instead of DatastoreCliBMCPDS, and ./DatastoreCliBMCCDE.sh instead of
DatastoreCliBMCCDE.

10 Enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE sys "sys as sysdba" grant_bmccde CDEDBUserName

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

old 1: grant create database link to &1

new 1: grant create database link to CDE

Grant succeeded.

old 1: grant create materialized view to &1

new 1: grant create materialized view to CDE

Grant succeeded.

old 1: grant create any view to &1

new 1: grant create any view to CDE

Grant succeeded.

old 1: grant IMP_FULL_DATABASE to &1

new 1: grant IMP_FULL_DATABASE to CDE

Grant succeeded.

11 Open the
%DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility\scripts\create_psdp_tb.sql
file.

12 Modify the value of ORADATA_LOCATION to the fully-qualified path of the

database files.

Chapter 6 Reports 209

External CDE movement

13 Enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE CDEDBUserName CDEDBPassword create_psdp_tb

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

Tablespace created.

14 Use Notepad to open the ORACLE_HOME\network\admin\tnsnames.ora file.

15 Append the following contents to the file:

BMCPDS_SID=
(DESCRIPTION=
(ADDRESS_LIST=
(ADDRESS=
(PROTOCOL=TCP)
(HOST=BMCPDSServerHostName)
(PORT=1521)) )
(CONNECT_DATA=
(SERVICE_NAME=BMCPDS) ) )

16 Set the value of HOST to the host name of the BMCPDS server.

17 Enter the following command to create a database link:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE CDEDBUserName CDEDBPassword createDbLink

portalDBUserName portalDBPassword

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

Database link created

18 Enter the following command to test the database link from the BMCCDE server to
the BMCPDS server:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE CDEDBUserName CDEDBPassword testDBLink

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

Database link connection is successful

19 Enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE CDEDBUserName CDEDBPassword external_cde_proc

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

210 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 External CDE movement

Package created.
Package body created.
Disabling the foreign key
Table altered.
Disabled the foreign key
No errors.

20 Enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE CDEDBUserName CDEDBPassword

schedule_import_from_pe_to_cde

This prompts you to specify the time when you want to schedule the data
movement from the CDE_DATAFEED_CACHE table of the BMC Portal database
instance to the PARAMETER_DETAIL table of the BMCCDE instance.

NOTE
Ensure that you specify a time ahead of the time that you entered in the
datafeed.properties file to schedule the transfer of data to CDE.

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

Enter the hour at which you want to schedule the CDE import (HH24): 5

PL/SQL procedure successfully completed.

Session altered.

SYSTIMESTAMP
-------------------------------------------------------------------
12-FEB-10 07.50.10.328000 AM -06:00

WHAT||''||JOB||''||NEXT_DATE||''||FAILURES
----------------------------------------------------------------

cde_part_maint.maintain_parameter_summary(90); 23 2010-02-12
21:00:00 0
cde_part_maint.maintain_parameter_detail(30); 24 2010-02-12
08:00:00 0
external_cde_proc.import_from_pe_to_cde; 29 2010-02-13 05:00:00

21 Enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE CDEDBUserName CDEDBPassword

schedule_import_from_pe_to_hde

This prompts you to specify the time when you want to schedule the data
movement from the HDE_DATAFEED_CACHE table of the BMC Portal database
instance to the PARAMETER_SUMMARY table of the BMCCDE instance.

Chapter 6 Reports 211

External CDE movement

NOTE
Ensure that you specify a time ahead of the time that you entered in the
datafeed.properties file to schedule the transfer of data to HDE.

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

Enter the hour at which you want to schedule the HDE import (HH24): 4

PL/SQL procedure successfully completed.

Session altered.

SYSTIMESTAMP
-------------------------------------------------------------------
12-FEB-10 07.51.35.718000 AM -06:00

WHAT||''||JOB||''||NEXT_DATE||''||FAILURES
-------------------------------------------------------------------

cde_part_maint.maintain_parameter_summary(90); 23 2010-02-12
21:00:00 0
cde_part_maint.maintain_parameter_detail(30); 24 2010-02-12
08:00:00 0
external_cde_proc.import_from_pe_to_cde; 29 2010-02-13 05:00:00
external_cde_proc.import_from_pe_to_hde; 30 2010-02-13 04:00:00

Applying filters for CDE and HDE

You can determine the values that can be used in the filters for CDE and HDE.

To determine the values for filters

1 Log on to the BMCPDS server.

2 Go to the %DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility directory.

3 Enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBPassword filter_sample

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

Generating filter_sample.csv ...

filter_sample.csv generated. Please use this file to create the
filters

212 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 External CDE movement

This command generates a sample output file, filter_sample.csv, which shows the
values for the following levels. You can use these values to determine the required
filters.

■ Provider
■ Account
■ Application name
■ Parameter definition name

TIP
Use Microsoft Excel to view the filter_sample.csv file.

To create filters

1 Log on to the BMCPDS server.

2 Go to the %DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility\scripts directory.

3 Use Notepad to open the create_filters.sql file.

4 Use the following information to edit the file:

■ pi.definitionname relates to the ParameterDefinitionName in the

filter_sample.csv file.

■ ai.applicationname relates to the ApplicationName in the filter_sample.csv file.

■ wa.companyname relates to the AccountName in the filter_sample.csv file.

■ wp.name stands relates to the ProviderName in the filter_sample.csv file.

■ When you are using the LIKE command, ‘%art%’ indicates that it will match any
string that contains the pattern between the % characters (for example, start and
partition).

■ A percent sign (%) in the pattern can match zero or more characters.

■ The pattern '%' cannot match a null character.

■ An underscore (_) in the pattern matches exactly one character.

5 Go to the %DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility directory.

6 Enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBPassword create_filters

Chapter 6 Reports 213

External CDE movement

The output of this command will be similar to the following:

PL/SQL procedure successfully completed.

Elapsed: 00:00:00.03
Creating the filters and MV_CDE_EXPORT_CONFIG. This may take a
while...

Materialized view created.

Elapsed: 00:00:04.87
Created the filters and MV_CDE_EXPORT_CONFIG
Generated create_filters.log.

To get the latest metadata information related to application classes and

accounts

1 Log on to the BMCPDS server.

2 Go to the %DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility directory.

3 Enter the following command to get the latest metadata:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBPassword

manual_refresh_metadata

4 The manual_refresh_metadata.log file is generated.

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

Metadata Refresh Starting.

PL/SQL procedure successfully completed.

Elapsed: 00:00:02.13

Table analyzed.

Elapsed: 00:00:00.07
Metadata Refresh completed.
refresh_metadata.log generated.

5 To verify the metadata that will be filtered for the CDE transfer, enter the following
command to view the validate_export_metadata.log file:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBPassword

validate_export_metadata

214 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 External CDE movement

The output of the command will be similar to the following:

Generating the list of the metadata which will be exported to CDE...

validate_export_metadata.log generated.
Disconnected from Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release
10.2.0.2.0 - 64bit Production
With the Partitioning and Data Mining options

To synchronize the metadata refresh with CDE

Enter the refreshDatafeedMetadata BPMCLI command as described in

“refreshDatafeedMetadata” on page 264.

Restarting the BMC Performance Manager application

server
You must log in to the computer where you have installed BMC Portal. Restart the
BMC Performance Manager Portal application server to apply the changes that you
made on BMC Portal.

To verify that the external CDE movement has been enabled, ensure that the portal.log
file contains the following message:

externalCDEEnabled=true

Checking CDE or HDE error messages

On the day following the BMC Performance Manager Portal application server
restart, run the reports on the CDE or HDE database to ensure that the data has been
successfully transfered on the database.

To check CDE or HDE error messages

1 Log on to the BMCPDS server.

2 Go to the %DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility directory.

3 Enter one of the following commands:

■ DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBPassword progress 24

■ DatastoreCliBMCCDE CDEDBUserName CDEDBPassword progress 24

Chapter 6 Reports 215

External CDE movement

In the preceding commands, 24 represents the number of hours for which you
want to fetch the login messages from the PORTAL_LOG table.

The preceding commands generate the progress.log file. Check the error messages
in the log file.

216 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

7
7 Portal events and data integration
When infrastructure elements exceed thresholds and trigger events, the Portal can
send those events to other products that can use or manage events.

This chapter presents the following topics:

Levels of integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Portal-wide integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Provider-wide integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Account integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
BMC Atrium CMDB integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
BMC Performance Manager Portal as a CMDB Consumer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
BMC Performance Manager Portal as a CMDB Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Reconciliation rules for infrastructure elements and the BMC Atrium CMDB . 221
Service Model integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Event integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Event integration using email notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Event integration using SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Event integration using AlarmPoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Event integration using BMC II Web Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Combining BMC Performance Manager and PATROL Agent events . . . . . . . . 233
SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
MIB files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Object identifiers (OIDs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Parsing SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Trap properties customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Sample trap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Trap error codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Events tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
List content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Page controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 217

Levels of integration

Levels of integration
The Portal enables you to configure different levels of integration with other Portal
modules and BMC products. The extent to which you can configure the Portal
depends on the credentials that you use to log on to the Portal.

Portal-wide integration
Administrators with Edit and See Other Providers and Their Users permissions can
establish Portal-wide integration, which affects all users and accounts on the Portal,
by using the Global Properties page on the Portal tab. For more information about
configuring Portal-wide integration, see the following topics:

■ “BMC Atrium CMDB integration” on page 219

■ “Service Model integration” on page 224

To configure AlarmPoint notifications, Portal administrators also must access the

Global Properties page to specify an AlarmPoint server to receive notifications from
the Portal.

Provider-wide integration
Administrators with Edit permission can establish provider-wide (or enterprise level)
integration, which affects all accounts in a provider. After you log on, you can access
and modify the options in the Notifications task on the Provider tab to integrate event
data with other modules or products. When configured, these notification rules
trigger notifications for all events (of the specified type) for all accounts in a provider.

■ “Event integration using email notifications” on page 226

■ “Event integration using SNMP traps” on page 227

Before you can configure SNMP notifications, you must specify a SNMP server to
receive notifications from the Portal.

■ “Event integration using AlarmPoint” on page 228

Before you can configure AlarmPoint notifications, a Portal administrator must

access the Global Properties page to specify an AlarmPoint server to receive
notifications from the Portal.

218 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Account integration

■ “Event integration using BMC II Web Services” on page 228

Before you can configure BMC II Web Services notifications, you must specify a
BMC II Web Services server to receive notifications from the Portal.

Account integration
Users with full access rights for notifications can access and modify the options in the
Notifications task on the Configure tab to integrate event data with other modules or
products. For more information about configuring account integration, see the
following topics:

■ “Event integration using email notifications” on page 226

■ “Event integration using SNMP traps” on page 227

Before you can configure SNMP notifications, you must specify a SNMP server to
receive notifications from the Portal.

■ “Event integration using AlarmPoint” on page 228

Before users can configure AlarmPoint notifications, a Portal administrator must

access the Global Properties page to specify an AlarmPoint server to receive
notifications from the Portal.

■ “Event integration using BMC II Web Services” on page 228

Before users can configure BMC II Web Services notifications, a provider

administrator must specify a BMC II Web Services server to receive notifications
from the Portal.

BMC Atrium CMDB integration

The BMC Atrium Configuration Management Database (BMC Atrium CMDB) is a
repository of configuration items (CIs), such as software, hardware, network and
related databases, documentation, and people. The BMC Atrium CMDB stores the
attributes for CIs and the relationships between them.

When you specify the BMC Remedy Action Request System (BMC Remedy AR
System) properties and credentials, the Portal sends objects to the BMC Atrium
CMDB whenever you add an infrastructure element to the Portal. When you add
application classes to an infrastructure element or remove them from an element, the
CI is updated in the BMC Atrium CMDB.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 219

BMC Performance Manager Portal as a CMDB Consumer

NOTE
During installation of the Portal (or Portal application server), the installation program
prompted you for a BMC Remedy AR System server name and credentials. If you did not
have a BMC Atrium CMDB at the time of installation, you can log on with Portal
administrator credentials and provide the server name and credentials on the Global
Properties page.

Programs known as CMDB Providers feed CIs to the BMC Atrium CMDB. Programs
known as CMDB Consumers use the CIs.

■ CMDB Providers gather information about CIs and store this information in the
BMC Atrium CMDB. Provider programs provide the base content used by the
consumer programs. BMC Topology Discovery is an example of a BMC Software
product that acts as a CMDB Provider.

■ CMDB Consumers use information from the BMC Atrium CMDB, eliminating the
need to enter this information multiple times. Consumer programs can use this
information in many ways, such as to associate trouble tickets with computers or
programs, to create relationships among the CIs, or to build a service model in a
cell.

■ Some products, like BMC Performance Manager Portal, act as a consumer and a
provider.

BMC Performance Manager Portal as a CMDB Consumer

If you use a product like BMC Topology Discovery to discover IT objects and
populate the BMC Atrium CMDB, you can use the Portal to enable infrastructure
monitoring for those objects.

NOTE
Before searching for infrastructure objects in the BMC Atrium CMDB, ensure that the
credentials and properties for the BMC Atrium CMDB have been configured on the Global
Properties page. You can access this page when you log on to the Portal with Portal
administrator credentials.

“Integrating infrastructure elements from the BMC Atrium CMDB” on page 42

describes how to add an infrastructure element to the Portal by selecting (or
consuming) information from the BMC Atrium CMDB.

220 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 BMC Performance Manager Portal as a CMDB Provider

BMC Performance Manager Portal as a CMDB Provider

When you add an element to the Portal, the application classes that you select
determine what information is placed into the BMC Atrium CMDB. If the selected
application classes contain information to generate the required details, including the
reconciliation tokens, the Portal adds the CI and its relationships to other CIs to the
BMC.BPM dataset in the BMC Atrium CMDB. The CI also includes impact
relationships, which you can see if you have added the BMC SIM CMDB extensions
to the BMC Atrium CMDB. For information about configuring SIM extensions, see
the BMC Impact Solutions Planning and Installation guide.

After you add infrastructure elements to the account, a reconciliation program enters
the element properties into the BMC.ASSET dataset in the BMC Atrium CMDB. The
reconciliation is a scheduled task that runs on the BMC Atrium CMDB, generally
once a day. Any events triggered for an application class are not populated with a
reconciliation ID until after reconciliation occurs. If you do not want to wait for the
scheduled reconciliation task, you can use the BMC Remedy User program to
manually reconcile the element properties.

The Properties page for an infrastructure element shows the reconciliation status for
the element under BMC Atrium CMDB Status.

Reconciliation rules for infrastructure elements and the BMC

Atrium CMDB
To reconcile data from the BMC Performance Manager Portal, the reconciliation
program uses reconciliation rules. In addition to configuring the BMC Remedy AR
System Server properties in the Portal, you must also import the reconciliation rules.
Without reconciliation rules, the Portal does not add any information to the BMC
Atrium CMDB, and it writes an error to the log file.

To import reconciliation rules into the BMC Atrium CMDB

1 Verify if you have:

■ arimportcmd.exe under BMC Remedy AR System, in the

ARBASE\AR System\Admin directory

or

■ DataImport.bat under the ARBASE\ARSystem\dataimporttool directory.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 221

Reconciliation rules for infrastructure elements and the BMC Atrium CMDB

NOTE
To run the DataImport.bat file, you must install dataimporttool on the computer.

ARBASE represents the root installation directory for the Remedy components.

2 Depending on your setup, enter either of the following commands for each of the
required files (Table 23 on page 222 describes the options’ variables):

arimportcmd -x server -u userName -p password -a tcpPort -o fileName -l logFile -e 179

-D 4

or

dataImport -x server -u userName -p password -a tcpPort -o fileName -l logFile -e 179 -D 4

Table 23 Variables for arimportcmd or dataImport command (part 1 of 2)

Variable Description
server host name for the BMC Atrium CMDB server
userName user name to log on to the BMC Atrium CMDB
password password that authenticates the user name
tcpPort TCP port number for the server

This value is important when there are multiple servers in an

environment. This option identifies a TCP specific port, if chosen. If the
value is 0, you can omit this option.

222 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Reconciliation rules for infrastructure elements and the BMC Atrium CMDB

Table 23 Variables for arimportcmd or dataImport command (part 2 of 2)

Variable Description
fileName full path and file name of the file being imported

You must execute the arimportcmd or dataimport command on the

following set of files (in the following order):

Set 1: dataset.arx, which imports the dataset definition

Set 2: Any of the reconciliation rules, depending upon the CMDB version
that you have.

Note:

Import any one of the following files depending upon your CMDB
version. Do not import all the three files:

■ reconrules21.arx (if you have CMDB 2.1)

■ reconrules75.arx (if you have CMDB 7.5)
■ reconrules76.arx (if you have CMDB 7.6)

You can find these files at the following location on the Portal application
server:

■ On Windows:
%BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\util\BPM_CMDB

■ On Solaris:
$BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME/appserver/util/BPM_CMDB
logFile full path and file name of the optional log file

NOTE
Do not change values of the -D 4 (duplicate ID) and -e 179 (duplicate field) variables.

■ -D refers to duplicate ID. It defines how the BMC Remedy AR System processes the
records that contain request IDs, which duplicate those already in the form.
Option 4 updates the old record with the new record’s data.

■ -e refers to duplicate field. It refers to the ID number of the field to check for duplicate
data. Option 179 refers to the instance ID.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 223

Service Model integration

Service Model integration

How you provide infrastructure object data for service models depends on whether
you have BMC Atrium CMDB installed.

■ When you have BMC Atrium CMDB installed, you can configure the Portal to add
infrastructure CIs into the BMC Atrium CMDB. When the CIs are reconciled, you
can create service models. To implement this method, you need the BMC Atrium
CMDB and the BMC Impact Solutions kit.

■ If you do not have the BMC Atrium CMDB in place, you can configure the Portal to
send impact relationships for infrastructure object data directly to the cell. The
impact relationships define the infrastructure relationships in the service model.
To implement this method, you need the BMC Impact Solutions kit.

To configure the Portal to provide infrastructure data for service models

1 Log on to the Portal with Portal administrator credentials, and select the Portal tab.

2 In the navigation pane, select Global Properties.

3 On the Global Properties page, perform one of the following actions:

■ To configure the Portal to send CIs to the BMC Atrium CMDB, specify the
settings under BMC Atrium Configuration Management Database Settings.

■ To configure the Portal to send impact relationships for the service model,
specify the settings under Direct Service Model Integration.

The settings under Direct Service Model Integration take effect if you clear the text
boxes in the BMC Atrium Configuration Management Database Settings section.

Figure 30 provides a high-level view of the methods you can use to provide
infrastructure object data for service models.

224 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Service Model integration

Figure 30 Simplified view of service model integration methods from the Portal

Portal CIs

CMDB

Portal
object models

Impact Manager
(cell)

Following direct service model integration configuration, whenever you add an

element to the Portal and apply application classes that are enabled for BMC Atrium
CMDB integration, the Portal sends the infrastructure object data required for the
service model to the cell.

For information about adding service components to a service model or monitoring

service components, see the BMC Impact Solutions: Service Model Administrators Guide.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 225

Event integration

Event integration
The BMC Performance Manager Portal sends events when

■ an agentless parameter changes state (state change events)

■ the RSM changes state (general system problems events)

When configuring notifications for provider-wide notifications, you can specify the
transports shown in Figure 31 to integrate state changes or general system problems
events with other products.

Figure 31 BMC Performance Manager Portal event integration

BMC Performance PATROL Enterprise

Manager Portal SNMP event Manager (PEM)
(Portal) third-party SNMP manager connectSNMP
(Tivoli, for example)
provides enterprise-wide event
consolidation and management for
PATROL environments
email
- email
AlarmPoint by AlarmPoint - page
Systems - voice mail
Remote Service - SNMP event
Monitor Impact Integration for PEM

Impact Integration Web

detects condition on
Services
monitored system and
sends event to the Portal

BMC Service Impact BMC Event Manager

Manager

BMC Performance Managers

shows real-time impact of IT filters and correlates events and
problems on IT and business automates corrective action
services

BMC Impact
Legend
event flow
(Java-based console) manages
viewable event data events and event policies

Event integration using email notifications

You can configure notification rules that send event email messages to named
recipients. Email messages provide a subset of the information passed in the event.
They are not structured, which limits their use to simple integrations.

226 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Event integration using SNMP traps

Event integration using SNMP traps

When logged on as a user or provider administrator, you can configure the Portal to
send SNMP traps to one or more computers. SNMP traps can be used to integrate
with BMC Software event managers and third-party event managers.

This transport method supports status change and general system problems events.
When configuring status change notification rules, you can select Element and
Parameter as the object type.

The Portal sends traps when the following events occur for any infrastructure object
in the account:

■ a parameter changes state

■ an infrastructure element changes state
■ an RSM changes state

When configuring user notification rules for SNMP traps, you can specify the type of
threshold violations, the circumstances under which the Portal should send the trap,
and the time to wait after the event occurs before sending the trap.

The MIB extensions used by the Portal enable you to translate the information
contained in the Portal traps for use with other products. MIB files map numeric
object identifiers (OIDs) (such as 1.3.6.1.4.11) used by most SNMP queries into more
meaningful names (and vice versa). MIB files are extensible, and most hardware and
software companies define their MIBs as extensions of some universal industry-
standard MIB file. The Portal MIB files support SNMP traps, versions 1 and 2. See
page 243 for more information.

■ When a parameter or element value violates a rule that triggers a user notification
trap, that trap has a bmcPMPortalNotificationType of 2.

■ When an element value or RSM state triggers the Portal to send an enterprise-wide
SNMP trap, that trap has a bmcPMPortalNotificationType of 1.

If you configure provider-level notification rules that use the SNMP transport, you
might not want to have user-level notification rules that also use the SNMP transport
(and send notifications to the same target computers). When you have both types
configured, the Portal sends two notifications for each event.

For information about configuring the Portal to send SNMP traps, see “SNMP traps”
on page 236.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 227

Event integration using AlarmPoint

Event integration using AlarmPoint

If you have AlarmPoint installed, you can configure the Portal to send notifications to
AlarmPoint. When administrators create AlarmPoint notifications from the Provider
tab or when users create AlarmPoint notifications from the Configure tab, the Portal
can send parameter, element, and general system problem events to the designated
AlarmPoint server.

Before users or provider administrators can create notification rules for AlarmPoint, a
Portal administrator must use the Global Properties page to configure the Portal for
AlarmPoint integration. By using scripts provided on the installation DVD and CD1
for your Portal operating system, you can use the Notifications task to configure the
Portal to send events to an AlarmPoint server. See the BMC Portal Getting Started
guide for detailed procedures about how to configure AlarmPoint integration.

If you configure provider-level notification rules that use the AlarmPoint transport,
you might not want to have user-level notification rules that also use the AlarmPoint
transport. When you have both types configured, the Portal sends two notifications
for each event.

Event integration using BMC II Web Services

When logged on as a user or provider administrator, you can configure notification
rules for the Portal to send notifications to BMC Impact Manager (BMC IM) through
the BMC Impact Integration Web Services server (BMC II Web Services). BMC II Web
Services maps parameter-level notifications from the Portal in the event format for
BMC Impact Manager solutions.

The Portal can use an insecure or secure web-based connection to send events to the
BMC II Web Services server.

Configuring the Portal to send data to a BMC II Web

Services server
When logged on as an administrator for a provider, you can configure the Portal to
send notifications to the primary BMC II Web Services server. If the BMC II Web
Services server was configured for high availability (HA), you can also specify a
secondary BMC II Web Services server. The Portal always tries to send events to the
computer identified as the primary BMC II Web Services server. When the Portal
cannot connect to the primary server, it tries the secondary BMC II Web Services
server, if one is specified. For more information about configuring a BMC II Web
Services server for HA, see the BMC Impact Integration Web Services Server Installation
and Configuration Guide.

228 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Event integration using BMC II Web Services

Configuring secure event integration with BMC Impact

Solutions
These guidelines summarize the main tasks of sending events securely between the
BMC Portal and BMC II Web Services.

■ For secure communications between the BMC Portal and the BMC II Web Services
Server in a development or testing environment, generate a self-signed public key
and self-signed private key. The BMC Impact Integration Web Services Installation and
Configuration Guide describes how to generate these keys.

■ For secure communications in a production environment, obtain a signed

certificate from a certificate authority. See the BMC Impact Integration Web Services
Server Installation and Configuration Guide for information about obtaining a
certificate from a certificate authority.

To enable and configure secure communications using a self-signed certificate

between the Portal application server and the BMC II Web Services Server, perform
the following actions:

1. Import a secure certificate from the BMC II Web Services Server into the Portal
application server.

For information about importing the certificate, see “Importing the certificate for
the BMC II Web Services Server.”

2. Log on to the Portal with administrator credentials and configure the BMC II Web
Services Server to which the Portal will send events.

To specify secure communications, select Use HTTPS. See the BMC Portal Help for
detailed instructions.

3. While logged on as an administrator, select the Provider tab and add a notification
rule that uses the BMC II Web Services transport.

See the BMC Portal Help for detailed instructions.

Importing the certificate for the BMC II Web Services

Server
To configure secure communications between the Portal and the BMC II Web
Services Server, you must select Use HTTPS when specifying the BMC II Web Services
Server and BMC IM. See the BMC Portal Help for detailed information about
specifying the BMC II Web Services Server.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 229

Event integration using BMC II Web Services

In addition to using the Portal interface to specify the BMC II Web Services Server,
you also must import the SSL certificate for the BMC II Web Services Server to the
Portal application server.

To import the BMC II Web Services secure certificate to the Portal application
server

1 Copy the secure certificate file from the BMC II Web Services Server to the Portal
application server.

2 Locate the Keytool utility in one of the following directories:

■ On Windows: %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%/appserver/websdk/tools/jdk/jre/bin
■ On Solaris: $BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME\appserver\websdk\tools\jdk\jre\bin

3 Type the following command:

Keytool -import -file directory\iiwscertificate.cer -keystore directory\cacerts

You can find cacerts in one of the following directories:

■ On Windows:
%BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%/appserver/websdk/tools/jdk/jre/lib/security

■ On Solaris:
$BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME\appserver\websdk\tools\jdk\jre\lib\security

4 At the Enter keystore password prompt, type changeit.

5 At the Trust this certificate password prompt, select yes.

6 Restart the Portal application server.

230 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Event integration using BMC II Web Services

Using default insecure event integration with BMC Impact

Solutions
To enable and configure insecure communications between the Portal application
server and the BMC II Web Services Server, perform the following actions:

1. Log on to the Portal with administrator credentials and configure the BMC II Web
Services Server to which the Portal will send events.

Ensure that you do not select Use HTTPS. See the BMC Portal Help for detailed
instructions.

2. While logged on as an administrator, select the Provider tab and add a notification
rule that uses the BMC II Web Services transport.

See the BMC Portal Help for detailed instructions.

BMC Impact solutions base event class

BMC Impact Solutions have a base event class that defines the content of the events
(called slots) that the BMC Impact Manager cell can process. The base event class slots
listed in Table 24 represent the content of the event as it progresses from the BMC
Performance Manager Portal to the BMC Impact Manager cell. The BMC II Web
Services Server and the BMC Impact Solutions also populate additional slots, such as
mc_arrival_time (the time stamp of the event arrival at the BMC Impact Solutions
network).

Table 24 Slot names in the base event class populated for the Portal (part 1 of 2)a
Slot Description
adapter_host the server name for the BMC Portal server
CLASS the type of event being generated
(PORTAL_PARAMETER_STATE_CHANGE,
PORTAL_RSM_STATE_CHANGE for RSM state changes)
mc_host the host name of the managed element
mc_host_address the IP address associated with the managed element
mc_host_class the type of element (for example, Solaris)
mc_incident_time the time of the event
mc_object the instance or application class (if no instance exists)
mc_object_class the qualified hierarchy for the object (including parent
instance and application classes separated by | as a
delimiter; for example: Windows 2003-Using
Perfmon|Disk)
mc_origin the assigned name for the RSM that reported the event
mc_origin_class the literal value: BPMPV2

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 231

Event integration using BMC II Web Services

Table 24 Slot names in the base event class populated for the Portal (part 2 of 2)a
Slot Description
mc_origin_key an internal identifier for the event (GUID)
mc_origin_sev severity (same as the severity slot)
mc_parameter the parameter name
mc_parameter_value the value that caused the event
mc_smc_alias the internal identifier (GUID) of the nearest parent
application instance that has a mapping to a CMDB CI
(always the same object referenced by mc_smc_id)
mc_smc_id the CMDB reconciliation ID of the nearest parent
application instance which has a mapping to a CMDB CI
mc_tool the server name for the BMC Portal server
mc_tool_class the literal value: BMC Portal Server
msg a text description of the event
severity the severity of the event (Info, Warning, Critical)
a
For more information about the slots in the base event class, see the BMC Impact Manager
Knowledge Base Reference Guide.

In addition to the common slots in the base event class, the Portal uses the
PATROL_Portal event class to provide extended slots for event content from the
Portal. Because the slots in the PATROL_Portal event class extension, shown in
Table 25, are subject to change with emerging event-integration technology,
automated processes such as event filtering by BMC Service Impact Manager or BMC
Event Manager could also change in the future.

Table 25 PATROL_Portal event class extensions

PATROL_Portal slots Description
patrolAccountName the account associated with the event
patrolGroupName the parent groups that contain the element associated with
the event
patrolElementName the display name of the managed element
patrolParameterErrorCode error code
patrolParameterThreshold the threshold value breached

232 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Combining BMC Performance Manager and PATROL Agent events

Combining BMC Performance Manager and PATROL Agent

events
This section describes situations in which duplicate events are sent to BMC PATROL
Enterprise Manager (BMC PATROL EM) when you use multiple event management
technologies to monitor the same systems. You can encounter this situation when you
introduce agentless monitoring in an environment that uses PATROL Agents to
monitor and manage infrastructure.

■ “Using PATROL integration Performance Managers with PATROL Agent-based

monitoring” describes how you can trigger two comparable events from a single
threshold breach.

Not all events that the PATROL Agent generates are available in the Portal.
Custom events generated by PATROL KMs or PATROL integration Performance
Managers using event triggers are available in the Portal, but to be usable by an
event manager, they must be sent from the PATROL Agent to BMC PATROL EM.
Also, only a subset of the parameters from PATROL KMs are available in the
Portal because of fundamental technical differences between the product
architectures.

■ “Overlapping agentless and agent-based monitoring” on page 234 describes how

you can trigger two distinct events for one threshold breach.

Using PATROL integration Performance Managers with

PATROL Agent-based monitoring
Duplicate events can occur when you use PATROL Agent-based management on a
computer and also use PATROL integration Performance Managers to remotely
monitor the same applications on the same computer. PATROL integration
Performance Managers contain many of the parameters found in their corresponding
KMs and obtain their parameter values from the PATROL Agent. When one of these
common parameters breaches one of its thresholds, an event is triggered by the Portal
and another one is triggered by the PATROL Agent.

Figure 32 on page 234 shows how a "disk full" event detected independently by each
management system creates duplicate events for a single parameter.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 233

Combining BMC Performance Manager and PATROL Agent events

Figure 32 Two comparable events from one threshold breach

BMC PATROL EM

disk full disk full

existing
Portal
integration
PATROL Agent-based
Management

PATROL integration
Performance Managers
(remote management)

managed server

Overlapping agentless and agent-based monitoring

Similar events can occur when you use PATROL Agent-based management to
manage a computer and also use the agentless Performance Managers in the Portal to
remotely monitor the same computer. In the scenario shown in Figure 33 on page 235,
the agentless Performance Managers contain parameters that the PATROL KMs,
running on the agent, also monitor. This situation results in events that, while very
similar, are not the same.

Figure 33 on page 235 illustrates the event flow that results from overlapping
monitoring. In the example, the disk events are sent by both management
components and have similar, but not identical, information about the computer,
based on a single threshold breach.

234 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Combining BMC Performance Manager and PATROL Agent events

Figure 33 Sample agentless and agent-based events sent from the Portal

BMC PATROL EM

disk event disk event

existing
Portal integration
PATROL Agent-based
management

agentless Performance
Managers

managed server

A solution Performance Manager that is monitoring the same parameters as an agent-

managed server might have a threshold exception at the same time as a PATROL KM.
As the example in Figure 33 shows, this causes duplicate events to be sent to the BMC
PATROL EM event manager for a single parameter’s threshold breach—one from the
agent side and another from the Portal side. Unlike the example in Figure 32 on
page 234, the application class, parameters, and instances are different from those in
the PATROL KM.

How to avoid duplicate events

To eliminate duplicate state change events, you can use the following options:

■ Use the Notifications task to exclude notifications sent from systems in which you
have configured PATROL integration Performance Managers.

■ Correlate the duplicate events in an event manager such as BMC PATROL EM,
BMC EM, or a third-party product.

■ Deactivate one of the parameter thresholds in either the BMC Performance

Manager Portal or the PATROL Agent. This action results in losing the ability to
monitor the deactivated threshold.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 235

SNMP traps

SNMP traps
The BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB provides the following traps:

■ Parameter State Change

■ RSM State Change
■ Element State Change

Although related, these traps have different meanings. The Portal triggers Parameter
State Change traps when the status of a parameter changes. Not all Parameter State
Changes result in a state change for the element. When a Parameter State Change also
affects the state of the element, the Portal also triggers an Element State Change trap.

If you choose to receive notification when a general system problem occurs, the Portal
will trigger an RSM State Change event if it fails to receive a heartbeat message from
the RSM.

When configuring enterprise integration and user notification integration, you can
choose to use SNMP version 1 or SNMP version 2 traps.

TIP
To change the maximum number of parameters that the Portal can send in a trap, modify the
value of the snmp.max.parameter.events.to.process property. For more information about
this property, see page 339.

MIB files
The BMC Performance Manager Portal module provides MIBs that you can use to
translate SNMP traps sent from the product.

■ WEBSDKV10-MIB— For more information about this MIB, see the BMC Portal
Getting Started guide.

■ BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB—If you install the BMC Performance

Manager Portal module, this MIB defines all SNMP events from this module.

On the BMC Portal installation DVD, you can find the MIB files under the
util\BPM_MIB (Windows) or util/BPM_MIB (Solaris) directory.

236 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Object identifiers (OIDs)

Following installation, you can find the MIB files at the following locations on the
Portal application server:

■ On Windows: %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\util\BPM_MIB
■ On Solaris: $BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME/appserver/util/BPM_MIB

Object identifiers (OIDs)

OIDs are used by SNMP queries to identify individual pieces of data and are
identified in the MIB file. Figure 34 provides an overview of the general structure of a
BMC Performance Manager Portal OID.

Figure 34 OID structure in BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB

. 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 . 4 . 1 . 1031 . 5 . { 0 | 1 } . { 1–3 | 1–n } . [0...n]

indicates that the trap originated

from a BMC Software product
If the previous digit is 0, the possible
values for this digit are 1, 2, or 3.
A value of 5 in this position indicates that the OID is from
the BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB.
If the previous digit is 1, the possible
values for this digit are 1–n.
A value of 7 indicates that the OID is from the
WEBSDK10-MIB. See BMC Portal Getting Started.

indicates the type of value that this OID represents: This number increments for
0 represents notification nodes that contain multiple
1 represents object instances for an OID.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 237

Parsing SNMP traps

Parsing SNMP traps

Although the property OIDs in SNMP version 1 and version 2 are the same, the
version of SNMP version that you use has an effect on the following OIDs:

■ .1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3.0: This OID is identified as time ticks, and represents the Portal up
time.

■ .1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.4.1.0: The value of this OID is another OID that identifies the type of
trap. This trap identifier OID looks like .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.X.0.Y.0, where

— X identifies the source of the trap. The valid value for the BMC Performance
Manager Portal is 5.

— Y identifies the type of notification. Valid values are 1, 2, and 3.

■ 1: Parameter State Change

■ 2: RSM State Change
■ 3: Element State Change

Version 1 traps include some additional header information that is not included in
version 2 traps. The version 1 header information includes a generic type, a sender
OID, and a specific type field. For traps generated from the BMC Performance
Manager Portal, the generic type is always 6 (enterprise-specific event). The specific
type identifies the type of notification. Valid values are 1, 2, and 3:

■ 1: Parameter State Change

■ 2: RSM State Change
■ 3: Element State Change

The specific type field in the header of version 1 traps and the value corresponding to
OID .1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.4.1.0 in version 2 traps enable you to determine the trap type, and
then filter or process the trap content as needed.

238 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB description

BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB description
This MIB defines the event traps sent from the BMC Performance Manager Portal.
Table 26 describes each OID in an event trap.

Table 26 BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB (part 1 of 5)

OID Type Index Node name and description
.1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3.0 time ticks represents the up time for the Portal
bmcPMPortalNotifications (.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.0)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.0.1 bmcPMPortalParameterStateChange

parameter state change notification

Each state change contains the following nodes:

■ bmcPMPortalAccountName
■ bmcPMPortalGroupName
■ bmcPMPortalHostName
■ bmcPMPortalApplicationName
■ bmcPMPortalApplicationInstanceName
■ bmcPMPortalParameterName
■ bmcPMPortalParameterValue
■ bmcPMPortalParameterState
■ bmcPMPortalDetectedTimeUtcStr
■ bmcPMPortalRsmName
■ bmcPMPortalElementName
■ bmcPMPortalParameterErrorCode
■ bmcPMPortalParameterThresholdValue
■ bmcPMPortalDetectedTime
■ bmcPMPortalRsmClusterName
■ bmcPMPortalNotificationType
■ bmcPMPortalApplicationHierarchy

.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.0.2 bmcPMPortalRsmStateChange

RSM state change notification (from up to down or from down

to up)

Each state change contains the following nodes:

■ bmcPMPortalAccountName
■ bmcPMPortalHostName
■ bmcPMPortalDetectedTimeUtcStr
■ bmcPMPortalRsmName
■ bmcPMPortalRsmState
■ bmcPMPortalDetectedTime
■ bmcPMPortalRsmClusterName
■ bmcPMPortalRsmClusterState
■ bmcPMPortalNotificationType

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 239

BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB description

Table 26 BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB (part 2 of 5)

OID Type Index Node name and description
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.0.3 bmcPMPortalElementStateChange

element state change notification

Each state change trap contains the following nodes:

■ bmcPMPortalAccountName
■ bmcPMPortalGroupName
■ bmcPMPortalHostName
■ bmcPMPortalApplicationName
■ bmcPMPortalApplicationInstanceName
■ bmcPMPortalParameterName
■ bmcPMPortalParameterValue
■ bmcPMPortalParameterState
■ bmcPMPortalDetectedTimeUtcStr
■ bmcPMPortalRsmName
■ bmcPMPortalElementName
■ bmcPMPortalElementState
■ bmcPMPortalParameterErrorCode
■ bmcPMPortalParameterThresholdValue
■ bmcPMPortalDetectedTime
■ bmcPMPortalRsmClusterName
■ bmcPMPortalNotificationType
■ bmcPMPortalApplicationHierarchy

bmcPMPortalObjects (.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.1 string (300 bmcPMPortalAccountName
characters)
name of the account that contains the element that triggered
the notification

A trap can contain only one account name, and the account
name is unique in the provider.

For general system problems traps, this string contains

■ Shared when a problem occurs on a shared RSM

■ Global when a problem occurs on a global RSM
■ the account name when a problem occurs on a dedicated
RSM
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.2.x string (300 yes bmcPMPortalGroupName
characters)
name of the group or groups that contains the element that
triggered the notification

Elements can be members of more than one group, and all

affected groups are included in the notification.

240 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB description

Table 26 BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB (part 3 of 5)

OID Type Index Node name and description
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.3 string (255 bmcPMPortalHostName
characters)
host name or IP address of the object that triggered the
notification

This value might be the host name or IP address of the element

or of the RSM.
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.4.x string (64 yes bmcPMPortalApplicationName
characters)
application class responsible for triggering the notification

The application name is not necessarily unique on an element,

and the trap can contain multiple application names.
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.5.x string (810 yes bmcPMPortalApplicationInstanceName
characters)
instance in the application class that is responsible for
triggering the notification

Application instances are unique in an application class but

are not required to be unique among application classes.

This OID is populated for instances in multiple-instance

application classes and discovered instances.
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.6.x string (255 yes bmcPMPortalParameterName
characters)
parameter that triggered the notification

Parameter names are unique in an application instance but

might not be unique among application classes. The trap can
contain multiple parameter names.
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.7.x string (128 yes bmcPMPortalParameterValue
characters)
parameter value that triggered the notification

The trap contains a parameter value for each parameter that

triggered a notification.
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.8.x integer yes bmcPMPortalParameterState

parameter state that triggered the notification:

■ 0: OK
■ 1: warning
■ 2: noncriticalalarm
■ 3 criticalalarm

Multiple parameter states are possible.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 241

BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB description

Table 26 BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB (part 4 of 5)

OID Type Index Node name and description
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.9 string (255 bmcPMPortalDetectedTimeUtcStr
characters)
time (formatted) at which the event that triggered the
notification occurred
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.10 string (255 bmcPMPortalRsmName
characters)
name of the RSM that detected the state change
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.11 integer bmcPMPortalRsmState

current state of the RSM:

■ 0: up
■ 3: down

.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.13 string (300 bmcPMPortalElementName

characters)
name of the monitored element that triggered the notification
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.14.x string (255 yes bmcPMPortalParameterErrorCode
characters)
Performance Manager-specific code that describes the
condition that triggered the notification

See “Trap error codes” on page 246.

This OID is not populated if the error does not have an error
code.
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.15 integer bmcPMPortalElementState

state of the element after the State Change Event:

■ 0: OK
■ 1: warning
■ 2: noncriticalalarm
■ 3: criticalalarm
■ 4: nodata

.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.17.x string (256 yes bmcPMPortalParameterThresholdValue

characters)
parameter threshold value that was breached
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.18 number of bmcPMPortalDetectedTime
milli-
seconds number of milliseconds since January 1, 1970, that the
(64 Parameter or Element State Change occurred
characters)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.19 string (225 bmcPMPortalRsmClusterName
characters)
name of the clustered RSM

If the RSM is not clustered, this value is blank.

242 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Trap properties customization

Table 26 BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB (part 5 of 5)

OID Type Index Node name and description
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.20 integer bmcPMPortalRsmClusterState

current state of the clustered RSM:

■ 0: up
■ 1: warn
■ 3: down

If the RSM is not clustered, this value is blank.

.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.21 integer bmcPMPortalNotificationType

feature origin of the event:

■ 1: enterpriseIntegration
■ 2: userNotification

If you configure both enterprise integration and user

notification, in many instances the Portal will send duplicate
traps for a single event. Use the
bmcPMPortalNotificationType object to parse the origin of
the event.
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.22 string bmcPMPortalApplicationHierarchy
(8192
characters) specifies the full hierarchy of the application instance
responsible for the parameter that caused the state change

Application instances are separated by delimiters so that you

can easily determine multiple levels of application instances
and the exact parameter that caused the state change.
.1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.23 string (255 bmcPMPortalEventReason
characters)
provides a detailed description about the problem that caused
the event

Trap properties customization

This section describes some of the properties that you can change to affect the trap
header or trap content. You customize trap properties by modifying the
internal.properties file, which is located in the following directories:

■ On Windows: %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\
appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all\conf\properties\

■ On Solaris:
$BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME/appserver/websdk/tools/jboss/server/all/conf/properties/

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 243

Trap properties customization

#################################################
# SNMP Trap Version, possible values are 1 or 2 #
#################################################
# default is snmp v1.
snmp.trap.version=1
snmp.trap.max.recv.size=13000

For changes to take effect, you must restart the Portal after modifying the
internal.properties file.

Changing the SNMP trap version sent by the Portal

By default, the Portal sends SNMP traps in SNMP version 1 format. To change to
version 2, modify the value of the snmp.trap.version property.

Changing the SNMP trap size for the Portal

By default, the Portal can transmit traps as large as 1,300 bytes. To increase the trap
size that the Portal can send, modify the value of the snmp.trap.max.recv.size property.

244 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Sample trap

Sample trap
Figure 35 provides an example of an enterprise integration trap (identified by the
bmcPMPortalNotificationType node) for an Element State Change event. The
highlighted regions show the OIDs and their corresponding values. The annotations
describe the OIDs.

Figure 35 Sample trap for an Element State Change event (part 1 of 2)

Trap(v1) received from host snmp_server.acme.com(172.18.52.17) at Apr 6, 2006 12:21 PM.
Enterprise Oid : .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5) , Specific
Type : 3,
account name: The trap can contain only one account.
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.1.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.1.0)
STRING: Acme
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.2.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.2.0)
object group name: The element that triggered the event
STRING: mygroup1 was a member of two object groups.
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.2.1 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.2.1)
STRING: mygroup2
host name: An Element State Change event can contain
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.3.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.3.0)
STRING: computer1.acme.com only host names, not IP addresses.

Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.4.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.4.0)

application name: The applications in the trap correspond to
STRING: SSHD the parameters that triggered the notification.
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.4.1 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.4.1)
STRING: SSHD
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.4.2 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.4.2)
STRING: SSHD
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.5.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.5.0)
application instance name: The instances in the trap
STRING: com_acme-DRPM3-performance correspond to the parameters that triggered notification.
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.5.1 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.5.0)
STRING: com_acme-DRPM3-performance
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.5.2 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.5.0)
STRING: com_acme-DRPM3-performance
names of parameters whose values triggered notification:
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.6.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.6.0)
In this example, three parameters in the element breached
STRING: Application Collection Status parameter thresholds.
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.6.1 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.6.1)
STRING: Banner display
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.6.2 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.6.2)
STRING: Port Responding
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.7.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.7.0)
parameter values that triggered notification
STRING: true
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.7.1 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.7.1)
STRING: SSH-1.99-OpenSSH_4.1
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.7.2 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.7.2)
STRING: true
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.8.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.8.0)
parameter state that triggered notification: In this trap, the
INTEGER: 0 parameter states changed to 0 (OK).
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.8.1 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.8.1)
INTEGER: 0
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.8.2 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.8.2)
INTEGER: 0
time indicating when the state change occurred
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.9.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.9.0)
STRING: Thu, 6 Apr 2006 17:22:12 +0000
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.10.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.10.0)
name of the RSM that detected the state change
STRING: Main Office RSM
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.13.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.13.0)
name of the element in the Portal
STRING: computer1

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 245

Trap error codes

Figure 35 Sample trap for an Element State Change event (part 2 of 2)

Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.14.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.14.0)
Performance Manager-specific codes that describe the
STRING: 98 problem that triggered the event
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.14.1 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.14.1)
STRING: 98
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.14.2 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.14.2)
STRING: 98
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.15.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.15.0)
state of the element after the state change
INTEGER: 0

Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.17.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.17.0)

parameter threshold that was breached
STRING: 0.0
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.17.1 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.17.1)
STRING: 0.0
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.17.2 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.17.2)
STRING: 0.0
timestamp indicating when the state change occurred
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.18.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.18.0)
STRING: 1144344132703
if the RSM is a clustered RSM, the name of the cluster
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.19.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.19.0)
STRING:
type of notification; in this case, enterprise integration
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.21.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.21.0)
INTEGER: 1
application hierarchy: In this example, the event occurred
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.22.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.22.0)
in the Performance instance in the Oracle application.
STRING: Oracle | Performance
Object ID: .1.3.6.1.4.1.1031.5.1.23.0 (.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.1031.5.1.23.0)
detailed description of the problem that caused of the
STRING: New Violation: The status of computer1 is OK event

Trap error codes

Table 27 lists the generic parameter error codes that might appear in the
bmcPMPortalParameterErrorCode node. For error codes that are specific to the
Performance Managers in use on your Portal, see the Help or Getting Started guide
for the applicable Performance Managers.

Table 27 Parameter error codes (part 1 of 2)

Error code Description
0 success
4 unknown host name
8 database SQL problem—error with the SQL command being run against a
database
10 prohibited host—the host used was in the prohibited host list
11 network unavailable—the network was not available at the time of execution
12 network path unavailable—a network path to the named host is not available at
this time
98 invalid credentials—authentication credentials were not correct or otherwise
could not be used to authenticate execution
99 no data—collection could be performed, but no data was available
101 process down—the process being monitored was unavailable

246 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Events tab

Table 27 Parameter error codes (part 2 of 2)

Error code Description
102 credentials conflict—the credentials being used conflict with another set of
credentials already accessing the same resource
103 account locked out—the account being used for authentication is locked out
200 configuration unavailable—configuration needed to execute was not available
210 configuration corrupt—the configuration was available but was corrupt and
unusable

Events tab
When the RSM detects that a parameter has changed to or from an alert (warning or
alarm) status, the RSM sends the parameter value to the Portal (along with the values
for other parameters in the application class). These parameter values are saved as
event history data in the Portal database and appear on the Events tab, and they are
also saved as raw data.

The Events tab provides history logs that show, for a specific time range, when
elements and parameters changed to an alert status (warning or alarm) and when
they changed to a different alert status.

■ A parameter appears on the Events tab when its status changes.

■ An element appears on the Events tab when at least one of its parameters violates
an alarm threshold. Because multiple events can occur on an element, an element
can appear in this list more than once.

You can view events for the entire account, for object groups, for elements, and for
parameters. By default, this tab shows events from the previous 24 hours. You can
use the time controls at the top of the tab to change the time period for viewing alert
history.

Table 28 lists the event object views and the types of events available on each view.

Table 28 Types of events available for object views

Object view Element events Parameter events
account +
object group +
element + +
application class +
parameter +

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 247

List content

List content
When viewing alerts for infrastructure elements, you can use a variety of page
controls to adjust the number of alerts on the Events tab.

Objects to show
The Objects to Show list is available from the element view of events and enables you
to view element or parameter events, or both. When you are viewing events for both,
the icon for element events and the icon for parameter events enable you to
differentiate between the two event types. Figure 36 provides an example of an
events list that contains both element and parameter events.

■ When you select Elements, the description shows the parameter that caused the
status to change for the element. If the values of other parameters also violates
threshold settings during the time that the element is in that status, the description
does not update to show those parameters. Similarly, if you had configured
notifications so that the Portal would send SNMP traps, the Portal would send a
single trap for the element status change.

When listing element events, the list can contain a maximum of 300 events. To
change this default value, see the portal.events.element.limit property on page 325.

■ When you select Parameters or Elements + Parameters, the list includes every
parameter that violated its threshold value and the parameter value.

— When listing parameter events, the list can contain a maximum of 300 events. To
change this default value, see the portal.events.param.limit property on
page 326.

— When listing parameter events and element events, the list can contain a
maximum of 600 events (300 of each event type). To change this default value,
see the portal.events.element.param.limit property on page 325.

Figure 36 Infrastructure element view of Events tab

248 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Page controls

Alerts to show
The Alerts to Show list, shown in Figure 37, is available for the account and object
group views and enables you to filter the list of events by the type of event. By
default, the list shows the events that caused the status to change for the element.

For each event, the description shows the parameter that caused the status to change
for the element. If the values of other parameters also violated threshold settings
during the time that the element is in that status, the description does not update to
show those parameters.

■ To view active and resolved alerts, select All. You can filter the list by time by
adjusting the time control options. When you use this option, the list can contain a
maximum of 300 alerts. To change this default value, see the
portal.events.element.limit property on page 325.

■ To view only active alerts, select Active Alarms, Active Warnings, or Active Alarms
and Warnings. These options displays all active alerts for the specified alert type.

Figure 37 Alerts to Show list on Events tab

Page controls
The Events tab also has the page controls listed in Table 29.

Table 29 Page controls for Events tab (part 1 of 2)

Page control Description
updates the page at the refresh rate or stops the Portal from
updating the page

Select the On option when you select one of the Active

options from the Alerts to Show list.

Chapter 7 Portal events and data integration 249

Page controls

Table 29 Page controls for Events tab (part 2 of 2)

Page control Description
opens the active Events tab in a new window
time controls settings that you can change to view events from a different
time period

Click Update after changing the time-interval controls.

See page 153 for a complete description of the time controls.

totals icons and totals for each state during the specified time
period; for example,

250 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

8
BMC Performance Manager Portal
8

command-line interface
The BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface (bpmcli) enables
Portal users and administrators to add and delete infrastructure elements without
interacting with the user interface. The bpmcli can also query the Portal database for
infrastructure objects, enabling you to integrate the Portal data with other systems.

This chapter presents the following topics:

Preparing the client computer for the bpmcli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

bpmcli syntax and arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Data-manipulation commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
addElements: adding a single element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
addElements: adding multiple elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
addPATROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
deleteElements: deleting a single element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
deleteElements: deleting multiple elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
refreshDatafeedMetadata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
refreshPATROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
savePassword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Data-extraction commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
exportParameterHistory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
getApplicationsForElement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
getElements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
getParameterHistory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
getParameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
getPortalVersion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
getSubApplications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 251

Preparing the client computer for the bpmcli

Preparing the client computer for the bpmcli

Before you can use the bpmcli to manage infrastructure objects, you must prepare the
client computer so that it meets the necessary requirements for the utility. You can
install the bpmcli on any Microsoft Windows or Sun® Solaris computer that has
network access to the Portal. You do not need to use the Portal or RSM computer.

NOTE
If you try running the bpmcli against earlier versions of BMC Performance Manager Portal,
the commands return the following message: (404) Not Found.

Before you begin

■ If necessary, install JRE 1.5.0_06 or later on the client computer and verify that Java
is in the path.

■ Locate the necessary files for the bpmcli. You can find the files in the following
locations:

— product media for your operating system:

■ Windows DVD: util\BPM_CLI
■ Solaris DVD: util/BPM_CLI

— Portal application server:

■ On Windows: %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\util\BPM_CLI
■ On Solaris: $BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME/appserver/util/BPM_CLI

— RSM computer (Windows only):

c:\Program Files\BMC Software\Remote Service Monitor\RSMversionNumber

\util\BPM_CLI

To prepare the client computer to run the bpmcli

1 Navigate to the bpmcli files on the application server, RSM computer, or

installation media.

2 Copy the following files to the client computer:

■ bpmcli.jar
■ bpmcli.bat (Windows) or bpmcli.sh (Solaris)

You can copy the files to any location, but you must run bpmcli from that location.

252 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 bpmcli syntax and arguments

bpmcli syntax and arguments

Each complete command line contains arguments that specify the Portal host name,
user credentials, and port number necessary to communicate with the Portal, and the
command that you want to execute. The command might also have additional
arguments.

The basic command-line syntax for the bpmcli is as follows:

bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass

UserPassword
-c command -q

Table 30 lists the basic arguments that you can use with any bpmcli command. Other
arguments are included with their corresponding commands. See “Data-
manipulation commands” on page 254 and “Data-extraction commands” on
page 270.

Table 30 Basic arguments for bpmcli commands (part 1 of 2)

Argument Definition
-portal PortalWebServerName specifies the fully-qualified host name of the Portal (for multiple-
computer installations, the Portal web server)

When you run the bpmcli from a Windows Portal web server, you can
omit the Portal host name; bpmcli assumes localhost. When run from a
computer other than the Portal web server or from any Solaris
computer, you must specify this argument.
-p PortNumber specifies the port number on which the bpmcli receives data from the
Portal web server

The port number is required only if the web server does not use the
default port, 443.
-login UserName specifies the user who is executing the command

■ Only users who are members of the Full Access user group can
execute data manipulation bpmcli commands. See page 254.

■ Users who are members of the Full Access or Read Only user group
can access the data extraction commands. See page 270.

■ The specified user can execute bpmcli commands against objects in

the user’s account.

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 253

Data-manipulation commands

Table 30 Basic arguments for bpmcli commands (part 2 of 2)

Argument Definition
-pass UserPassword specifies the password for the user

Enclose the password in single quotes (' ') when a password contains a
special character (for example, ‘-ep’) or when the password contains
only one character (for example, 'g').

For example:

bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass '-ep' -c

addElements -h databaseserver.acme.com -e DatabaseServer -ep
Databases -platform "Windows 2000" -r "Portal RSM" -g Databases
-c command specifies the command
-q (optional) suppresses return messages

Do not use this argument with data extraction commands.

-unsecure (optional; not recommended) uses HTTP to communicate with the Portal

By default, the bpmcli uses HTTPS to communicate with the Portal.

When you specify -unsecure, the bpmcli transmits passwords as plain
text.

To execute bpmcli commands in a batch file, you must add a call to the individual
commands.

Data-manipulation commands
The commands in this section enable you to add data to and delete it from the Portal.
All commands are case sensitive. Table 31 shows the syntax for each complete bpmcli
command that falls into this category (the specific command is shown in bold text).

Only users who are members of the Full Access user group can execute the bpmcli
commands in this section. Users who are only members of user-defined user groups
cannot run the bpmcli commands.

Table 31 Data-manipulation bpmcli commands (part 1 of 2)

Command Syntax Page
addElements: adding a bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName 255
single element -pass UserPassword -c addElements -h ElementHostName -e ElementName
-ep ProfileName -r RSMName -platform PlatformName -g ObjectGroupName
addElements: adding bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName 257
multiple elements -pass UserPassword -c addElements -platform PlatformName -f FileName

254 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 addElements: adding a single element

Table 31 Data-manipulation bpmcli commands (part 2 of 2)

Command Syntax Page
addPATROL bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName 260
-pass UserPassword -c addPATROL -email "EmailAddresses"
-f AgentFileName -r RSMName -g ObjectGroupName
deleteElements: deleting a bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName 262
single element -pass UserPassword -c deleteElements -e ElementName
deleteElements: deleting bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName 263
multiple elements -pass UserPassword -c deleteElements -f FileName
refreshDatafeedMetadata bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login adminName 264
-pass adminPassword -c refreshDatafeedMetadata
refreshPATROL bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName 266
-pass UserPassword -c refreshPATROL -email "EmailAddresses"
-f ElementFileName
savePassword bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName 269
-pass UserPassword -c savePassword

addElements: adding a single element

When adding a single element, you must provide the following properties:

■ host name or IP address of the element

■ existing profile name to apply to the element
■ existing RSM or RSM cluster to monitor the element
■ operating system of the element
■ existing object group that you will assign to the element

You can also provide the element name. If you do not provide the element name,
bpmcli uses the host name or IP address for the element name.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c addElements -h ElementHostName -e ElementName -ep ProfileName -r RSMName
-platform platformName -g ObjectGroupName

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 255

addElements: adding a single element

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the arguments in Table 32 with the addElements command.

Table 32 addElements arguments for adding a single element

Argument Definition
-h ElementHostName fully-qualified host name or IP address of the element

If you do not include this optional argument, you must

include the -e argument. You must specify this argument if
you do not include the -e argument.
-e ElementName display name for the element

If you do not include this optional argument, you must

include the -h argument. Enclose multiple-word element
names in quotation marks.
-ep ProfileName name of an existing element profile

Enclose multiple-word profile names in quotation marks.

-r RsmName name of an existing RSM or RSM cluster to monitor the
elements

Enclose multiple-word RSM names in quotation marks.

-platform PlatformName name of the platform as it appears in the following list:

■ AIX
■ HP-UX
■ Linux
■ Network Firewall
■ Network Load Balancer
■ Network Router
■ Network Switch
■ Open VMS
■ Other
■ Solaris
■ Storage
■ Tru64 UNIX
■ Windows
■ Windows 2000
■ Windows 2003
■ Windows XP

Enclose multiple-word platform names in quotation marks.

-g ObjectGroup name of the existing object group to which the elements will
belong

Enclose multiple-word object group names in quotation

marks.

256 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 addElements: adding multiple elements

Sample command
The following command adds a single element that has the following properties:

■ web server name of the Portal: myportal.acme.com

■ user name: user
■ password for user: user
■ host name of the element: databaseserver.acme.com
■ element name: DatabaseServer
■ element profile name: Databases
■ RSM: Portal RSM
■ platform: Windows 2000
■ object group name: Databases

bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c addElements

-h databaseserver.acme.com -e DatabaseServer -ep Databases -platform "Windows 2000"
-r "Portal RSM" -g Databases

The port is not specified, so the bpmcli assumes that the port is the default, 443.

Return messages
After execution of the command, one of the following messages is displayed,
depending on whether the addition was successful:

■ SUCCESS, msg [added element], user [UserName], element

[ElementName], group [GroupName], platform [PlatformName],
rsm [RsmName], host [HostName], profile [ProfileName]

■ FAILURE, msg [ReasonForFailure], user [UserName], element

[ElementName], group [GroupName], platform [PlatformName],
rsm [RsmName], host [HostName], profile [ProfileName]

addElements: adding multiple elements

To add multiple elements, you must first list each element’s properties in a comma-
separated value (CSV) file, using the following format, and then specify that file name
in the command:

HostName or IPAddress, [ElementDisplayName], ObjectGroupName, RsmName,

ElementProfileName, PlatformName

Figure 38 on page 258 contains an example of valid content for the CSV file.

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 257

addElements: adding multiple elements

Figure 38 Sample CSV file for adding elements with bpmcli

computer1.acme.com,"My Computer","Windows Servers","Acme RSM","Windows Settings",""
computer2.acme.com,Acme1,"UNIX Servers","Acme RSM","UNIX Settings","AIX"
computer3.acme.com,,"Windows Servers","Acme RSM","Windows Settings","Linux"

The following rules apply to the CSV file:

■ The file must contain the host name or IP address of each element.

■ If the file does not contain the element name, the bpmcli uses the host name or IP
address for the element name.

■ If the file does not contain the following properties, you must specify the missing
properties on the command line:

— group name
— RSM or RSM cluster name
— element profile name
— platform name

When you specify the property from the command line, that property applies to all
elements in the file.

■ Any value that you specify on the command line is superseded by an existing
value for the property in the CSV file.

■ If a property is specified in the command line and not in the file, the command-line
value is used.

■ If a required property is not specified at the command prompt or in the file, an

error message is displayed.

■ If you omit a property from the file, you must still include the comma delimiter for
that property, and the file must contain five commas. See Figure 38.

■ The bpmcli supports the following end-of-line terminators: \r, \n, and \n\r.

■ Files that contain multi-byte characters must be saved in UTF-8 format.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c addElements -platform PlatformName -f FileName

258 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 addElements: adding multiple elements

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the arguments in Table 33 with the addElements command.

Table 33 addElements arguments for adding multiple elements

-f CsvFileName name of the CSV file that contains the element properties

Files that contain multi-byte characters must be saved in

UTF-8 format.
-h ElementHostName fully-qualified host name or IP address of the element
-ep ProfileName name of an existing element profile

Enclose multiple-word profile names in quotation marks.

-r RsmName name of an existing RSM or RSM cluster to monitor the
elements (if not specified in the file)

Enclose multiple-word RSM names in quotation marks.

-platform PlatformName name of the platform as it appears in Table 32 on page 256

Enclose multiple-word platform names in quotation marks.

-g ObjectGroup name of the existing object group to which the elements will
belong (if not specified in the file)

Enclose multiple-word object group names in quotation

marks.

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c addElements -platform AIX
-f NewElements.txt

Return messages
After execution of the command, the bpmcli returns one of the following messages
for each element specified in the CSV file, depending on whether the addition was
successful:

■ SUCCESS, msg [added element], user [UserName], element

[ElementName], group [GroupName], platform [PlatformName],
rsm [RsmName], host [HostName], profile [ProfileName]

■ FAILURE, msg [ReasonForFailure], user [UserName], element

[ElementName], group [GroupName], platform [PlatformName],
rsm [RsmName], host [HostName], profile [ProfileName]

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 259

addPATROL

addPATROL
The addPATROL command initiates the process that adds elements to the Portal
based on a list of PATROL Agents that you specify in a CSV file. The PATROL
integration Performance Managers assigned to the elements are based on the KM
application classes found on the corresponding PATROL Agents. The Portal
synchronizes the thresholds for the newly added PATROL integration Performance
Managers with their corresponding values on the PATROL Agents.

Successful completion of this command means that the add operation was started on
the Portal. Successful completion of the command does not imply that the add
operation was completed on the Portal. When the add operation is complete on the
Portal, the Portal sends a summary report to each recipient identified by the -email
argument.

The CSV file is similar to that described in “Using a CSV file to discover PATROL
Agents” on page 37, but the addPATROL command requires slightly different
information, as follows:

■ The file must contain the host name, port number, and authentication (user name
and password or shared credential) for each PATROL Agent.

■ If the file does not contain the element name, the bpmcli uses the host name or IP
address for the element name.

■ The bpmcli supports the following end-of-line terminators: \r, \n, and \n\r.

■ Each row in the file must contain the comma-separated values in Table 34, in the
order listed.

Table 34 Values required for CSV input file for the addPATROL CLI command
Value Description
element name (optional) the element used in the Portal

This value cannot exceed 256 characters.

host name the PATROL Agent host name or IP address

This value cannot exceed 256 characters.

port number the PATROL Agent port number
user name or shared the user name used to log on to the PATROL Agent or the
credential name of a shared credential

This value cannot exceed 256 characters.

password PATROL API Encrypted (PEM API) password

If you specify a shared credential instead of a user name, leave

this value blank. This value cannot exceed 256 characters.

260 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 addPATROL

By default, the Portal synchronizes the thresholds for all parameters that it discovers
for the specified elements. You can provide a list of parameters to exclude from the
synchronization process by updating the padm.properties file. See the
padm.migrate.threshold.update.exclude.list property on page 342 for more
information.

The following circumstances can cause an error:

■ insufficient rights: The specified user does not have Full Access rights to element
properties.

■ multiple synchronization processes: Another synchronization operation is already

in progress. By default, you can run only one synchronization operation
(addPATROL or refreshPATROL) at a time. To configure the Portal to enable
multiple synchronization operations, see the padm.migrate.locking property on
page 341.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c addPATROL -email "EmailAddresses" -f AgentFileName -r RSMName
-g ObjectGroupName

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the arguments in Table 35 with the addPATROL command.

Table 35 addPATROL arguments (part 1 of 2)

Argument Description
-f CsvFileName name of the CSV file that contains the PATROL Agent
properties

Files that contain multibyte characters must be saved in UTF-

8 format.
-email (optional) comma-separated list of email addresses enclosed
ListOfEmailAddresses in quotation marks

If you include this argument, each user in the list receives an

email message, formatted in HTML, that contains the
Summary report that the Portal displays following PATROL
Agent discovery.

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 261

deleteElements: deleting a single element

Table 35 addPATROL arguments (part 2 of 2)

Argument Description
-r RsmName name of an existing RSM or RSM cluster to monitor the
elements

Enclose multiple-word RSM names in quotation marks.

-g ObjectGroup name of the existing object group to which the elements will
belong (if not specified in the file)

Enclose multiple-word object group names in quotation

marks.

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass myPassword -c addPATROL
-f myElements.txt -g myGroup -r myRsm -email "me@acme.com,you@acme.com"

Return message
After execution of the command, the bpmcli returns the following message:

PATROL add element process started

If an error occurs when attempting to start the add process, an error or warning
message is displayed.

When the add process is finished, a summary report is emailed to each recipient
identified in the -email argument. If problems were encountered with a particular
element, the email report contains an error description for each affected element.

deleteElements: deleting a single element

When deleting a single element, you must provide the element name for the element.
You cannot delete an element by specifying its host name or IP address.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c deleteElements -e ElementName

262 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 deleteElements: deleting multiple elements

Argument
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the argument in Table 35 on page 261 with the deleteElements command.

Table 36 deleteElements argument for deleting a single element

Argument Description
-e ElementName element to delete

Enclose multiple-word element names in quotation marks.

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c deleteElements -e MyElement

Return messages
After execution of the command, one of the following messages is displayed,
depending on whether the addition was successful:

■ SUCCESS, msg [deleted element], user [UserName], element

[ElementName]

■ FAILURE, msg [ReasonForFailure], user [UserName], element

[ElementName]

deleteElements: deleting multiple elements

To delete multiple elements, you must provide a CSV file that contains the element
name for each element to delete. The CSV file cannot contain host names or IP
addresses.

Figure 39 Sample CSV file for deleting elements with bpmcli

"My Computer"
Acme1
computer3.acme.com

The bpmcli supports the following end-of-line terminators: \r, \n, \n\r.

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 263

refreshDatafeedMetadata

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c deleteElements -f FileName

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the argument in Table 37 with the deleteElements command.

Table 37 deleteElements argument for deleting multiple elements

Argument Description
-f FileName file that contains names of element to delete

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c deleteElements -f Elements.txt

Return messages
After execution of the command, the bpmcli returns one of the following messages
for each element in the CSV file, depending on whether the deletion was successful:

■ SUCCESS, msg [deleted element], user [UserName], element

[ElementName]

■ FAILURE, msg [ReasonForFailure], user [UserName], element

[ElementName]

refreshDatafeedMetadata
This command initiates the process that updates the Continuous Data Export (CDE)
metadata tables with new element and parameter data. The metadata tables include
the account name, element names, application classes, and parameters that
correspond to the data exported by the Continuous Data Export utility, described on
page 190. Run this command as often as necessary to keep the metadata tables current
with the Portal.

TIP
To ensure that you capture all changes, run a nightly script that executes this command.

264 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 refreshDatafeedMetadata

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login adminName -pass
adminPassword
-c refreshDatafeedMetadata

To execute the refreshDatafeedMetadata command, you must provide credentials for a

Portal administrator.

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the argument in Table 38 with the refreshDatafeedMetadata command.

Table 38 deleteElements argument for deleting multiple elements

Argument Description
-abort stops the active refresh operation
-status returns information about the progress of the current refresh
operation

Sample commands
■ bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login superadmin -pass superadmin
-c refreshDatafeedMetadata

■ bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login superadmin -pass superadmin -

c refreshDatafeedMetadata -abort

■ bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login superadmin -pass superadmin

-c refreshDatafeedMetadata -status

Return messages
After execution of the command, the bpmcli returns the following message:

Request submitted. Run "-c refreshDatafeedMetadata -status" to get

updates on the progress.

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 265

refreshPATROL

After execution of the command with a -abort argument, the bpmcli returns the
following message:

====================================================================
Datafeed Target: DB: jdbc:oracle:thin:@south-a2f.bmc.com:1521:BMCPDS
USER: DATAFEED_USER TABLE: DATAFEED_USER.PARAMETER_DETAIL
====================================================================
Status: Aborted
Process start: 4/12/07 5:28:33 PM CDT
Process end: 4/12/07 5:28:33 PM CDT
Number of accounts processed: created: 0 updated: 2
Number of elements processed: created: 0 updated: 4
Number of applications processed: created: 0 updated: 12
Number of parameters processed: created: 0 updated: 35
====================================================================

After execution of the command with a -status argument, the bpmcli returns the
following message:

====================================================================
Datafeed Target: DB: jdbc:oracle:thin:@south-a2f.bmc.com:1521:BMCPDS
USER: DATAFEED_USER TABLE: DATAFEED_USER.PARAMETER_DETAIL
====================================================================
Status: Completed
Process start: 4/12/07 5:28:33 PM CDT
Process end: 4/12/07 5:28:33 PM CDT
Number of accounts processed: created: 0 updated: 2
Number of elements processed: created: 0 updated: 4
Number of applications processed: created: 0 updated: 12
Number of parameters processed: created: 0 updated: 35
====================================================================

Depending on the status of the utility, the return message could contain one of the
following status values:

■ Completed
■ In progress
■ Failed

refreshPATROL
The refreshPATROL command initiates the process that synchronizes application
classes and threshold values between PATROL integration Performance Managers
and their corresponding PATROL Agents.

Successful completion of this command means that the refresh operation was started
on the Portal. Successful completion does not imply that the synchronization
operation was completed successfully.

266 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 refreshPATROL

When issuing the refreshPATROL command, you can specify a text file that contains
a list of the element names to process. If you do not specify a file, the command
attempts to synchronize every element to which a PATROL integration Performance
Manager has been assigned. If you specify an email address, you can also request a
Summary report, which contains the detailed status about the threshold
synchronization.

The following rules apply to data synchronization:

■ You cannot run this command if the Portal is in the process of a synchronization
process that was initiated from the UI (Refresh PATROL Integration).

■ During synchronization that was initiated from the refreshPATROL command,

you cannot use the UI to initiate another synchronization process.

■ If two users initiate concurrent refreshPATROL processes, both processes will run.

By default, the Portal refreshes the thresholds for all parameters that it discovers for
the specified elements. You can provide a list of parameters to exclude from the
refresh process by updating the padm.properties file. See the
padm.migrate.threshold.update.exclude.list property on page 342 for more
information.

The following rules apply to the file:

■ The file must contain the host name or IP address of each element.

■ If the file does not contain the element name, the bpmcli uses the host name or IP
address for the element name.

■ The bpmcli supports the following end-of-line terminators: \r, \n, and \n\r.

The following circumstances can cause an error:

■ insufficient rights: The specified user does not have full-access rights to element
properties.

■ multiple synchronization processes: This error occurs only if you disable multiple
synchronization operations. By default, you can run multiple synchronization
operations at a time (addPATROL or refreshPATROL). To configure the Portal to
enable only one synchronization operation at a time, see “padm.migrate.locking”
on page 341.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c refreshPATROL -email "EmailAddresses" -f ElementFileName

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 267

refreshPATROL

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the arguments in Table 39 with the refreshPATROL command.

Table 39 refreshPATROL arguments

Argument Description
-email ListOfEmailAddresses (optional) comma-separated list of email addresses, enclosed
in quotation marks

If you include this argument, each user in the list receives an

email message, formatted in HTML, that contains the
Summary report that the Portal displays following threshold
synchronization.
-f FileName (optional) UTF-8 file that contains a list of the element names
to synchronize, one element per line

Use this option to limit the elements synchronized to those

listed in the file. Otherwise, the command synchronizes all
elements on which PATROL integration Performance
Managers are collecting parameter values.

For any invalid element names, an error is included in the

Summary report.

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c refreshPATROL -email
"myemail@acme.com,youremail.acme.com" -f elements.txt

Return message
After execution of the command, the bpmcli returns the following message:

PATROL threshold refresh started

If an error occurs when the command attempts to start the refresh process, an error or
warning message is displayed.

When the synchronization process is finished, a summary report is emailed to each

recipient identified in the -email argument. If problems were encountered with a
particular element, the email report contains an error description for each affected
element.

268 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 savePassword

savePassword
The savePassword command saves the user password in an encrypted file
(bpmcli.pw) on the client computer, in the directory where you placed the bpmcli.jar
file. The bpmcli.pw file can store a single password for different users, and subsequent
use of the savePassword command for the same user overwrites the existing saved
password.

After using this command to save the bpmcli.pw file, you can omit the -pass password
argument when you use the corresponding user name to execute other bpmcli
commands. The savePassword command has no additional arguments.

Observe the following rules for using the bpmcli.pw file:

■ You can use a saved bpmcli.pw file on the computer on which it was created.
■ You can move the bpmcli.pw file to a different directory on the same computer.
■ If you copy the bpmcli.pw file to another computer, you cannot use the passwords
that you saved from the original computer.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c savePassword

Arguments
This command uses only the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253.

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c savePassword

Return messages
After execution of the command, the bpmcli returns one of the following messages,
depending on whether the command was successful:

■ saved password for userName

■ ERROR: failed to save password for userName
command: -c savePassword -login UserName -pass password

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 269

Data-extraction commands

Data-extraction commands
The commands in this section enable you to retrieve data from the database. Many of
these commands depend on the return values of another command for their
arguments.

EXAMPLE
To retrieve parameter history values, you must first execute the getElements,
getApplicationsForElement, and getSubApplications commands to retrieve the GUIDs
necessary to run the subsequent commands, as illustrated in Figure 40. The first line in each
group is the command; the second line contains the returned values, and the arrows show
where the returned value is used in the subsequent command.

Figure 40 Using data-extraction commands to retrieve input arguments for subsequent commands

Users that are members of the Full Access or Read Only user group can access the
data-extraction commands. Users who are members of only user-defined user groups
cannot run the bpmcli commands.

270 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Data-extraction commands

EXAMPLE
To retrieve the value for the CPU Usage parameter, issue commands similar to the following
scenario:

1. Type the following command to retrieve the GUID for the elements on the Portal:

bpmcli -login user -pass user -portal myportal.acme.com -c getElements

The following result is returned:

"mickey","x0et6qwx2u612","mickey.acme.com","Solaris","null","null"

2. Using a GUID that was returned from the previous command, type the following
command to retrieve the GUIDs for the top-level applications on the element:

bpmcli -login user -pass user -portal myportal.acme.com -c getApplicationsForElement

-guid x0et6qwx2u612

The following result is returned:

"dr2al_solaris_cmdshell_base","1aaaaZZZZml4","null","1aaaaZZZZml4","null"

3. Using a GUID that was returned from the previous command, type the following
command to retrieve the GUIDs for the child applications in the application class:

bpmcli -login user -pass user -portal myportal.acme.com

-c getSubApplications -guid 1aaaaZZZZml4

The following result is returned:

"1aa9wr8228bq","Processors","1aa9wr8228ax","1aa9wr8228ax","null"
"1aa9wr8228b0","CPU","1aa9wr8228ax","1aa9wr8228ax","null"
"1aa9wr8228c2","Data Storage","1aa9wr8228ax","1aa9wr8228ax","null"
"1aa9wr8228bi","Memory","1aa9wr8228ax","1aa9wr8228ax","null"
"1aa9wr8228c1","Paging","1aa9wr8228ax","1aa9wr8228ax","null"
"1aa9wr8228cv","Swap","1aa9wr8228ax","1aa9wr8228ax","null"
"1aa9wr8228bn","Network","1aa9wr8228ax","1aa9wr8228ax","null"
"1aa9wr8228dc","System Performance","1aa9wr8228ax","1aa9wr8228ax","null"

4. Using a GUID that was returned from the previous command, type the following
command to retrieve the parameters for the application class:

bpmcli -login user -pass user -portal myportal.acme.com -c getParameters -guid

1aa9wr8228b0

The following result is returned:

"1aaaaZZZZml41Og8On640f49wr8228ay","CPU usage",
"1aaaaZZZZml41Og8On640f49wr8228b0","0.0","OK"

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 271

exportParameterHistory

In addition to the syntax for each bpmcli command, Table 40 lists the data-extraction
commands and the order in which they must be executed. Some of the commands
have no dependencies on other commands and no other commands have any
dependencies on them for extracting data from the database.

Table 40 Data-extraction bpmcli commands

Order of
Command Execution Syntax Page
exportParameterHistory NA bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login 272
UserName
-pass UserPassword -c exportParameterHistory -startDate
"yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss"
getApplicationsForElement 2 bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login 276
UserName
-pass UserPassword -c getApplicationsForElement -guid
ElementGuid
getElements 1 bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login 277
UserName
-pass UserPassword -c getElements
getParameterHistory 5 bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber 278
-login adminName -pass adminPassword
-c getParameterHistory -guid ParameterGuids -minutes
MinutesOfHistory -summarize
getParameters 4 bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login 281
UserName
-pass UserPassword -c getParameters -guid
ApplicationClassGuid
getPortalVersion NA bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login 282
UserName
-pass UserPassword -c getPortalVersion
getSubApplications 3 bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login 283
UserName
-pass UserPassword -c getSubapplications -guid
ApplicationClassGuid

exportParameterHistory
This data extraction command runs the Historical Data Export utility, which
complements the Continuous Data Export utility (CDE, which is described on
page 190). The Continuous Data Export utility continuously writes specified raw
parameter values to an external database. For each parameter in the external
database, the exportParameterHistory command exports historical summarized data
to the same external database.

272 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 exportParameterHistory

NOTE
You can also configure the Historical Data Export utility to run in the absence of a CDE
database instance. To configure the exportParameterHistory and refreshDatafeedMetadata
commands to run without a CDE database instance, see “Alternate configuration settings for
Historical Data Export commands” on page 275.

EXAMPLE
You might run the exportParameterHistory command in the following scenarios:

■ On February 1, you begin using the Portal to monitor your infrastructure. On June 1, you
configure the Portal to continuously export raw data values to an external database. To
populate the external database with the historical data values between February 1 and
June 1, you run the exportParameterHistory command.

■ On February 1, you begin using the Portal to monitor your infrastructure. You also
configure the Portal to continuously export raw data values for selected parameters to an
external database. On June 1, you modify the Continuous Data Export utility to export
additional parameters to the external database. To capture parameter data values for the
newly specified parameters, you run the exportParameterHistory command.

You cannot use the exportParameterHistory command to fill in data gaps. The
exportParameterHistory command looks for the oldest data point in the external
database and compares it with the start date. The utility adds summarized data
values to the external database until it finds parameter data. If the Historical Data
Export finds data at the start date, it will end. As illustrated in Figure 41, if you
specify January 1 as the start date and the utility finds data values for January 10, the
utility adds summarized values for January 1 to January 10, and then ends.

Figure 41 How the Historical Data Export utility uses the startData argument
June
January 1

The utility does not add data for these gaps.

If you specify January 1 to fill in the data gaps, the utility will stop when it finds data.
Period with data

Period without data

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c exportParameterHistory -startDate "yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss"

To execute the exportParameterHistory command, you must provide credentials for a

Portal administrator.

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 273

exportParameterHistory

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the arguments in Table 41 with the exportParameterHistory command.

Table 41 exportParameterHistory arguments

Arguments Description
-startDate dataStartDate start date on which to synchronize historical data for all
parameters in the external database

Use the following format to specify the date and enclose the
date in quotation marks:

"yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss"

The argument uses the time zone of the Portal administrator

who is executing the command.
-abort stops the active export operation
-status returns information about the progress of the current export
operation

Sample commands
■ The following command exports historical data, beginning at February 1, 2007:

bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login superadmin -pass superadmin

-c exportParameterHistory -startDate "2007/02/01 00:00:00"

■ The following command aborts the current export operation:

bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login superadmin -pass superadmin

-c exportParameterHistory -abort

■ The following command returns information about the current data export
operation:

bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login superadmin -pass superadmin

-c exportParameterHistory -status

Return messages
If you did not configure the datafeed.properties file, the following message is returned:

No external datasource configuration files found!

274 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 exportParameterHistory

After execution of the command with a -status argument, the bpmcli returns a
message similar to the following example:

===============================================================
Status: In progress
Process start: 2/20/07 5:02:12 PM CST
Process end: 2/20/07 5:02:27 PM CST
Number of parameters processed: 1 of 3
Number of data points processed: 0 of 43
===============================================================

Depending on the status of the utility, the return message could contain one of the
following status values:

■ Aborted
■ Completed
■ In progress
■ Failed

Alternate configuration settings for Historical Data Export

commands
The exportParameterHistory and refreshDatafeedMetadata commands update the
CDE database instance with historical parameter data. These commands process the
parameters that are defined by the ParameterDefinitionName property. For more
information about this property, see “To configure a target database” on page 197.

Use the following procedure to configure the utility scripts to run these commands to
run in the absence of a CDE database instance.

To configure the utility scripts to run Historical Data Export commands without
a CDE database instance

1 In your JDBC target property file, comment out the

DB.TABLE.NAME=PARAMETER_DETAIL property, as shown in the following
example:

# Table used for Continuous Data Extract

#DB.TABLE.NAME=PARAMETER_DETAIL

2 Ensure that the SUMMARYTABLE property is configured with default values, as

shown in the following example:

# Table used for Historical Data Extract

DB.SUMMARYTABLE.NAME=PARAMETER_SUMMARY

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 275

getApplicationsForElement

3 If you changed the values for the thread and connection pool sizes, change them to
the following default values:

■ portal.datafeed.threadpool.size=10
■ DB.BATCHSIZE=1000

4 Restart the Portal application server.

getApplicationsForElement
This data extraction command returns the application classes and corresponding
GUIDs for each top-level application class on an element. The command does not
return the entire hierarchy for the application classes.

NOTE
Do not use the -q (quiet) argument when executing a data extraction command; otherwise, the
command returns nothing.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName
-pass UserPassword -c getApplicationsForElement -guid ElementGuid

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the argument in Table 42 with the getApplicationsForElement command.

Table 42 getApplicationsForElement argument

Argument Description
-guid guid GUID for the infrastructure element

Sample command
bpmcli-portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c getApplicationsForElement
-guid E4smxqZZZE0FxkA8o2z60erunkhzz0wy

276 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 getElements

Return messages
After successful execution of the command, the bpmcli returns the following message
for each top-level application class on the element:

"InternalApplicationClassName","ApplicationClassGuid",
"ParentApplicationClassGuid","RootApplicationClassGuid",
"ReconciliationId"

■ The value RootApplicationClassGuid will equal that of ApplicationClassGuid.

■ Because this command returns the top-level application class, the value for
ParentApplicationClassGuid will be null.

■ Ping, Microsoft SQL Server, and Unix Process–Using Command Shell are
examples of InternalApplicationClassName.

If an error occurs, one of the following messages is returned:

========================================================
ERROR:
Element: 'Guid' does not exist or does not belong to this account.
==============================================================

========================================================
ERROR:
BMC-MOP10001E:Authentication failed for user <user name>.
==============================================================

getElements
This data extraction command returns the names for all elements in the account of the
user executing the command.

You can limit the results of the command by using standard operating system
commands to filter the results. For example, in Figure 40 on page 270, grep is piped
through the getElement command to limit the results to a specific element.

NOTE
Do not use the -q (quiet) argument when executing a data extraction command; otherwise, the
command returns nothing.

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 277

getParameterHistory

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass UserPassword
-c getElements

Arguments
This command uses only the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253.

Sample command
bpmcli -c getElements -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user

Return messages
After successful execution of the command, the bpmcli returns the following message
for each element in the account:

"ElementName","ElementGuid","ElementHostName",
"ElementOperatingSystem","ElementProfileName","ReconciliationId"

If an error occurs, the following message is returned:

===================================================================
ERROR:
BMC-MOP10001E:Authentication failed for user <user name>.
===================================================================

getParameterHistory
This data extraction command returns parameter history for the specified parameters.

■ If you specify the -summarize argument, the command returns available

summarized data values for the specified number of minutes.

— Raw data is summarized at 30-minute intervals on the hour and half hour.
Should you request summarized data at 11:42 A.M., the return message contains
data points for the summarized points and a point that summarizes the last 12
minutes of raw data.

— If you want to compare the summarized return data with the parameter history
table, specify at least 24 hours in the parameter history table.

278 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 getParameterHistory

■ If you do not specify the -summarize argument, the command returns raw data
values for the specified number of minutes.

NOTE
Do not use the -q (quiet) argument when executing a data extraction command; otherwise, the
command returns nothing.

If the value specified in the -minutes argument spans more data than the amount
actually stored in the Portal database for the parameter, the command returns all the
available data and does not return an error message. This condition can occur for new
parameters or when you request data for a period that exceeds the retention period.
Depending on when you run this command, the amount of summarized data
returned by the command might be less than you expected.

See “Retention policies” on page 145 and “Data summarization” on page 144 for
more information about how the Portal summarizes and retains data.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass
UserPassword
-c getParameterHistory -guid ParameterGuids -minutes MinutesOfHistory -summarize

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the arguments in Table 43 with the getParameterHistory command.

Table 43 getParameterHistory arguments

Argument Description
-minutes MinutesOfHistory number of minutes of parameter history data to return
-guid ParameterGuids list of parameter GUIDs

To specify more than one parameter, separate the GUIDs

with commas and enclose the entire argument in "".
-summarize returns summarized data

If you do not specify this argument, the command returns

raw data values.

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 279

getParameterHistory

Sample commands
The following command retrieves summarized parameter history for the previous 48
hours for three parameters:

bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c getParameterHistory -guid

"D5c4o05ZZKa89m12sin50esmep9qr0pn, D5c4o05ZZKa89m12sin50esmep9qr0pp,
D5c4o05ZZKa89m12sin50esmep9qr0pl" -minutes 2880 -summarize

The following command retrieves raw parameter history data for the previous 48
hours for three parameters:

bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c getParameterHistory -guid

"E4smxqZZZE0FxkA8o2z60erunkhzz0wy, E4smxqZZZE0FxkA8o2z60erimlhzz0yd,
E4smxqZZZE0FxkA8o2z60erybjhzz0zz" -minutes 2880

Return messages
Commands that specify the -summarize argument return fewer data points than
commands that do not specify the -summarize argument. If you specify a GUID that
does not have any history data, the bpmcli does not provide a return message for the
corresponding parameter.

After successful execution of the command, the bpmcli returns the following message
for each parameter:

"ParameterGuid","NumberOfDataPoints","TimestampForDataPoint1","ValueF
orDataPoint1","TimestampForDataPoint2","ValueForDataPoint2",…

The TimestampForDataPoint2 is the UNIX Epoch (the number of milliseconds

since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 GMT) for the value that was measured by the RSM or
summarized by the Portal.

EXAMPLE
"D5c4o05ZZKa89m12sin50esmep9qr0pp","6","1159405200000","1.0","1159408800000"
,"1.0","1159412400000", \

"1.0","1159416000000","1.0","1159419600000","1.0","1159452000000","1.0"

"D5c4o05ZZKa89m12sin50esmep9qr0pn","6","1159405200000","0.0","1159408800000"
,"0.0","1159412400000", \

"0.0","1159416000000","0.0","1159419600000","0.0","1159452000000","0.0"

"D5c4o05ZZKa89m12sin50esmep9qr0pl","6","1159405200000","1.0","1159408800000"
,"1.0","1159412400000", \

"1.0","1159416000000","1.0","1159419600000","1.0","1159452000000","1.0"

280 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 getParameters

When the command specifies an invalid GUID, an error message is returned for the
parameter:

"InvalidGuid","0","Unknown parameter

getParameters
This data extraction command returns the parameters for the specified application
class or subapplication class.

NOTE
Do not use the -q (quiet) argument when executing a data extraction command; otherwise, the
command returns nothing.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass
UserPassword
-c getParameters -guid ApplicationClassGuid

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the argument in Table 44 with the getParameters command.

Table 44 getParameters argument

Argument Description
-guid guid GUID for the application or subapplication class

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -c getParameters -login user -pass user
-guid C4smw5cZZB1naz8D 6nC80er5bzbij05z

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 281

getPortalVersion

Return messages
After successful execution of the command, the bpmcli returns the following message
for each parameter in the specified application class:

"ParameterGuid","ParameterDisplayName","ParentAppGuid",
"ParameterValue","ParameterStatus"

Table 45 shows the returned value for the ParameterStatus and its corresponding
status.

Table 45 Parameter status values

Returned value Status
websdk.status.ok OK
websdk.status.off Monitoring Off
websdk.status.blackout Blackout
websdk.status.unknown Unknown
websdk.status.warning Warning
websdk.status.critical Critical (alarm)

If an error occurs, the following message is returned:

====================================================================
ERROR:
Application: 'Guid' does not exist or does not belong to this account.
====================================================================

getPortalVersion
The getPortalVersion command returns the version number of the BMC Performance
Manager Portal module on the specified BMC Portal.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass
UserPassword
-c getPortalVersion

282 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 getSubApplications

Arguments
This command uses only the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253.

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -login user -pass user -c getPortalVersion

getSubApplications
This data extraction command returns the child classes (subapplications) in the
specified application class or subapplication.

Syntax
bpmcli -portal PortalWebServerName -p PortNumber -login UserName -pass
UserPassword
-c getSubApplications -guid ApplicationClassGuid

Arguments
In addition to the basic bpmcli arguments shown in Table 30 on page 253, you can use
the arguments in Table 46 with the getSubApplications command.

Table 46 getSubApplications argument

Argument Description
-guid guid GUID for the application or subapplication class

Sample command
bpmcli -portal myportal.acme.com -c getSubApplications -login user -pass user -guid
C4smw5cZZB1naz8D 6nC80er5bzbij05z

Return messages
After successful execution of the command, the bpmcli returns the following message
for each subapplication in the specified application class or subapplication:

"SubApplicationGuid","SubApplicationDisplayName",
"ParentApplicationClassGuid","RootApplicationClassGuid",
"ReconciliationId"

Chapter 8 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface 283

getSubApplications

NOTE
If the parent application class on the element has not been reconciled in the BMC Atrium
CMDB at the time that the command is executed, the value for ReconciliationId is null.

If an error occurs, the following message is returned:

====================================================================
ERROR:
Application: 'Guid' does not exist or does not belong to this account.
====================================================================

284 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Chapter

9
BMC Performance Manager Portal
9

command-line interface for BMC

Datastore
The BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface for BMC Datastore
enables Portal users and administrators to execute database queries by using the
BMC DatastoreCLI, on the Windows and Solaris operating systems.

This chapter presents the following topics:

Configuring the BMC DatastoreCLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Disabling alarms and warnings for an application class or parameter globally . . . 287
Finding application class occurrences displaying the ACS error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Exporting the configuration information from BMC Portal on to an HTML file . . . 292

Configuring the BMC DatastoreCLI

You can execute database queries by using the BMC DatastoreCLI, on the Windows
and Solaris operating systems.

Before you begin

You must ensure that BMC DatastoreCLI has been configured and tested correctly
before executing the commands.

If you are using version 2.7.10 of BMC Datastore, see the BMC Datastore Installation
Guide.

If you are using your own Oracle license, see the BMC Portal Installation Guide.

Chapter 9 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface for BMC Datastore 285
Configuring the BMC DatastoreCLI

NOTE
■ If you have your own Oracle license, use the ORACLE_BASE environment variable
instead of the DATASTORE_HOME environment variable, wherever applicable.

■ In this section, the following abbreviations and variables are used:

■ BMCPDS stands for the BMC Performance Manager Portal database server instance.

■ BMCCDE stands for the BMC Continuous Data Export database server instance.

■ portalDBUserName stands for the BMC Performance Manager Portal database user
name.

■ portalDBPassword stands for the BMC Performance Manager Portal database user
password.

■ CDEDBUserName stands for the Continuous Data Export database user.

■ CDEDBPassword stands for the Continuous Data Export database user password.

To execute the commands

1 Navigate to the BMC Datastore computer where BMCPDS is installed.

2 At the command prompt, navigate to

%DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility and use the following
syntax to execute the commands:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS.bat portalDBUserName portalDBPassword Command

NOTE
■ The commands entered in the procedure are valid on Windows. On Solaris, enter the
following:

■ $DATASTORE_HOME instead of %DATASTORE_HOME%

■ ./DatastoreCliBMCPDS.sh instead of DatastoreCliBMCPDS.bat.

■ To execute the .sh scripts, you should have the execute permission on the scripts.

■ Any operating system user can execute these commands if they have the write
permission on the utility folder.

■ While running the DatastoreCLI commands by using the sysdba option, ensure that as
an operating system user, you are a member of the ora_dba group (Windows) and the
dba group (Solaris).

286 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Disabling alarms and warnings for an application class or parameter globally

EXAMPLE
DatastoreCliBMCPDS.bat cde cde progress 24

3 Navigate to the BMC Datastore computer where BMCCDE is installed.

4 At the command prompt, navigate to

%DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility and execute the following
command:

DatastoreCliBMCCDE.bat cdeDBUserName cdeDBPassword Command

EXAMPLE
DatastoreCliBMCCDE.bat cde cde progress 24

NOTE
■ The commands entered in the procedure are valid on Windows. On Solaris, enter
./DatastoreCliBMCCDE.sh instead of DatastoreCliBMCCDE.bat.

■ To execute the .sh scripts, you should have the execute permission on the scripts.

Disabling alarms and warnings for an

application class or parameter globally
Using the Portal, you can disable the alarm or warning for an application class or a
parameter globally. This functionality enables you to:

■ disable the alarm threshold for a parameter

■ disable the warning threshold for a parameter
■ set the value of the Alert After N Times attribute to a user-specified value for the
parameter passed as the argument

You can assign a value ranging from 1 to 999 to this attribute.

To disable the alarms and warnings for an application class or parameter

globally
NOTE
The DatastoreCliBMCPDS command is valid on Windows. On Solaris, enter
./DatastoreCliBMCPDS.sh instead.

Chapter 9 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface for BMC Datastore 287
Disabling alarms and warnings for an application class or parameter globally

1 Log on to the BMC Performance Manager Portal database server (BMCPDS).

2 Go to the Datastore\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility directory.

3 To get the current value for the Alert After N Times attribute for a parameter, and
to check whether warning or alarm is enabled for the parameter, enter the
following command:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBpassword checkAlertFlag

applicationClassPattern parameterNamePattern elementNamePattern accountPattern

EXAMPLE
The following command searches the application instances that contain the string C:, the
parameters that contain the string Space, the elements that contain the string Windows, and
the account named My Account:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe checkAlertFlag "%C:%" "%Space%" "%Windows%" "My

Account"

NOTE
■ Confirm the output of the checkAlertFlag command in the checkAlertFlag.html file to
check the current value of the Alert After N Times attribute for a parameter, and to see
whether warning or alarm is enabled for the parameter. This file is generated in the
utility directory.

■ Use the pattern provided in the checkAlertFlag command for the disableAlarmFlag,
disableWarningFlag, and setAlarmAfterNTimes commands.

4 To disable the alarm threshold for a parameter, enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBPassword disableAlarmFlag

applicationClassPattern parameterNamePattern elementNamePattern accountPattern

EXAMPLE
The following command disables the alarm threshold for the Available Space parameter,
for all application instances, for all the elements that contain the string Solaris, and for all
accounts:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe disableAlarmFlag "%%" "Available Space" "%Solaris%"

"%%"

5 To disable the warning threshold for a parameter, enter the following command:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBPassword disableWarningFlag

applicationClassPattern parameterNamePattern elementNamePattern accountPattern

288 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Finding application class occurrences displaying the ACS error

EXAMPLE
The following command disables the warning threshold for the application instances that
contain the string C:, the parameters that contain the string Space, the elements that contain
the string Windows, and the My Account account:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe disableWarningFlag "%C:%" "%Space%" "%Windows%"

"My Account"

6 To set the value of the Alert After N Times attribute for a parameter, enter the
following command:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS portalDBUserName portalDBPassword setAlarmAfterNTimes

applicationClassPattern parameterNamePattern elementNamePattern accountPattern
attributeValue

EXAMPLE
The following command sets the value of the Alert After N Times attribute to 999 for the
application instances that exactly match the string C:, the Available Space parameter, and
all the elements in the Super account:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe setAlarmAfterNTimes "C:" "Available Space" "%%"

"Super" 999

7 Restart the BMC Performance Manager Portal application server.

NOTE
To search or set the alarm or warning threshold for the Application Collection Status
parameter, use the root_application_collection_status as the parameterNamePattern.

Finding application class occurrences

displaying the ACS error
Using the BMC Datastore CLI, you can search and find the application classes and
errors thrown by the application classses that display in the Application Collection
Status (ACS) parameter.

To find occurrences of the ACS error

1 Log on to the BMC Performance Manager Portal database server (BMCPDS).

2 Go to the %DATASTORE_HOME%\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility directory.

Chapter 9 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface for BMC Datastore 289
Finding application class occurrences displaying the ACS error

3 Enter the following command by using the BMC Datastore CLI:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe find_acs_errors "%internalApplicationNamePattern%"

"%ACSErrorTextPattern%"

NOTE
The commands entered in the following procedure are valid on Windows. On Solaris, enter
./DatastoreCliBMCPDS.sh instead of DatastoreCliBMCPDS.

4 This command generates an find_acs_errors.html file in the BPM_Datastore_Utility

directory, which contains the output of the ACS error for the specifed application
class.

290 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Finding application class occurrences displaying the ACS error

EXAMPLE
In the following command,

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe find_acs_errors "%internalApplicationNamePattern%"

"%ACSErrorTextPattern%"

■ If you enter windows in internalApplicationNamePattern and credentials in

ACSErrorTextPattern, as shown below:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe find_acs_errors "%windows%" "%credentials%"

The find_acs_errors.html file output lists all the occurrences of the windows
application class displaying the credentials ACS error.

■ If you enter the solaris in internalApplicationNamePattern and leave the

ACSErrorTextPattern blank, as shown below:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe find_acs_errors "%solaris%" "%%"

The find_acs_errors.html file output lists all the occurrences of the solaris application
class displaying all of the different ACS errors for that application class.

This format enables you to find out the number of occurrences of an application class
displaying the ACS errors. It also enables you to find out different ACS error messages
for the same application class.

■ If you leave internalApplicationNamePattern blank and enter unknown in

ACSErrorTextPattern blank, as shown below:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe find_acs_errors "%%" "%unknown%"

The find_acs_errors.html file output lists all occurrences of all the application classes
that display the unknown ACS error.

■ If you leave internalApplicationNamePattern and ACSErrorTextPattern blank, as shown

below:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe find_acs_errors "%%" "%%"

The find_acs_errors.html file output lists all occurrences of all the application classes
that display all types of ACS errors.

Chapter 9 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface for BMC Datastore 291
Exporting the configuration information from BMC Portal on to an HTML file

Exporting the configuration information from

BMC Portal on to an HTML file
You can export a list of elements and element configuration details by executing the
export_configuration_info command by using the BMC Datastore CLI.

This is useful for documentation and for audit purposes and generates an HTML file
containing the details about the elements in BMC Portal and their corresponding
details.

To export the configuration details

1 Log on to the BMC Performance Manager Portal database server (BMCPDS).

2 Go to the Datastore\utility\BPM_Datastore_Utility directory.

3 Enter the following command by using the BMC Datastore CLI:

DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe export_configuration_info "%nameOfTheObjectgroup%"

"%nameOfTheAccount%"

NOTE
The commands entered in the following procedure are valid on Windows. On Solaris, enter
./DatastoreCliBMCPDS.sh instead of DatastoreCliBMCPDS.

■ In the preceding command, you must enter the nameOfTheObjectgroup and

nameOfTheAccount arguments as filters:

■ nameOfTheObjectgroup – the object group name within your BMC Portal user
account

■ nameOfTheAccount - the end user account name in BMC Portal; this is a larger
export because it contains more information than the object group filtering
parameter.

NOTE
If you export all the data without using the group or account filters, the size of the export
file is large.

For example, a file containing 500,000 parameters could reach a size of 146 MB. Therefore,
for better readability, BMC recommends that you create a separate export file for each
group or account.

292 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Exporting the configuration information from BMC Portal on to an HTML file

■ Both arguments are case-sensitive. Because both these arguments are also
optional you can run the command without entering any arguments by passing
nameOfTheObjectgroup and nameOfTheAccount as empty arguments.

■ This command creates a list of the configuration information in an HTML

format which belongs to either the group or the account.

4 This generates the export_configuration_info.html file that contains lists describing

the following details:

■ Elements and thresholds that have inherited the element profile values and
elements that have not over-ridden the element profile values.

■ Elements and thresholds that have inherited element profile values and
elements that have over-ridden the element profile values.

■ Elements and thresholds that do not use element profile values

Each listing has a table containing the following columns:

■ ACCOUNT
■ PROFILENAME (If this exists)
■ GROUP_NAME
■ ELEMENT_NAME
■ APPLICATIONNAME
■ INSTANCENAME
■ PARAMETER_NAME
■ WARNINGMINVALUE
■ WARNINGENABLE
■ ALARMMINVALUE
■ ALARMENABLE
■ ALERTAFTERNTIMES
■ ALERTQUALIFIER
■ GROUPHIERARCHY (Complete hierarchy for the groups separated by '/')
■ APPCLASSHIERARCHY (Complete hierarchy for the instances separated
by '/')

Chapter 9 BMC Performance Manager Portal command-line interface for BMC Datastore 293
Exporting the configuration information from BMC Portal on to an HTML file

EXAMPLE
■ DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe export_configuration_info 'Group1' 'Account1'

This creates the export_configuration_info.html file containing details of

nameOfTheObjectgroup=Group1 in nameOfTheAccount=Account1.

■ DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe export_configuration_info '' 'Account1'

This creates the export_configuration_info.html file containing details of all groups in

nameOfTheAccount=Account1.

■ DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe export_configuration_info 'Group1' ''

This creates the export_configuration_info.html file containing details of

nameOfTheObjectgroup=Group1 in all accounts.

■ DatastoreCliBMCPDS pe pe export_configuration_info '' ''

This creates the export_configuration_info.html file containing details of all groups in

all accounts.

294 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Appendix

A
BMC Performance Manager Portal
A

troubleshooting and FAQs

This appendix describes how to diagnose and fix monitoring problems, presenting
the following topics:

Monitoring problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

RSM computers running Windows require permission changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
RSM upgrade fails on Windows 2003 SP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Unable to download RSM by using IE 7 or 8 on Windows 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Unable to close popup windows on IE Minor Versions IE 7.0 and above . . . . . . . . 299
When you use Management Profiles to integrate data, Console Server list is
empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Reinstalling the application server component of the Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Specifying RTservers for the BMC Performance Manager Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Changing the security for the BMC Performance Manager Portal . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Buffer Cache Hit Ratio and Oracle Dictionary Cache Hit Ratio parameters go into
alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Unable to download reports to csv or text file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
E-mail notification in Microsoft Outlook 2007 does not display the BMC logo and
icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Portal randomly logs out users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Cannot find errors when data discovery runs as a background process. . . . . . . . . . 304
PATROL integration error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Error message in BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Report does not contain expected data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Checking log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Frequently asked questions (FAQs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 295

Monitoring problems

Monitoring problems
Monitoring problems can occur because

■ configuration prerequisites on the monitored elements have not been met for a
particular application class

■ configuration prerequisites have not been met on the RSM for a particular
application class

■ the RSM cannot communicate with the Portal

■ the RSM has stopped monitoring its assigned elements

The Help provides information about the prerequisites for the target elements and
the RSM computers. Also, the Help provides troubleshooting assistance for all
collectors. For information about monitoring the health and availability of the Portal,
see Appendix B, “Monitoring the health of the Portal” on page 295.

The Portal Monitoring application or other JMX based collectors (that is, JBoss)
Solution, displays the following error message in the Application Collection Status
parameter:

patsdk-bpm-mon-solution.dr1we_prm.timeoutException:bpm-mon-
prod-wmi-process Problems connecting to host ciz-adam-
rsm2:9779: (JMX Paramlet)

RSM computers running Windows require

permission changes
If you installed the RSM program on a computer running Windows 2003 SP1 and that
RSM will use the PerfMon collector to monitor its elements, use regedit32 to add a
permission to those target computers, as described in the following procedures.

296 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 RSM upgrade fails on Windows 2003 SP1

To update the registry key on a target Windows 2000 computer

1 Highlight the following Perflib key, and from the main menu, choose
Security => Permissions:

\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows
NT\CurrentVersion\Perflib

2 Verify that the NETWORK service is present and has Read access.

By default, the permission applies to this key and all its subkeys.

The PerfMon collectors begin collecting data during the next collection cycle.

To update the registry key on a target Windows 2003 or Windows XP computer

1 Highlight the following Perflib key, right-click the key, and select Permissions:

\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows
NT\CurrentVersion\Perflib

2 Verify that NETWORK SERVICE is present and that it has Read access to this key.

By default, the permission applies to this key and all its subkeys.

The PerfMon collectors begin collecting data during the next collection cycle.

RSM upgrade fails on Windows 2003 SP1

If you installed the RSM program on Windows 2003 SP1 computers without
preparing them as described in “Data execution prevention (DEP) configuration for
the RSM” on page 76 and in the BMC Portal Installation Guide, the installation failed.
However, you can configure DEP and rerun the RSM installation program after the
Portal upgrade if you perform following procedure.

To add the Remote Service Monitor program to DEP

1 On the RSM computer, select Start => Settings => Control Panel.

2 On the Control Panel, select System.

3 On System Properties, click the Advanced tab, and under Performance, click
Settings.

4 On Settings, click Advanced.

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 297

Unable to download RSM by using IE 7 or 8 on Windows 2008

5 On the Data Execute Prevention tab, click Add, and select

C:\Windows\temp\rsminstall.exe, and click Open.

6 Click OK until you exit the Control Panel.

7 Restart the RSM computer.

After the computer restarts, the auto upgrade begins for the RSM program.

Unable to download RSM by using IE 7 or 8 on

Windows 2008
If you were running Windows 2008 and tried to download RSM by using Internet
Explorer (IE) 7 or 8, the download failed with the error, protectedmodeoff. Even if
you added the site as a trusted site and allowed it from the IE Options - Privacy
settings, the download failed displaying the same error.

To download RSM by using IE 7 or 8 on Windows 2008

1 In Internet Explorer (IE), select Tools => Internet Options.

2 Click Security, click Trusted sites, and then click Sites.

3 Clear Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone.

4 In Add this website to the zone where the current website is displayed
(https://hostname.com), click Add.

5 Click Close, and close IE.

6 Log on to BMC Portal by using the same user name and password that you were
using to add the RSM, and repeat the procedure for adding an RSM.

RSM is downloaded successfully.

298 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Unable to close popup windows on IE Minor Versions IE 7.0 and above

Unable to close popup windows on IE Minor

Versions IE 7.0 and above
You are not able to close popup windows on IE Minor Versions IE 7.0 and above.

To work around this problem

1 Open Internet Explorer.

2 Select Tools => Internet Options => Security tab.

3 Select Trusted Sites, and click Sites.

4 On the Trusted Sites dialog box, clear the Require server verification (https:) for all
sites in this zone check box.

5 In Add this website to the zone, enter about:blank, and click Add.

6 Click Close, and close the Internet Explorer window.

7 Re-open Internet Explorer and log in to BMC Portal.

8 Select the Status tab.

9 Select Element Click Expand All if More Sub Applications Exists.

10 Click Blue Dotted Icon. The Bubble Popup Window opens.

11 On the Bubble Popup Window, click Close.

You will now be able to close the Bubble Popup Window.

When you use Management Profiles to

integrate data, Console Server list is empty
If you are integrating PATROL data by specifying a Management Profile, the Portal
must be configured to access an RTserver. If you did not configure RTserver access
during installation, the Console Server list is empty. Use one of the following
methods to configure RTservers and PATROL security.

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 299

Reinstalling the application server component of the Portal

Reinstalling the application server component of the Portal

You can configure the RTserver for the Portal by reinstalling the application server
component of the Portal.

To reinstall the application server component of the Portal

1 Using the upgrade procedures described in the BMC Portal Installation Guide,
run the installation program on the Portal computer (or Portal application server),
and select the BMC Performance Manager Portal.

The installation program displays the values that it saved in the installation log
file.

2 When prompted for whether you want the Portal to discover PATROL Agents,
change the selection to Yes, and select Next.

3 Follow the remaining instructions, and provide the name of the RTserver and the
security level for the PATROL Agents.

4 Unless you need to make any other changes, click Next until you reach the end of
the installation program, and then click Finish to start upgrading the changes for
the RTserver.

Specifying RTservers for the BMC Performance Manager

Portal
If you want to discover PATROL Agents and parameter thresholds from a PATROL
Central environment but you did not specify an RTserver during Portal installation,
use one of the following procedures to configure an RTserver for the BMC
Performance Manager Portal.

To specify RTservers in Windows

1 Locate the system environment variables.

2 Add the RTSERVERS variable and set it to the locator string (for example,
tcp:MyHost:2059,tcp:YourHost:2059).

The Portal can access only one RTserver at a time, but the order in which you list
RTservers establishes a failover priority.

3 Restart the BMC Portal Windows service.

300 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Changing the security for the BMC Performance Manager Portal

To specify RTservers in Solaris

1 In the following directory, open run.sh:

InstallationDirectory/appserver/websdk/bin/

2 On any line after the first line in the file, add the following lines:

RTSERVERS=tcp:RtServer.domain.com:2059
export RTSERVERS

3 Save the file and restart the BMCPortalAppserver process.

Changing the security for the BMC Performance Manager

Portal
If you did not specify a security level during installation, the installation program
assigned security level 0 (the default level) to the BMC Portal (and BMC Performance
Manager Portal). If you want the Portal to discover agents of a different security level,
you must change the default security assigned for the Portal. In the BMC Portal
Getting Started guide, see the information about changing the security level after
installation.

Buffer Cache Hit Ratio and Oracle Dictionary

Cache Hit Ratio parameters go into alarm
When Oracle GATHER_STATS_JOB runs between 10 P.M. and 6 A.M., the Buffer
Cache Hit Ratio and Oracle Dictionary Cache Hit Ratio parameters go into an alarm
state.

To work around this problem, increase the SGA memory for the BMC Portal
Database instance (Default name: BMCPDS). If you do not have sufficient hardware
to increase the memory, ignore the alert notification for the Buffer Cache Hit Ratio
and Oracle Dictionary Cache Hit Ratio parameters when Oracle
GATHER_STATS_JOB runs between 10 P.M. and 6 A.M.

If you are using BMC Datastore, see the BMC Datastore Installation Guide for
information about the SGA memory.

If you are using your own Oracle license, you can take help of your Oracle DBA to
increase the SGA memory to the maximum possible value on your computer.

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 301

Unable to download reports to csv or text file

Unable to download reports to csv or text file

When you use Internet Explorer on English and non-English language environments,
and access the Reports tab of BMC Portal to export reports containing information
about newly added elements with application classes or history reports, you are not
able to download the reports to csv or text file to a location on your local computer.
The following error message is displayed:

Unable to open the site.

You can download and save the reports by configuring the security settings for your
browser.

To configure the security settings for your browser

1 Open Internet Explorer.

2 Navigate to Tools => Internet Options => Advanced.

3 In the Advaced tab, scroll to the Security section.

4 Clear the Do not save encrypted pages to disk check box.

5 Access the BMC Portal website to download and save reports from BMC Portal.

E-mail notification in Microsoft Outlook 2007

does not display the BMC logo and icons
If you are using Microsoft Outlook 2007 and you receive an e-mail notification, the
e-mail does not display the BMC logo and icons properly. This happens because you
have not installed the client certificate. You must install the client certificate on each
Portal that sends email notifications.

To install the client certificate

1 Navigate to Microsoft Outlook 2007.

2 Open the status change mail and save the mail in the .htm format.

3 On the Certificate dialog box, click View Certificate.

4 Click Install Certificate.

302 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Portal randomly logs out users

5 On the Certificate Import Wizard, click Next.

6 Ensure that the Automatically select the certificate store based on the type of certificate
(default) option is selected, and click Next.

7 Click Finish.

8 On the Security Warning message that appears, click Yes to confirm the security
warning.

The product displays the The import was successful message.

Portal randomly logs out users

If you are using BMC Portal and leave it idle for some time, and click any link, the
product redirects you to the login page.

To stop BMC Portal from logging you out randomly, you must modify the following
xml files; change the attribute session timeout to -1, to change the session timeout to
infinite.

1. %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all\deploy\we
bsdk.sar\portal.war\WEB-INF\web.xml

2. %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all\deploy\jbo
ssweb-tomcat55.sar\conf\web.xml

3. %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all\modules\d
rmop.sar\drmop.war\WEB-INF\web.xml

You must set the session-timeout value to the following:

<session-timeout>-1</session-timeout>

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 303

Cannot find errors when data discovery runs as a background process

Cannot find errors when data discovery runs

as a background process
When you are using the PATROL Integration option to discover PATROL Agents and
their thresholds, the Summary page lists any errors that occurred during discovery.
Because of the lengthy discovery process, you can access other tabs in the Portal while
the Portal continues discovering the data in a background process; however, when
you navigate to other pages in the Portal, you cannot access the Summary page to see
if the Portal encountered any errors, but you can access the portal.log file, located in
the following directory:

■ (Windows) %BMC_PORTAL_KIT%\appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all\log
■ (Solaris) $BMC_PORTAL_KIT/appserver/websdk/tools/jboss/server/all/log

PATROL integration error messages

You might encounter problems when using the PATROL Integration option to
discover PATROL Agents and their thresholds. Table 47 lists the error messages that
you might see on the user interface or in the log files and provides some instructions
for handling the error or problem.

Table 47 Error messages for PATROL integration

Message Action to take
Cannot connect to agent name, Verify that you provided the correct credentials
invalid user name or password, and that the agent ACL allows the specified user to
or denied by agent ACL connect with PEM authorization.
Cannot connect to agent name, Verify that you provided the correct credentials
check the hostname and port and that the agent ACL allows the specified user to
number is right and agent is connect with PEM authorization.
running. And the security
level of agent is the same as
RSM.
Cannot connect to agent name, Contact BMC Software Customer Support.
cannot encrypt password
Cannot connect to agent name, The Portal cannot find the specified host. Ensure
invalid host name that the host is listed in the hosts file or in DNS.
Ping the host and the PATROL Agent and port.
The rempadm process is down Verify that the padmr-mbean.par file is included in
the RSM deployment.
Timeout when trying to talk Using the JMX console, increase the timeout or
with remote padm reduce the workload on the PATROL Agent. If
these actions do not resolve the problem, contact
BMC Software Customer Support.

304 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 troubleshooting

BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00

troubleshooting
This section provides troubleshooting information for enterprise reporting.

Error message in BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1

When you try to view a report, you may receive the following error message:

Maximum processing time or maximum records limit reached.

This problem occurs when the Report Application Server (RAS) returns the default
maximum of 20,000 records.

Use the following procedures to increase the maximum number of records:

To configure the Report Application Server

1 Choose Start =>Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1=> BusinessObjects Enterprise =>

BusinessObjects Enterprise Central Management Console.

2 Log on to the Central Management Console as an Administrator.

3 Click Servers.

4 Right-click Report Application Server and select Properties.

5 Change the Number of database records to read when previewing or refreshing a report
(-1 for unlimited) option to -1 to set the number of database records to be read to
unlimited.

6 Change the Maximum Concurrent Report Jobs (0 for unlimited) option to 0 to set the
number of maximum concurrent report jobs to unlimited.

7 Click Save & Close.

8 Restart the Report Application Server.

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 305

Report does not contain expected data

Report does not contain expected data

If the report contains no data or does not contain data from the latest reporting
period, perform the following troubleshooting steps:

■ Confirm that BMC Performance Manager components listed in Table 21 on

page 185 are collecting data in the Portal.

■ Confirm that the report date and time that you selected are within the CDE
database retention period. For more information, see Chapter 7 of the BMC
Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide.

■ If the elements that you selected for the report were added to the Portal recently,
confirm that the RefreshDatafeedMetadata command is successfully executed. For
more information, see Chapter 7 of the BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring
and Management Guide.

■ Perform the procedure in “To refresh the list of values for Account/Elements
selection lists” on page 174.

■ Confirm that the Server Intelligence Agent (hostName) service is running

(Start => Programs => Administrative Tools => Services).

■ Use the Central Configuration Manager to confirm that other BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00 services are running (Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI
3.1=> BusinessObjects Enterprise => Central Configuration Manager).

■ Check the connectivity between BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 and the CDE
database, as described in “To confirm connectivity between BusinessObjects
Enterprise XI 3.1 and the CDE database.”

■ Check the DROCR_BPMAccountElements list of values, as described in “To check

the DROCR_BPMAccountElements list of values” on page 307.

To confirm connectivity between BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 and the

CDE database

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Business View Manager.

2 In the Log On to BusinessObjects Enterprise dialog box, enter or confirm the

following information:

306 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Report does not contain expected data

System host name of the Central Management Server (CMS), if it is not present
User Name user name that has the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 Administrator
privilege, if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 environment
was configured to use a different authentication method
a
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00, specify that password. Else, leave this field blank.

3 Click OK.

4 In the Welcome to Business View Manager window, click Cancel.

5 Expand the BMC_PM folder, and then double-click DROCR_BPMConnection.

6 Confirm that the following information is correct:

■ connection string, as described in step 9 on page 172

■ user name
■ password

NOTE
The password is not visible. You must re-enter the password to confirm that it is correct.

7 Choose Tools => Test Connectivity button.

If the connection is successful, the Connection test completed

successfully message appears.

8 Click OK.

To check the DROCR_BPMAccountElements list of values

1 Choose Start => Programs => BusinessObjects XI 3.1 => BusinessObjects

Enterprise => Business View Manager.

2 In the Log On to BusinessObjects Enterprise dialog box, enter or confirm the

following information:

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 307

Checking log files

System host name of the Central Management Server (CMS), if it is not present
User Name user name that has the BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 Administrator
privilege, if it is not present
Passworda password for the user name
Authentication Enterprise, unless your BusinessObjects Enterprise XI 3.1 environment
was configured to use a different authentication method
a
If you have set a password for the Administrator while installing BMC Reporting
Foundation 3.2.00, specify that password. Else, leave this field blank.

3 Click OK.

4 In the Welcome to Business View Manager window, click Cancel.

5 Expand the BMC_PM folder, and then double-click DROCR_BPMAccountElements.

6 Click Clear Instance.

The Clear Instance button becomes unavailable.

7 Confirm that the Schedule Status field contains the following message:

There is no scheduled List of Values instance. This list of values

executes on demand

If this message does not appear, contact BMC Software Customer Support.

Checking log files

You can diagnose some problems by checking log files.

■ Check the Windows Event Logs for events with a source that begins with
“BusinessObjects_” (for example, BusinessObjects_CMS).

■ Check the log files in the BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 Logging directory:
BMCReportingFoundationInstallationDirectory\Business Objects\BusinessObjects
Enterprise vv.r\Logging.

The directory path might have changed during installation.

308 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Frequently asked questions (FAQs)

Frequently asked questions (FAQs)

The following are questions frequently posed by customers with regard to
performance and scaling, and how the estimates provided by the BMC Performance
Manager Portal Performance and Scalability Guidelines Installation Notes.

What is the impact on the scale estimates if Continuous

Data Export (CDE) is used?
CDE is designed to put minimum impact on the Portal. The CDE database should
have a configuration equivalent to the Portal database.

Can I deploy fewer RSM computers than recommended?

The actual number of RSMs necessary for your environment might vary based on the
actual hardware configuration, number of elements and parameters, and activity in
your environment.

For a new installation, as you add managed servers, compare the actual parameter
counts observed in your environment to the original estimates to adjust the RSM
counts as necessary.

Does having remote offices affect the number of RSM

computers required?
Yes. Remote monitoring across a WAN is generally not recommended (though it is
possible in limited situations). Therefore, you will likely need at least one RSM for
each remote location. Keep the RSM estimating guidelines in mind so that the RSMs
in each remote location can accommodate the Performance Managers you plan to run
at those sites.

We do not recommend clustering of RSMs (in a single cluster) located at different

WAN locations as it might put extra network load, as we distribute the elements to
available RSMs of a cluster in round robin fashion.

Is the minimum RSM configuration required even if I am

managing only a few systems in these locations?
No. If only a few systems are being monitored, the size of the system required is
reduced.

Appendix A BMC Performance Manager Portal troubleshooting and FAQs 309

Frequently asked questions (FAQs)

How will clustering of the web server, application server,

or RSM impact performance and scale estimates?
Clustering addresses continued operation in the event of a failure, and not
performance. The scale estimates represent the minimum number of computers
required to support a given workload. If you implement clustering, you will need
additional computers. The estimates should be used to ensure that, in the case of a
failure, the remaining components continue to operate.

310 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Appendix

B
B Monitoring the health of the Portal
This appendix presents the following topics:

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Self-monitoring Performance Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Remote Service Monitor setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Configure RSM to monitor JMX behind a firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
BMC PM Monitor application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Performance Manager configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
PATROL Agent health monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Configuring PATROL Agent monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Changing the threshold settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Overview
The BMC Performance Manager Portal module provides the following tools that you
can use to monitor the health and performance of the Portal:

■ a self-monitoring Performance Manager that monitors the status of the Portal

components

■ an application class that monitors the status of a PATROL Agent

Appendix B Monitoring the health of the Portal 311

Self-monitoring Performance Manager

Self-monitoring Performance Manager

The BMC Performance Manager Portal module includes BMC PM Monitor, a core
Performance Manager that enables you to monitor the health and performance of the
following Portal components:

■ Portal application server

■ Portal web server
■ RSM
■ Continuous Data Export (Datafeed) utility
■ PATROL integration

This Performance Manager is installed by default during installation of the BMC

Performance Manager Portal module. Immediately following installation, you can log
on as a Portal administrator and see this Performance Manager on the Performance
Managers page.

You cannot use the Performance Manager Editor (PME) to modify this Performance
Manager, and you should not use the SDK to change its properties.

Permissions
When you install the BMC Portal, the installation program creates predefined settings
for the predefined provider and account. In addition to these settings, when you
install the BMC Performance Manager Portal module, the installation program
creates the predefined settings described in Table 48. To access the self-monitoring
application classes in BMC PM Monitor, you must log on with these credentials.

Table 48 Predefined settings for monitoring the BMC Performance Manager Portal module
Portal hierarchy level Description Predefined credentials
provider default provider, named Portal Monitoring, that you can superadmin /
use for self-monitoring accounts superadmin

To manage this provider, log on with Portal credentials.

account default account named Portal Monitoring, that you can portalmon/portalmon
use to monitor the Portal

312 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Remote Service Monitor setup

Remote Service Monitor setup

When setting up an RSM to monitor the Portal components, consider the following
issues:

■ When configured as a shared or dedicated RSM, an RSM cannot monitor itself. If

you do not use global RSMs in your environment, you must set up at least one
RSM to monitor your production RSMs.

■ The portalmon user belongs to a different account and provider than other users
on your Portal. The RSM that you specify to monitor the Portal component must
belong to the portalmon user, the Portal Monitoring provider, or the Portal.

— Dedicated RSMs can monitor elements for all users in an account. To specify a
dedicated RSM to monitor the Portal components, set up a separate RSM and
enter the credentials for the Portal Monitoring user account
(portalmon/portalmon).

— Shared RSMs can monitor elements for all users in a provider. To specify a
shared RSM with the BMC PM Monitor application classes, set up a separate
RSM and enter the credentials for the Portal Monitoring administrator.

By default, the Portal Monitoring provider does not have an administrator. You
must create an administrator for this provider before you can install a shared
RSM.

— Global RSMs can monitor elements for all users on the Portal, including users
under the Portal Monitoring provider.

Based on these issues, you might consider the scenario illustrated in Figure 42 on
page 314. This figure shows typical user accounts under the DEFAULT provider and
the Portal Monitoring account under the Portal Monitoring provider. By installing the
RSM using the credentials for the portalmon user, you can configure a dedicated RSM
that monitors the Portal components.

Appendix B Monitoring the health of the Portal 313

Configure RSM to monitor JMX behind a firewall

Figure 42 RSM setup for monitoring the Portal components

database

web browser

web server application server

firewall

shared RSM global RSM dedicated RSM

Account A Account B Account C Portal

Monitoring
account

DEFAULT Portal Monitoring

TIP
You can install one instance of the RSM on the Portal computer. Consider installing this RSM
with the self monitoring (portalmon/portalmon) credentials.

Configure RSM to monitor JMX behind a firewall

The Portal Monitoring application or other JMX-based collectors (JBoss Solution)
generate the following error in the Application Collection Status parameter:

patsdk-bpm-mon-solution.dr1we_prm.timeoutException:bpm-mon-
prod-wmi-process Problems connecting to host ciz-adam-
rsm2:9779: (JMX Paramlet)

This JMX time out occurs because of the environmental constraints of the Jboss server
when it is behind a firewall. Use the following steps to configure the RSM so that you
can monitor JMX behind a firewall.

314 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configure RSM to monitor JMX behind a firewall

To monitor JMX behind a firewall

1 Open following ports in the firewall:

■ RmiPort–9785
■ RMIObjectPort–9786
■ Naming Service–9779

2 Add the following two entries in the

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\conf\rsmwrapper.conf file on each RSM that
you want to monitor for JMX metrics:

■ wrapper.java.additional.10=-Djava.rmi.server.hostname=<NAT'ed IP
address or External IP address of this RSM>

■ wrapper.java.additional.11=Djava.rmi.server.useLocalHostname=true

EXAMPLE
wrapper.java.additional.10=-Djava.rmi.server.hostname=123.45.67.89

wrapper.java.additional.11=-Djava.rmi.server.useLocalHostname=true

NOTE
Use the next available number for additional parameters in the rsmwrapper.conf file. For
example:, if wrapper.java.additional.9 is the last java additional parameter in the
file, add the other two parameters as wrapper.java.additional.10 and
wrapper.java.additional.11.

3 Save the file and restart the RSM.

4 Verify that JBoss JMX metrics collection starts. If the problem is still unresolved,

A Capture screens that show the details of the grayed out JMX parameters.

B Turn on debugging for the JMX collector in the RSM.

C On the RSM machine, please add the following two lines to

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\tools\jdk\jre\lib\logging.properties:

■ com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.solutions.jmx.JmxParamlet.level=FINEST
■ com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.solutions.jmx.JmxDiscoveryParamlet.level=
FINEST

D After modifying the logging.properties file, restart the RSM.

Appendix B Monitoring the health of the Portal 315

BMC PM Monitor application classes

BMC PM Monitor application classes

BMC PM Monitor contains the application classes listed in Table 49. For more
information about the parameters in each application class, see the Help.

Table 49 BMC PM Monitor application classes

Application class name Description
BMC PM Portal App Server Monitor monitors the JBoss program, communication metrics from the
RSM, operating system performance, and the following Portal
application server processes, and displays information about the
monitoring activity on the application server:

■ BMCPortal.exe (Windows)
■ BMCPortal (Solaris)
BMC PM Portal Datafeed Monitor monitors the performance of the Continuous Data Export
(Datafeed) utility

For more information about the Datafeed utility, see “Continuous

data export configuration” on page 190.
BMC PM RSM Monitor monitors the JBoss program, the BMCRSM.exe process, Windows
operating system performance, and monitoring activity on the
RSM
BMC PM PATROL Integration Monitor monitors the rempadm.exe process on the RSM

The rempadm.exe process mines parameter data from the

PATROL Agent.
BMC PM Web Server Monitor monitors the following Portal web server processes and the
operating system on the web server:

■ Solaris: BMCPortalWebserver
■ Windows: BMCPortalWebserver.exe

Performance Manager configuration

To use the application classes in BMC PM Monitor, you must log on with the user
credentials described in Table 48 on page 312. After logging on, add the Portal
components as elements and select the applicable BMC PM Monitor application
classes.

316 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 PATROL Agent health monitoring

EXAMPLE
To monitor the application server:

1. Log on to the Portal as the portalmon user.

2. On the Configure tab, select the Elements task, and specify the host name on which you
installed the Portal application server.

3. On the Application Classes page, select Self Monitoring from the Select Category list,
and select BMC PM App Server Monitor for the appropriate operating system.

4. Finish adding the application server by specifying the required credentials and by
modifying the thresholds, if necessary.

PATROL Agent health monitoring

PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor is a core application class that
monitors the health and status of the PATROL Agents from which the Portal is
mining parameter data. The parameters in this application class provide the
following information about the monitored PATROL Agents:

■ whether the PATROL Agent was restarted after the most recent collection interval
by the RSM

■ description of any errors that occurred when the RSM tried to connect to the
PATROL Agent

■ whether the RSM can establish a connection to the PATROL Agent on the specified
host name and port

■ number of milliseconds required for the PATROL Agent to execute the remote PSL
command that was initiated from the RSM

Appendix B Monitoring the health of the Portal 317

Configuring PATROL Agent monitoring

Configuring PATROL Agent monitoring

You can apply this application class when you add elements to the Portal or when
you refresh thresholds.

■ When you use the PATROL Integration option to add elements, you can choose to
have the Portal apply the application class to all discovered PATROL Agents. The
Portal applies the properties that you specify for the PATROL Agents on the Add
Elements pages.

■ When you use the Refresh PATROL Integration option to update thresholds, you
can choose to have the Portal apply the application class to any PATROL
integration element that does not have the application class.

You cannot use the element Properties page to explicitly add this application class to
an element.

Changing the threshold settings

When you choose to apply the PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor
application class to PATROL integration elements, the Portal sets two parameter
thresholds and does not enable alert notifications. You can modify threshold settings
from the element Properties page for the applicable elements.

318 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Appendix

C
BMC Performance Manager Portal
C

files
This appendix describes the configuration files used by the BMC Performance
Manager Portal and log files that you can use to diagnose problems. Generally, you
should use the configuration options on the BMC Performance Manager Portal user
interface to change the properties for this module, instead of editing the configuration
files.

This appendix presents the following topics:

Configuration files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

BMC Performance Manager Portal property files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Remote Service Monitor property files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Configuration file properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
BMC Performance Manager Portal log file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
RSM log files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Configuration files
The BMC Performance Manager Portal saves most of its configuration settings in
property files. Generally, the user interface provides screens that you can use to
change properties for the BMC Performance Manager module. However, you might
encounter a situation that requires you to locate and edit one of these files.

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 319

BMC Performance Manager Portal property files

BMC Performance Manager Portal property files

Table 50 shows the location for the BMC Performance Manager Portal module’s
property files on the Portal application server. This module saves properties in the
following files:

■ drmop.properties—defines many default and customizable properties for the BMC

Performance Manager Portal

■ padm.properties—contains timeout and scheduling information for integrating data

from PATROL Agents

■ datafeed.properties—contains the path to the directory that contains the properties

files that configure target files and databases for continuous data export parameter
data

You must restart the Portal after modifying any of the properties in these files.

Table 50 Location of BMC Performance Manager Portal property files

Operating
system Location
Windows %BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME%\appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all
\conf\properties\drmop
UNIX $BMC_PORTAL_KIT_HOME/appserver/websdk/tools/jboss/server/all/
conf/properties/drmop

Remote Service Monitor property files

The Remote Service Monitor program saves properties in the following files on the
RSM computer:

■ rsm-RsmHostName.properties—available in the following location, contains the

display name and description attributes for the RSM
(for example, rsm-server1.acme.com.properties). You can find this file in the
following location:

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\server\rsm\conf\properties\rsm\

■ rsm.properties—contains timeout values that you can customize for application

classes that use the SNMP or command shell collectors. You can find this file in the
following location:

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\server\rsm\conf\properties\rsm\

320 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

■ portal-PortalWebServer.properties—defines how the RSM communicates to the

Portal (for example, portal-server1.acme.com.properties). You can find this file in the
following location:

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\server\rsm\conf\properties\rsm\

■ jboss-service.xml—contains default settings for creating the RSM log files. You can
find this file in the following location:

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\server\rsm\deploy\patsdk.sar\META-INF

Do not edit this file unless instructed by BMC Software Customer Support.

Configuration file properties

Table 51 on page 322 through Table 57 on page 344 list properties that configure the
BMC Performance Manager Portal. You must restart the Portal after modifying any of
the properties in these files.

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 321

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 1 of 19)

Property Description
drmop.default.reporting.interval.minutes determines the default value for Report Update Interval

Valid values (in minutes):

■ 5 (default for versions earlier than 2.7)

■ 10 (default for version 2.7 and later)
■ 15
■ 30
■ 60

For the change to take effect, you must restart the Portal
after applying the new value.

Setting drmop.default.reporting.interval.minutes=5
causes all elements and element profiles created after this
value is set to have 5 minutes as their default report
update interval. However, element and element profile
settings that existed prior to the change continue to use
the settings they used prior to the change.

The report update interval default is 10 minutes for fresh

installations of BMC Portal version 2.7.00 or later.
Previous versions and previous installations that are
updated to version 2.7.00 or later retain the 5-minute
default.

Example:

drmop.default.reporting.interval.minutes=5
drmop.applicationinstance. enables and disables the inactive application instance
enabledeleteinactiveinstance property deletion feature

Valid values:

■ true (default) = inactive application instance deletion

is enabled

■ false = inactive application instance deletion is

disabled

Example:

drmop.applicationinstance.
enabledeleteinactiveinstance=true

322 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 2 of 19)

Property Description
drmop.applicationinstance.maxinactiveminutes sets the discovered inactive instance retention time in
minutes

Valid values are positive whole numbers. The default

value is 4320 minutes (or 3 days).

Example:

drmop.applicationinstance.
maxinactiveminutes=4320

Warnings:
■ When an element is in monitor off mode, or when an
element comes out of blackout, if the monitor off
mode or blackout duration exceeds the value of the
this property, the instances underneath the element
are considered inactive. If the
drmop.applicationinstance.enabledeleteinactiveinst
ance property is enabled, these instances will be
deleted.

■ Whenever you restart the Portal service, the

drmop.applicationinstance. maxinactiveminutes
time is reset, and the tallying of time to determine
when an instance is considered inactive begins from
that point forward.

For example, by default drmop.applicationinstance.

maxinactiveminutes is set to 4320 minutes (or 3
days). If you restart the Portal after 3 days, all inactive
instances are not deleted, even those that were
inactive for 3 days. However, the inactive instances
are deleted 3 days after the Portal is restarted (if they
remain inactive).

If you restart the Portal on a schedule or at a rate that

occurs more frequently than the value of the
drmop.applicationinstance. maxinactiveminutes
property, the inactive instances will never be deleted.
For example, if you regularly restart the Portal every
night, and you set the max inactive minutes to 1440
minutes (one day) or more, the inactive instances will
never be deleted.

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 323

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 3 of 19)

Property Description
drmop.element.properties.allow.hostname. indicates whether a user can change the host name of an
change element

Any value except true is considered false.

By default, users can change the host name of an existing

element.

Example:

drmop.element.properties.allow.hostname.
change=true
drmop.reports.availability.formula.up_time sets the statuses to include in and exclude from the
drmop.reports.availability.formula.exclude_time formula used to calculate element availability

By default the following formula includes warning and

OK times in up_time and includes none, blackout period,
offline, and unknown times in exclude_time:

availability =up_time/(total_time - exclude_time) * 100%

Valid values:

■ blackout
■ none
■ offline
■ OK
■ unknown
■ warning

To change the statuses in up_time and exclude_time,

change the following properties:

drmop.reports.availability.formula.up_
time= Ok, warning

drmop.reports.availability.formula.
exclude_time=None, Blackout, Offline,
Unknown
drmop.reports.topn.batch.job.timeout.minutes specifies the maximum number of minutes for data to
appear on the Top N report (account and element views
on the Reports tab), after which a timeout occurs

Example:

drmop.reports.topn.batch.job.timeout.
minutes=30

324 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 4 of 19)

Property Description
enable.ula.alternate.ldap.search when uncommented and set to true, adds security so that
users cannot delete all of the users in the DEFAULT FULL
ACCESS user group

This property is commented out in the drmop.properties

file. To activate this property, you must open the
drmop.properties file, and uncomment the
enable.ula.alternate.ldap.search property.

Valid values:

■ false = the DEFAULT FULL ACCESS user group can

be deleted

■ true = the DEFAULT FULL ACCESS user group

cannot be deleted

Example:

enable.ula.alternate.ldap.search=true
portal.cmdb.search.max.hosts.to.return sets the maximum number of CIs to return for BMC
Atrium CMDB discovery searches

Valid values are positive whole numbers.

Example:

portal.cmdb.search.max.hosts.to.return=100
portal.events.element.limit sets the maximum number of element alerts to show on
the Events tab when you select Elements from Objects to
Show or All from Alerts to Show

Valid values are positive whole numbers. By default, the

Events tab shows a maximum of 300 element alerts.

Example:

portal.events.element.limit=300
portal.events.element.param.limit sets the maximum number of element and parameter
alerts to show on the Events tab when you select
Elements + Parameters from Objects to Show

Valid values are positive whole numbers. By default, the

Events tab shows a maximum of 600 element and
parameter alerts.

Example:

portal.events.element.param.limit=600

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 325

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 5 of 19)

Property Description
portal.events.param.limit sets the maximum number of parameter alerts to show on
the Events tab when you select Parameters from Objects
to Show

Valid values are positive whole numbers. By default, the

Events tab shows a maximum of 300 parameter alerts.

Example:

portal.events.param.limit=300
portal.events.prevent.unknown specifies whether the unknown events appear in the
event table

Valid values:

■ false (default) = unknown events appear in the event

table

■ true = unknown events do not appear in the event

table

Example:

portal.events.prevent.unknown=false

Note: This property allows you to prevent the creation of

unknown events and notifications. However, it does not
restrict the internal status propogation.

For example, you receive notifications for state changes

from Warning to Unknown to Warning, because the
product propogates the state changes through the internal
Unknown status.

BMC recommends that you use the

com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.services.CollectionJob.
ignoreUnknownState property in the rsmcfg.properties
that restricts the creation of the unknown status.

326 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 6 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.element.statusHistory.retention sets the number of days that the database keeps element
status changes, such as blackout and monitoring off

■ The value of this property must match the value for

the portal.history.element.summarizationData
Point.retention property.

■ Increasing the retention period requires more disk

space.

■ The default value is 428 days; however, BMC

recommends that you set the value at 92 days.

Example:

portal.history.element.statusHistory.
retention=428
portal.history.event.retention specifies the number of days’ worth of event data to
retain; this value is used to calculate the number of
partitions to keep in the database

Valid values are positive whole numbers or positive

numbers with a single-digit decimal (for example, 1.5).

To calculate the number of partitions to drop, the

database multiplies the number of days specified in the
portal.history.event.rollover.period property and rounds
up.

Although the default setting is 100, BMC recommends a

setting of 14.

Example:

portal.history.event.retention=14

See page 147 for more information about event retention.

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 327

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 7 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.event.rollover.period sets the period for saving data in an event partition in the
database; works with the portal.history.event.retention
property to determine when to purge a partition from the
database

Valid values:

■ HALF_HOUR
■ HOUR
■ HALF_DAY
■ DAY (default)
■ WEEK
■ MONTH
■ YEAR

BMC recommends that you set this property value to

DAY, which saves one day’s worth of data in event
partitions.

Example:

portal.history.event.rollover.period=DAY

See page 147 for more information about event retention.

portal.history.events.purgeunknown. determines whether purging is enabled or disabled for all
cleanunknownevents.enabled unknown events that were generated when an element,
application class, or parameter went into unknown states

Valid values:

■ false (default, recommended value) = purging of

unknown events is disabled

■ true = purging of unknown events is enabled

Example:

portal.history.events.purgeunknown.
cleanunknownevents.enabled=false

For details, see “Purging unknown and unused events

from the event table” on page 149.

328 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 8 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.events.purgeunknown. sets the days on which the retention job to purge
scheduledays unknown events runs

Valid values:

■ 1 = Sunday (default and recommended value)

■ 2 = Monday
■ 3 = Tuesday
■ 4 = Wednesday
■ 5 = Thursday
■ 6 = Friday
■ 7 = Saturday

If you want the job to run on more than one day, you can
enter multiple values and separate them by a comma (no
spaces). For example, a value of 1,2,6 sets the job to run on
Sunday, Monday, and Friday.

Example:

portal.history.events.purgeunknown.
scheduledays=1

For details, see “Purging unknown and unused events

from the event table” on page 149.
portal.history.events.purgeunknown. determines the hour when the Retention Job to purge
schedulehours unknown events begins to run

Valid values are 0 (12:00 a.m. or midnight) through 23

(11:00 p.m.). No minutes are recognized. The value must
represent an hour between 12:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m. The
default and recommended value is 19 (7:00 p.m.).

The time set for this property is the time on the database
server.

Example:

portal.history.events.purgeunknown.
schedulehours=19

For details, see “Purging unknown and unused events

from the event table” on page 149.

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 329

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 9 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.events.purgeunused. determines whether purging is enabled or disabled for all
cleanunusedevents.enabled unused events that were generated by elements, appclass,
or parameters that were deleted or that do not exist

Valid values:

■ false (default) = purging is disabled

■ true = purging is enabled

Example:

portal.history.events.purgeunused.cleanunusedevents.
enabled=false

For details, see “Purging unknown and unused events

from the event table” on page 149.
portal.history.events.purgeunused.scheduledays determines the days on which the retention job to purge
unused events runs

Valid values:

■ 1 = Sunday (default and recommended value)

■ 2 = Monday
■ 3 = Tuesday
■ 4 = Wednesday
■ 5 = Thursday
■ 6 = Friday
■ 7 = Saturday

If you want the job to run on more than one day, you can
enter multiple values and separate them by a comma (no
spaces). For example, a value of 1,2, 6 sets the job to run
on Sunday, Monday, and Friday.

Example:

portal.history.events.purgeunused.
scheduledays=1

For details, see “Purging unknown and unused events

from the event table” on page 149.

330 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 10 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.events.purgeunused. determines the time (the hour on the hour) when the
schedulehours retention job to purge unused Events runs

Valid values are 0 (12:00 a.m. or midnight) through 23

(11:00 p.m.). No minutes are recognized. The value must
represent an hour between 12:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m. The
default and recommended value is 19 (7:00 p.m.).

The time set for this property is the time on the database
server.

Example:

portal.history.events.purgeunused.schedule
hours=19

For details, see “Purging unknown and unused events

from the event table” on page 149.
portal.history.websdk.activitylog.retention determines the number of days that the database retains
the websdk activity log

Valid values are positive whole numbers. The default and

recommended value is 100, which retains the websdk
activity log for 100 days.

Example:

portal.history.websdk.activitylog.
retention=100
portal.history.websdk.agentstatushistory. determines the number of days that the database retains
retention the history for remote server monitor (RSM) status

Valid values are positive whole numbers. The default and

recommended value is 30, which retains the RSM status
history for 30 days.

Example:

portal.history.websdk.agentstatushistory.
retention=30

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 331

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 11 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.websdk.rsmmessage.retention determines the number of days that the database retains
the history for RSM message

Valid values are positive whole numbers or positive

numbers with a single-digit decimal (for example, 1.5).
The default and recommended value is 0.5, which retains
the history for one-half of a day.

Example:

portal.history.websdk.rsmmessage.retention
=0.5
portal.history.websdk.parameterstatushistory. determines the number of days that the database keeps
retention parameter status history

Valid values are positive whole numbers. The default and

recommended value is 12.

Example:

portal.history.websdk.
parameterstatushistory.retention=12
portal.history.websdk.websdkalertjob.retention determines the number of days that the database keeps
history for websdk alert job

Valid values are positive whole numbers. The default and

recommended value is 45.

This means that if the earlier alert notifications have not

been cleared for the last 45 days, the database job clears
these alert notifications from the database.

If the Portal is heavily loaded, and resource contention

occurs, the alert notification may not be sent, but remains
in the alert history.

Example:

portal.history.websdk.websdkalertjob.
retention=45

332 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 12 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.websdk.eventnotification.retention determines the number of days that the database retains
the history for event notification

Valid values are positive whole numbers or positive

numbers with a single-digit decimal (for example, 1.5).

The default and recommended value is 14 (which is the

same as the portal.history.event.retention default)

Example:

portal.history.websdk.eventnotification.
retention=14
portal.history.jmsmessages.delete.enable determines whether unwanted JMS messages are purged
at startup

Valid values:

■ true (default and recommended) = unwanted JMS

messages are purged at startup

■ false = JMS messages are not purged at startup

Example:

portal.history.jmsmessages.delete.enable
=true

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 333

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 13 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.alertjob.truncate.enable determines whether purging is enabled at startup for all
existing alert jobs

Valid values:

■ false = (default) purging is not enabled at start up

■ true = (recommended) enables purging of all existing

alert jobs at startup

portal.history.alertjob.truncate.enable removes all the

alert jobs from the memory. You should enable this
property only if BMC Supports recommends you to do so.

This makes restarting BMC Portal easy, thus causing the

notifications that are hung to resume automatically. Once
you restart BMC Portal, you must set the properties to
false.

This setting reduces the startup time of BMC Portal and

causes any notifications that are hung to resume
automatically. After you set the value to true, you must
restart the BMC Portal application server. Once you
restart BMC Portal, you must set the property to the
default value, false. You do not need to restart BMC
Portal again.

Example:

portal.history.alertjob.truncate.enable=
false
portal.history.parameter.summarization.disabled determines whether the Portal summarizes raw data

Many of the reports use only summarized data. Changing

this value to false prevents you from creating those
reports.

Example:

portal.history.parameter.summarization.
disabled=true

334 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 14 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization. determines whether the external summarization is
enabled configured to use the database task instead of using the
BMC Portal application server

This helps avoid using the BMC Portal application server

for the BMC Portal summarization task.

Example:

portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.
enabled=false
portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization. determines the time at which the external summarization
schedulehours is scheduled (time of the database server)

If you set
portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.
enabled=true, then the task is scheduled to run at 2 A.M.
every day, by default.

Note:

■ You must modify the

portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.
enabled and the
portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.
schedulehours properties to enable external
summarization.

■ After you have set this property, BMC Portal

performs the summarization only once every day
instead of once in every half an hour.

■ The Top N reports display the data until the last

summarization was performed.

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 335

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 15 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.parameter.summarization determines whether purging is enabled or disabled for
DataPoint.cleaninactiveparameter.enabled inactive data that was generated for elements, application
classes, or parameters that were deleted or that do not
exist

Valid values:

■ false (default) = purging is disabled

■ true = purging is enabled

Example:

portal.history.parameter.summarizationDataPoint.
cleaninactiveparameter.enabled=false

For more details, see “Purging inactive data from the

Portal history tables” on page 147.
portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp. determines the days on which the retention job to purge
scheduledays inactive data runs

Valid values:

■ 1 = Sunday (default and recommended value)

■ 2 = Monday
■ 3 = Tuesday
■ 4 = Wednesday
■ 5 = Thursday
■ 6 = Friday
■ 7 = Saturday

If you want the job to run on more than one day, you can
enter multiple values and separate them by a comma (no
spaces). For example, a value of 1,2, 6 sets the job to run
on Sunday, Monday, and Friday.

Example:

portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.
scheduledays=1

For more details, see “Purging unknown and unused

events from the event table” on page 149.

336 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 16 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp. determines the time (the hour on the hour) when the
schedulehours retention job to purge inactive data runs

Valid values are 10 (10:00 a.m.) through 19 (7:00 p.m.). No

minutes are recognized. The value must represent an
hour between 10:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. The default and
recommended value is 19 (7:00 p.m.).

The time set for this property is the time on the database
server.

Example:

portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.
schedulehours=19

For more details, see “Purging unknown and unused

events from the event table” on page 149.
portal.history.parameter.summarizationDataPoi determines the number of days that the database keeps
nt.retention summarized parameter values

■ Increasing the retention period requires more disk

space.

■ Reducing this retention period reduces the time

period in which you can chart data points.

■ BMC recommends a setting of 92 days; however, the

default value is 428 days.

Example:

portal.history.element.summarizationData
Point.retention=92

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 337

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 17 of 19)

Property Description
portal.history.parameter.value.retention sets the number of days that the database retains raw
parameter data values

Database performance is optimized for a 14-day retention

of raw data if the report update interval is higher than 5
minutes. However, BMC recommends that you set
history retention at 7 days.

■ Increasing the retention period can adversely impact

database performance and requires more disk space.

■ Significantly decreasing the retention period, to 1 or 2

days, can cause the Portal to lose data that was not
summarized (in the event of a Portal downtime
caused by maintenance, upgrades, or hardware
failure).

Default value:

portal.history.parameter.value.
retention=14
portal.rsmcommunication.queueWatcher. sets the number of worker threads created to watch
workerThreads queues and process incoming data

Do not modify this property unless instructed to do so by

Customer Support.

Example:

portal.rsmcommunication.queueWatcher.
workerThreads=10
portal.ssh.private.key.file.max.size sets the number of bytes for the maximum size of the SSH
private key file

Most private key files are small. Setting a maximum size

value keeps users from accidentally specifying a file of an
incorrect type.

Example:

portal.ssh.private.key.file.max.size=
2097152

338 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 18 of 19)

Property Description
portal.upgrade.transaction.timeout specifies the time out in seconds for the process of
solution upgrade.

The default time out is 108000 seconds (30 hours). Please

do not decrease the timeout below the default values. It
can cause the solution upgrade to fail on large size portal.

Example:

portal.upgrade.transaction.timeout=108000
portal.utd.timeout.sec specifies the number of seconds that the Portal waits for
the RSM to return the instance discovery results, after
which a timeout occurs

Valid values are positive whole numbers. The default

discovery time is 300 seconds, or 5 minutes.

Example:

portal.utd.timeout.sec=300
rsm.download.protocol protocol used to download RSM from the Portal

Valid values:

■ http (default)
■ https

Example:

rsm.download.protocol=http
snmp.max.parameter.events.to.process specifies the maximum number of parameters included in
an SMNP trap

Valid values are positive whole numbers. The default

maximum number of parameters in a trap is 5.

Example:

snmp.max.parameter.events.to.process=5

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 339

Configuration file properties

Table 51 Properties in drmop.properties file (part 19 of 19)

Property Description
snmp.trap.showappinstsingleton determines whether the application instance name is sent
in the SNMP trap for singleton application instances

Valid values:

■ false (default)-- application instance name is not sent

■ true-- application instance name is sent

For change to take effect, you must restart the Portal after
applying the new properties.

Example:

snmp.trap.showappinstsingleton=false
snmp.trap.showlastapp determines whether the last application in the application
hierarchy is displayed in the SNMP trap

Valid values:

■ false (default)-- last application in the hierarchy is not

displayed

■ true-- last application in the hierarchy is displayed

For example, if Windows Event Log Monitor | Portal

Log | Log Count is the hierarchy sent in the SNMP trap,
you see the following results:

■ false (default)--Windows Event Log Monitor | Portal

Log

■ true--Windows Event Log Monitor | Portal Log |

Log Count

This applies for both Element- and Parameter-level

notifications. For change to take effect, you must restart
the Portal after applying the new properties.

Example:

snmp.trap.showlastapp=false

340 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 52 Properties in rsmcfg.properties file

Property Description
com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.services. stops unknown events from filling up the EVENT table.
CollectionJob.ignoreUnknownState
When there is no data collected for parameters, the parameters
go into an unknown state and generate unknown events. These
unknown events fill up the EVENT table and hamper the
product’s performance and notifications.

To stop this from happening, set the value of the

com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.services.CollectionJob.ignoreUnknown
State property to true.

The product also does not generate any unknown events for
the infrastructure elements and therefore does not send
notifications for unknown events. If RSM fails to collect data,
BMC Performance Manager Portal shows the previous status of
that parameter and displays No Data in the Chart or Table
view. If BMC Performance Manager Portal is integrated with
Impact Portal, there is a possibility that unknown events are
generated for the Business components. Using this property
improves the notification feature because the unknown events
are not generated.

Example:

com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.services.CollectionJob.i
gnoreUnknownState=true

Table 53 Properties in the padm.properties file (part 1 of 2)

Property Description
padm.migrate.locking restricts the PATROL Agent refresh (synchronization) process
to one user when set to true

If a user attempts to synchronize the thresholds of integration

Performance Managers while another user is running this
operation, the second user gets an error message.

Example:

padm.migrate.locking=true
padm.migrate.schedule.limit sets a limit on the number of migration jobs that can be
scheduled without pause

Example:

padm.migrate.schedule.limit=25

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 341

Configuration file properties

Table 53 Properties in the padm.properties file (part 2 of 2)

Property Description
padm.migrate.schedule.max sets the maximum number of PATROL Agents that can be
migrated at one time

Example:

padm.migrate.schedule.max=100
padm.migrate.schedule.wait sets the number of seconds that the migration collector pauses
when the schedule limit is reached

Example:

padm.migrate.schedule.wait=10
padm.migrate.threshold.update.exclude.list provides a list of comma separated application
class/parameter name pairs to exclude during threshold
synchronization

For each parameter, use the following format and specify the
PATROL names for the application class and parameter:

/InternalApplicationClassName/InternalParameterName

Example:

padm.migrate.threshold.update.exclude.list=/LOGMON/
LOGStatus,/DB2_DIAGLOG/DiagLogOK,/DB2EEE_DIAGLOG/
DiagLogO
padm.migrate.wait.timeout sets the number of seconds that the migration collector waits
for a response from the PATROL Agent before a timeout occurs

Example:

padm.migrate.wait.timeout=1000

Table 54 Properties in rsm-RsmHostName.propertiesa file on the RSM computer

Property Description
DisplayName name of the RSM that displays in the user interface
Description description for the RSM computer
Version version number of the RSM program

Do not edit this value.

a
This file is reinitialized from the rsm-RsmHostName-xmbean.xml file, which you should never edit. To
update the properties in rsm-RsmHostName-xmbean.xml, edit rsm-RsmHostName.properties.

342 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Configuration file properties

Table 55 Properties in the rsm.properties file on the RSM computer

Property Description
patsdk-commandshell-solution.patsdk- number of seconds that the Command Shell collector waits
commandshell.timeout for a value before timing out
patsdk-snmp-solution.patsdk-snmp.timeout number of seconds that the SNMP collector waits for a value
before timing out
patsdk-snmp-solution.patsdk-snmp-trap determines whether the Portal displays the whole value of the
.MatchedTrapContents.showWholeTrap the trapped process parameter

Valid values:

■ true=Portal displays the whole trap

■ false (default)=Portal displays part of trap

Example:

patsdk-snmp-solution.patsdk-snmp-trap.
MatchedTrapContents.showWholeTrap
=false

Table 56 Properties in portal-PortalWebServer.propertiesa file on the RSM computer (part 1 of 2)b

Property Description
AuthenticationHostUrl URL that the RSM uses to authenticate itself with the Portal whenever it
initiates communication with the Portal
AuthenticationInfo defines the authentication credentials used to connect to the Portal

Credentials are encrypted by the installation program.

HeartbeatInterval frequency with which the RSM contacts the Portal once it has authenticated
and established a session

On each heartbeat, the RSM requests jobs to perform and uploads data if
necessary; the Portal will respond with new or updated configuration for
jobs if any remain to be assigned.
Master flags this Portal as the master Portal to which this RSM communicates (out
of possibly many Portals)

This information is used primarily for determining when the RSM needs to
upgrade itself; the RSM follows a command to upgrade when the command
comes from the master Portal.
MaxStoreAndForwardTime sets the time in milliseconds that the RSM holds unsent messages in memory
before discarding them

The default time is 900000 milliseconds (15 minutes).

Specify a value of 60000 or higher. If you specify less than 60000, the RSM
ignores the value and uses 60000 milliseconds.
Name name of the Portal

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 343

Configuration file properties

Table 56 Properties in portal-PortalWebServer.propertiesa file on the RSM computer (part 2 of 2)b

Property Description
UseSsl determines whether the RSM uses SSL to communicate with the Portal
UseCompression not supported in this release
Timeout number of milliseconds the RSM waits to receive a response to a connection
to the Portal
ConnectionTimeout number of milliseconds that the RSM waits to connect to the Portal

After the connection is established, the Timeout attribute defines how long
the connection remains open waiting for a response.
a
This file is initialized from the portal-PortalWebServer-xmbean.xml file, which you should never edit. To
update the properties in portal-PortalWebServer-xmbean.xml, modify portal-PortalWebServer.properties.
b You must restart the RSM after changing any of the properties in this file.

Table 57 JMX credentials on RSMs

File name Property
rsm/server/rsm/conf/props/jmx-console-roles.properties userName=JBossAdmin,HttpInvoker

By default, the user name is set to admin:

admin=JBossAdmin,HttpInvoker
rsm/server/rsm/conf/props/jmx-console-users.properties userName=password

By default, the password is set to admin:

admin=admin

If you change the user name in jmx-console-

roles.properties, you must also change the
user name value in this file.

344 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 Log files

Log files
Log files can help you diagnose problems encountered by the BMC Performance
Manager Portal components.

BMC Performance Manager Portal log file

To help diagnose monitoring errors that occurred on the Portal, you can access the
portal.log file, located in the following directory:

■ (Windows) %BMC_PORTAL_KIT%\appserver\websdk\tools\jboss\server\all\log
■ (Solaris) $BMC_PORTAL_KIT/appserver/websdk/tools/jboss/server/all/log

RSM log files

The RSM provides the following files that you can use to diagnose problems with the
RSM:

■ rsm*.log helps diagnose problems that the RSM has when monitoring
infrastructure elements.

■ wrapper.log is used to diagnose problems in cases where the RSM is not getting any
CPU time or when it appears to be hung. The RSM runs as a Java Service Wrapper.

You can find both log files in the following location on the RSM computer:

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\server\rsm\log\

To help diagnose problems that might occur when mining data from the PATROL
Agents, you can access the padm-err.nn log file. You can find this file in the following
location:

%RSM_HOME%\RSMversionNumber\server\rsm\deploy\padmr-mbean.sar\padm-
base\log

Appendix C BMC Performance Manager Portal files 345

RSM log files

346 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Glossary
A
application class
The object class to which an application instance belongs; also, the representation of the class as
a container (UNIX) or folder (Windows) on the PATROL console.

application severity
The condition of an application class or an application instance. The most common application
severities are OK, warning, and alarm. An application class or instance icon can also show
additional conditions.

B
backbone
On the Internet or other wide area network, a set of paths that local or regional networks
connect to for long-distance interconnection. In BMC Performance Manager Portal, the
backbone represents the physical location (company name) of the computer in the network.

C
clustered RSM
Two or more physical Remote Service Monitors (RSMs) clustered to run as a single entity. Users
can view and select a clustered RSM to collect parameter data from an element as if it was a
dedicated, shared, or global RSM. See also dedicated RSM, global RSM, and shared RSM.

collection interval
The interval at which the RSM collects parameter values for the parameters in an application
class. You can set the collection interval for an application class when you add an element to the
account or at a later time. The collection interval is sometimes referred to as the monitoring
interval. Compare with report update interval.

collector
A module of the RSM program that measures and gathers parameter values on the monitored
elements. For example, the collector modules can gather SNMP, PerfMon, and PATROL data
from the monitored elements.

Glossary 347
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

core Performance Manager

A Performance Manager provided with BMC Performance Manager Portal and available for use
whether or not you install Performance Managers from a Solutions CD or another source.
Compare with custom Performance Manager and solution Performance Manager.

custom application class

An application class created from the Portal pages that compose the Performance Manager
Editor (PME). Custom application classes are contained in custom Performance Managers. You
can access the PME when you log on to the Portal with Portal administrator credentials.

custom Performance Manager

A Performance Manager created with the PME. A custom Performance Manager is composed of
custom application classes.

cryptographic hash
An algorithm that takes an entire message and, through a process of shuffling, manipulating,
and processing the bytes using logical operations, generates a small fingerprint or message
digest of the data.

D
dedicated RSM
An RSM that is located with your monitored systems, measures only the elements in an account,
and is installed by a user in the account. Compare with global RSM and shared RSM.

desktop file
See PATROL desktop file.

E
element profile
An element profile acts as a template that you can apply to multiple elements and enables you
to quickly change the properties associated with your infrastructure elements. Element profiles
are especially useful when you need to manage many elements that share common properties.

encoding system
A method of assigning binary codes to represent characters of data. The Portal enables you to
specify an encoding system when you save data to a file.

escalation procedure
The process of referring a problem up the chain of command. For example, operations
personnel might be notified within five minutes of a problem occurrence, a manager would
learn of it after 15 minutes, and a director after one hour (if the problem still exists).

348 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

F
Full Access
A permission or right that enables you to fully configure the account, within the limits specified
by the administrator, by adding and deleting elements and groups, and by setting up the goals
and thresholds that correspond to the service level agreement.

G
global RSM
An RSM that is located in a centralized data center (possibly outside your company). It can
monitor the elements for many accounts, and is installed and maintained by a Portal
administrator. Compare with dedicated RSM and shared RSM.

H
HTTP response code
A three-digit integer that indicates the result of the attempt to understand and satisfy an HTTP
request. The first digit of the status code defines the class of response. The last two digits do not
have any categorization role.

I
impersonation
Posing as another user to gain access to an account. Administrators can impersonate a user to
assist with account configuration and troubleshooting. During user impersonation, the Portal
attributes the user activity to the administrator.

infrastructure element
An addressable object that can be monitored, such as a managed system in PATROL.

instance
A monitored device, process, log, or application on an infrastructure element. Instances can be
specified (processes and logs) or automatically discovered by the RSM (disk drives and network
interfaces) or PATROL Agent.

K
Knowledge Module (KM)
A set of files that define how a PATROL Agent gathers, processes, and presents data about
resources running on a monitored computer. A KM file can contain the actual instructions for
monitoring objects or simply contain a list of KMs to load. KMs are loaded by a PATROL Agent
and a PATROL console. The BMC Performance Manager Portal can mine parameter data from
PATROL Agents when you install PATROL integration Performance Managers on the Portal.

Glossary 349
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

L
latency
The time between the initial request for data and the beginning of the actual data transfer.

logical RSM
See clustered RSM.

M
Management Information Base (MIB)
Management Information Base (MIB). A formal description of a set of network objects that can
be managed using the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). The format of the MIB is
defined as part of the SNMP. SNMP uses standardized MIB formats that allow any SNMP tool
to monitor any device defined by a MIB.

Management Profile
A user profile for PATROL Central Operator – Windows Edition and PATROL Central
Operator – Web Edition that is stored by the console server. A Management Profile is similar to
a session file and contains information about custom views, your current view of the PATROL
environment, information about systems that you are currently managing, Knowledge Module
information, and console layout information for PATROL Central. Management Profiles replace
the desktop files and session files that were used in PATROL 3.x and earlier.

monitoring interval
See collection interval.

P
PAR file
An archive file that contains the components for a Performance Manager. PAR files can contain
one or more application classes. See also Performance Manager.

parameter
The monitoring element of the BMC Performance Manager Portal. Parameters are run by a
PATROL Agent or an RSM computer. Parameters can display data in various formats, such as
numeric, text, and Boolean. Parameters have thresholds and can trigger warnings and alarms. If
the value returned by the parameter triggers a warning or an alarm, the RSM sends an event to
the Portal web server.

parameter severity
The condition of a parameter. The most common parameter severities are OK, warning, and
alarm.

350 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

PATROL Agent
The core component of PATROL architecture. The agent is used to monitor and manage host
computers and can communicate with the PATROL console, a stand-alone event manager
(PEM), PATROL Integration products, and SNMP consoles.

PATROL desktop file

A file created by PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows and PATROL Console for UNIX.
Desktop files usually have a .dt extension.

Performance Manager
A collection of one or more logically-related application classes that have been packaged
together to provide infrastructure monitoring for business-critical computers or applications.
Performance Managers are contained in PAR files that you can install from Solution CDs or by
loading from the Portal tab in the BMC Performance Manager Portal. See also PAR file.

Portal administrator
An administrator that has both Edit and See Other Providers and Their Accounts permissions.
Portal administrators can view the Accounts, Provider, and Portal tabs and configure global
defaults that affect the Portal and all providers on the Portal. Additionally, Portal
administrators can add new providers and can send email to all administrators and users on the
Portal. Unless changed by the administrator, Portal administrators use superadmin/superadmin
to log on as a Portal administrator.

provider administrator
An administrator with only Edit permission can view the Accounts and Provider tabs and can
configure provider properties, administrators, and accounts, and approve or reject account
requests for that provider.

R
Reconciliation Identity
An attribute that uniquely identifies a BMC Atrium CMDB object for a given dataset. The
combination of the dataset and the Reconciliation Identity is unique.

regular expression
Sometimes referred to as regex, regular expressions are used in pattern matching and
substitution operators. A simple regular expression is a sequence or a pattern of characters that
is matched against a string of text during searches and replace operations. Regular expressions
are used for configuring text thresholds.

Remote Service Monitor (RSM)

The BMC Performance Manager Portal component that provides remote monitoring of the
elements in your account. The RSM polls the elements in your account at regular collection
intervals and sends parameter data to the Portal upon detection of parameter status changes.

Glossary 351
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Regardless of parameter status, the RSM also sends parameter data to the Portal at the report
update interval for each element.

Depending on the setup of your account, your administrator might control the location and
maintenance of the RSMs that monitor your account. See also dedicated RSM, global RSM, and
shared RSM.

Remote Service Monitor Manager

A utility for the RSM program that you access from the system tray of the RSM computer. This
utility enables you to configure, start and stop the RSM. It also provides monitoring statistics
about your account. See also Remote Service Monitor (RSM).

report update interval

Regardless of parameter status, the frequency at which the RSM sends the most recently-
collected parameter data to the Portal. You can view these parameter values on the Status and
Reports tabs. The RSM also sends parameter values when it detects that a parameter has
changed to or from an alert status. You can view parameter values that triggered an alert status
on the Events tab. Compare with collection interval.

RSA algorithm
A public-key encryption system based on the factoring problem. RSA stands for Rivest, Shamir,
and Adleman, the developers of the RSA public-key encryption system and the founders of RSA
Data Security (now RSA Security).

RTserver
Real Time server. The PATROL Central component that delivers application data among the
PATROL Central components.

S
shared credential
Authentication credentials that you can save and apply to many elements in the account. When
you apply shared credentials to an element, you can quickly change the credentials for the
element when the credentials change on the monitored elements by updating the properties for
a set of shared credentials.

shared RSM
An RSM that is located in a centralized data center, can monitor the systems and devices of
more than one account, and is installed and maintained by a provider administrator who has
Edit permission. Compare with dedicated RSM and global RSM.

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)

Simple Network Management Protocol. The protocol governing network management and the
monitoring of network devices and their functions.

352 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

SNMP community string

A user name or password that allows access to the statistics of a router or other device when
sending SNMP traps. If the community string is correct, the device responds with the requested
information. If the community string is incorrect, the device simply ignores the request.

SNMP trap
A condition which, when satisfied, results in an SNMP agent issuing a trap message to other
SNMP agents and clients. Within the PATROL Agent, all events can be translated to SNMP
traps and forwarded to SNMP managers.

solution Performance Manager

A Performance Manager installed from a Solutions CD, downloaded from the BMC Software
EPD website, or created using the BMC Performance Manager SDK. Compare with core
Performance Manager and custom Performance Manager.

SSH
Secure Shell. Sometimes known as Secure Socket Shell, SSH is a UNIX-based command interface
and protocol for securely accessing a remote computer. Network administrators use SSH to
remotely control web and other kinds of servers. SSH commands are encrypted.

SSH fingerprint
Each SSH server has a unique host fingerprint. When an SSH client connects to an SSH server, it
gets the server’s fingerprint. The client can then optionally verify the server’s fingerprint in an
internal database, or prompt the user for the fingerprint.

store and forward

A mechanism that ensures that if an event cannot reach its destination, it is saved in a file and
sent when a viable connection to the destination becomes available.

Glossary 353
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

354 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Index
A
About task, described 50 threshold mappings between KMs and Performance
Account Information task, described 50 Managers 122
account reports 153 agentless monitoring
account types settings for providers 65 adding infrastructure elements to account 25
Account Types task, described 65 described 18, 121
accounts security requirements 74
predefined name for new Portal 63 alarm and warning thresholds in a parameter, described
predefined name for self monitoring 312 134
Accounts tab tasks for administrators 64 alarm direction in a parameter, described 134
ACE. See PME AlarmPoint, event integration with the Portal
ACS. See Application Collector Status parameter account level integration 56
activity logs to view user activity enterprise level integration 228
viewing user activity logs 64 Alerts to Show list on Events tab 249
adapter_host slot name 231 allocating Java heap memory for the RSM Java VM 106
addElements command in bpmcli 255, 257 allowed characters
adding a clustered RSM for the account 95 user names 63
adding infrastructure elements to account Appearance task, described 65
adding objects in the BMC Atrium CMDB 42 application class
agent-based monitoring 30–36 disabling alarm or warning 287
agentless monitoring 25 application class editor. See PME
using the command-line interface (bpmcli) 255 application class reports 160
adding Performance Managers to the Portal. See application classes
importing Performance Managers or creating characteristics 133
Performance Managers collection interval 20, 142
addPATROL command in bpmcli 260 collectors 136, 137, 138
administrator for Portal-wide configuration 63 custom 135–138
administrator for provider-wide configuration 64 definition files 135
administrator permissions 63 described 114
administrator tabs instance types, described 134
Accounts tab 64 multiple instances 135
Portal tab 66 parameters and thresholds 114
Provider tab 64 publishing 135
Administrators task, described 65 requirements 135
agent integration Performance Managers. See PATROL single instance 135
integration Performance Managers types 135
agent-based monitoring application classes, custom
adding infrastructure elements to account 30–36 command shell collector 136
described 18 data collection requirements 135
minimum and maximum values for mapped PerfMon collector 137
thresholds 122 publishing application classes 135
monitoring the PATROL Agent 317 SNMP collector 138
parameter mappings between KMs and Performance Application Collector Status parameter 136
Managers 122 application server component on the Portal 19
security requirements 75 Applying filters for CDE and HDE 212
arimportcmd command for importing reconciliation rules
222

Index 355
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

authentication credentials for monitoring 22 BMC Performance Manager Zone and Pool Report 166,
AuthenticationHostUrl property in portal- 186
PortalWebServer.properties 343 BMC PM for Lightweight Protocols–DNS (core
AuthenticationInfo property in portal- Performance Manager) 130
PortalWebServer.properties 343 BMC PM for Lightweight Protocols–Ping (core
auto refresh for object views 44 Performance Manager) 130
availability report BMC PM for Lightweight Protocols–Port Monitor (core
formula 157, 324 Performance Manager) 130
avoiding duplicate events 233 BMC PM for SNMP Traps (core Performance Manager) 93,
130
BMC PM Monitor (core Performance Manager) 130, 312
B BMC Remote Service Monitor service 70
BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00
base event class for event integration 231 downloading and installing 162
base event class slot names 231 BMC Software, contacting 2
Blackout Periods task, described 50 BMC.ASSET dataset in the BMC Atrium CMDB 42
BMC Atrium CMDB BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file, importing 170
as a source for infrastructure elements 55 BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB
BMC Performance Manager Portal as a consumer 220 described 239
BMC Performance Manager Portal as a provider location after installation 237
program 221 location on CD 236
changing the number of hosts to return when adding OID described 237
elements 325 bmcPMPortalAccountName OID 240
configuring for the Portal 221 bmcPMPortalApplicationHierarchy OID 243
filtering infrastructure objects 43 bmcPMPortalApplicationInstanceName OID 241
importing reconciliation rules 221 bmcPMPortalApplicationName OID 241
integration with Portal, described 42 bmcPMPortalDetectedTime OID 242
searching the BMC.ASSET dataset 42 bmcPMPortalDetectedTimeUtcStr OID 242
BMC Atrium CMDB Consumers 220 bmcPMPortalElementName OID 242
BMC Atrium CMDB Status for an element 44 bmcPMPortalElementState OID 242
BMC Atrium CMDB, receiving data from Portal 219 bmcPMPortalElementStateChange OID 240
BMC DatastoreCLI bmcPMPortalEventReason OID 243
executing database queries 285 bmcPMPortalGroupName OID 240
exporting element configuration details 292 bmcPMPortalHostName OID 241
finding ACS errors 289 bmcPMPortalParameterErrorCode OID 242
BMC II Web Services bmcPMPortalParameterName OID 241
configuring event integration, overview 228 bmcPMPortalParameterState OID 241
configuring non-secure event integration 231 bmcPMPortalParameterStateChange OID 239
configuring secure event integration 229 bmcPMPortalParameterThresholdValue OID 242
high availability configuration 228 bmcPMPortalParameterValue OID 241
importing SSL certificate 229 bmcPMPortalRsmClusterName OID 242
user account notifications 56 bmcPMPortalRsmClusterState OID 243
BMC Impact Integration Web Services. See BMC II Web bmcPMPortalRsmName OID 242
Services bmcPMPortalRsmState OID 242
BMC Impact Manager solutions, event integration with bmcPMPortalRsmStateChange OID 239
Portal 231 bpmcli commands
BMC Performance Manager Availability Report 166 See also CLI for BMC Performance Manager Portal
BMC Performance Manager Logical Domain Report 166, addElements 255
186 addPATROL 260
BMC Performance Manager Portal deleteElements 262, 263
rsm-RsmHostName.properties configuration file 342 exportParameterHistory 272
BMC Performance Manager Portal CLI. See CLI for BMC getApplicationsForElement 276
Performance Manager Portal getElements 277
BMC Performance Manager Portal SDK 114 getParameterHistory 278
BMC Performance Manager Portal, described 17 getParameters 281
BMC Performance Manager System Availability Report getPortalVersion 269, 282
187 getSubApplications 283

356 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

refreshDatafeedMetadata 264 configuring 95

refreshPATROL 266 described 71
savePassword 269 security considerations 94
user restrictions 253 upgrades 96
Business, top-level object group 59 CMDB. See BMC Atrium CMDB
collection interval for application classes 20, 142
collection methods. See data collection methods for
C Performance Managers
collectors for custom application classes
calculating element availability 157 Command Shell 136
CDE PerfMon 137
Configuring the external CDE movement 206 SNMP 138
configuring the external CDE movement 208 com.bmc.patrol.patsdk.services.CollectionJob.ignoreUnkn
cell, receiving data from Portal 224 ownState property in rsmcfg.properties 341
Change Password task, described 51 Command Shell collector
changing RSM credentials 104, 105 guidelines for custom application classes 136
changing SNMP trap version 244 timeout value for application classes 343
changing the maximum number of hosts to return from command-line interface for Performance Manager
the BMC Atrium CMDB 325 data. See CLI for BMC Performance Manager Portal
characters allowed common slots in the base event class 231
user names 63 communication between Portal and RSM 71, 73
charts communication interruptions between RSM and Portal 72
dashboard 161 components of BMC Performance Manager Portal 18
list of all charts available on Reports tab 151 configuration files
parameter history, multiple parameters 160 datafeed.properties 191, 320
parameter history, single parameter 46 drmop.properties 320, 322
checking jboss-service.xml 321
CDE or HDE error messages 215 jmx-console-roles.properties 344
child classes jmx-console-users.properties 344
described 134 padm.properties 320
element profiles 52 portal-PortalHostName.properties 343
CI. See configuration items in BMC Atrium CMDB portal-PortalHostName-xmbean.xml 321, 344
CLASS slot name 231 rsm.properties 320
CLI for BMC Performance Manager Portal rsmcfg.properties 341
See also bpmcli commands rsm-RsmHostName.properties 320, 342
adding a single element to the Portal 255 configuration items in BMC Atrium CMDB 219
adding multiple elements to the Portal 257 configuration tasks
deleting a single element from the Portal 262 About 50
deleting multiple elements from the Portal 263 Account Information 50
exporting parameter history data to external database Administrators 65
272 Appearance 65
getting all the elements in an account 277 Blackout Periods 50
getting child classes from specified application classes Change Password 51
283 Dashboards 51
getting parameter history for specified parameters 278 Element Profiles 51
getting parameters from specified elements 281 Elements 55
getting the Portal version number 282 Global Properties 66
getting top-level applications in an element 276 Licensing Information 65, 66
hiding the user password 269 Mass Email 67
preparing client computer 252 Monitoring On/Off 55
refreshing metadata for CDE database 264 Notifications 56, 66
refreshing PATROL integration parameters 266 Object Groups 59
saving the user password in an encrypted file 269 Performance Managers 67
synchronizing PATROL parameter thresholds in the Personal Preferences 60
Portal 266 Properties 66
user restrictions 253 Remote Service Monitors 60, 66, 67
clustered RSMs Shared Credentials 60

Index 357
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Tags 61
User Groups 62 D
Users 62 Dashboards task, described 51
Configure tab 50–63 dashboards with parameter history charts 161
Configuring the external CDE movement 206 Dashboards, top-level object group 59
ConnectionTimeout property in portal- data collection methods for Performance Managers
PortalHostName.properties 344 agentless 18, 121
Console Server PATROL Agent integration 18, 121
list is empty when integrating PATROL data 299 data collection requirements for application classes 135
methods for PATROL integration 29 Data Execution Prevention. See DEP configuration for
security considerations 21 RSM program
consumer program for the BMC Atrium CMDB 220 data extraction commands in bpmcli 270
contacting Support, gathering RSM log files 107, 108 data gaps 73
continuously exporting data from the Portal 190–206 data modifications in custom application classes 135
core Performance Managers data retention properties for object views
BMC PM Monitor 312 drmop.history.events.lag.periods 147
delivered with the Portal 130 drmop.history.events.rollover.period 147
described 130 overview 145
createDatafeedSchema file 191, 192 portal.history.element.statusHistory.retention 146, 327
credentials for monitoring portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.enab
avoiding system lockouts on the monitored computer led 146
61 portal.history.parameter.externalsummarization.sche
changing for an RSM 104, 105 dulehours 146
changing for the JMX console on the RSM 344 portal.history.parameter.summarization.disabled 146,
for monitoring infrastructure 22 334
for RSM program 86, 87 portal.history.parameter.summarizationDataPoint.ret
overriding in an element profile 53 ention 146, 337
Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component) portal.history.parameter.value.retention 145, 338
importing BMC_PM_Reports.biar file 168 data summarization for report data 144, 334
importing BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file 170 datafeed utility 190–206
installing reporting components 164 datafeed.properties file 191, 192, 202, 320
integration prerequisites 165 datafeedJob 191
modifying business view to point to CDE database dataImport command for importing reconciliation rules
171 222
publishing and scheduling enterprise reports 179 dataset.arx file 223
CSV file DB.BATCHSIZE property in
defining maximum size 202 sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 205, 276
CSV input files DB.PASSWORD property in
using to add elements with bpmcli 257, 259, 261 sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 199
using to delete elements with bpmcli 263, 264 DB.POOLSIZE property in
using to integrate PATROL parameter data 29, 37 sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 205
using to refresh PATROL and Portal parameters 266 DB.TABLE.OWNER property in
CSV output files sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 199
datafeed output file 193, 194–200 DB.USERNAME property in
Performance Manager license information 65 sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 199
custom application classes deactivating
collectors 136–138 parameters 116
described 135–138 parameters in application classes 119
custom Performance Managers parameters in element profile 118
described 131 parameters in Performance Manager Editor solution
editing 139 119
customer support 3 deactivating parameters 116
customizing instance names for SNMP application classes solution support 120
138 dedicated RSMs, described 70
default (predefined) user account for the Portal 63, 312
default user for the predefined account 63, 312
definition files for custom application classes 135

358 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Delete option in PME 132 Element Profiles task

deleteElements command for bpmcli 262, 263 described 51
deleting effect on PATROL Agent integration 40
discovered instances 135 overriding properties and thresholds 53
elements from the Portal 55, 262, 263 element report data, sending from RSM to Portal 72
Performance Managers from Portal 129, 131 element reports 156
RSMs from the Portal 109 element status by time in Health At A Glance report 157
DEP configuration for RSM program 76 element status summary in Health At A Glance report 156
Derived parameters 118 elements
Description property in rsm-RsmHostName.properties adding to the account 25, 29, 255, 257
342 described 55
desktop files, using to integrate PATROL parameter data multiple element management 51, 60
32 prohibiting users from changing host names 324
direct service model integration 224 report update interval 142
discovering instances on elements 135 elements and their RSMs 73
discovering PATROL Agents Elements task, described 55
using CSV files 37 email messages as notifications
using Management Profiles 30 account level 56
using PATROL desktop files 32 enterprise level 226
using PET files 35 enable.ula.alternate.ldap.search 325
DisplayName property in rsm-RsmHostName.properties encrypting the user password (bpmcli) 269
342 enterprise integration
DNS port configuration for firewall 74 AlarmPoint 228
drmop.applicationinstance.enabledeleteinactiveinstance BMC Impact Solutions 228
property 322 described 66, 218
drmop.applicationinstance.maxinactiveminutes 323 email messages 226
drmop.default.reporting.interval.minutes 142 events from PATROL Agents 233
drmop.default.reporting.interval.minutes property 322 SNMP traps 227
drmop.element.properties.allow.hostname.change enterprise reports
property 324 importing BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file 170
drmop.history.events.lag.periods property 147 installing reporting components 164
drmop.history.events.rollover.period property 147 integration prerequisites 165
drmop.properties configuration file 320, 322 publishing and scheduling enterprise reports 179
drmop.reports.availability.formula.exclude_time property error codes in SNMP traps 246
324 error messages for PATROL integration 304
drmop.reports.availability.formula.up_time property 324 event class extensions for PATROL_Portal 232
drmop.reports.topn.batch.job.timeout.minutes property event history data retention 147
155, 324 event integration
BMC Impact Solutions 228–232
email messages 226
E SNMP traps 227
event severity for parameters, configuring thresholds 115
Edit option in PME 132 event table
Edit permission for administrators 63 purging 149
editing Performance Managers retention policy 149
core Performance Managers 131, 312 events
overview 139 purge unused 150
published custom Performance Managers 139 Events tab
solution Performance Managers 131 Alerts to Show list 249
unpublished Performance Managers 139 described 247
element attributes in Health At A Glance report 157 Objects to Show list 248
element availability 157 page controls 249
element events time interval controls 152
in Events tab 248, 249 Exceptions, top-level object group 59
in Health At A Glance report 159 exclude_time property for availability 324
element host name, prohibiting users from changing 324 excluding PATROL integration parameters to refresh 267
element profile, report update interval 54 Export option in PME 132

Index 359
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

exporting parameter data values HDE. See Historical Data Export utility
comparative parameter history reports 161 Health At A Glance report
from a parameter history chart 46 adjusting availability formula 157, 324
from a parameter history table 47 described 156
Top N report 155 printing 156
exportParameterHistory 148 health monitoring for Portal 312
exportParameterHistory command for bpmcli 272 heap memory, changing on the RSM 106
heartbeat, communication from RSM to Portal 72
HeartbeatInterval property in portal-
F PortalHostName.properties 343
hierarchy of an application class 133
failover for RSMs 95 high availability
FAILURE.CSVFILE.ROOT property in BMC II Web Services server 228
sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 206 clustered RSMs 92
file locations Historical Data Export utility
BMC Performance Manager Portal module configuring for use with no CDE database instance
configuration files 320 275
portal.log 345 exportParameterHistory command 272
RSM installation log file 91 refreshDatafeedMetadata 264
rsm*.log 345 host names, ability to change for an element 324
wrapper.log 345 hourly charts, data points on 152
filtering HTTP port, firewall configuration 74
infrastructure objects in BMC Atrium CMDB 43 HTTPS port, firewall configuration 74
parameter data on the Status tab 47
filters
applying for CDE and HDE 212
creating 213
I
determining the values for filters 212 IIWS. See BMC II Web Services
firewall configuration for application ports 74 IMAP server port, firewall configuration 74
formula for availability report 324 impact relationships in the BMC Atrium CMDB 221
FTP port, firewall configuration 74 impersonating users 64
full access rights and permissions 50 importing
BMC_PM-BusinessView.xml file 170
certificate for BMC II Web Services Server 229
G PAR files 125
Performance Managers 125
gaps in parameter data 73 reconciliation rules for the BMC Atrium CMDB 221
general system problems inactive data, purge from history tables 148
described 75, 236 INCLUSIVE_REGEX.AccountName property in
notifications for all accounts in a provider 66 sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 200
notifications for user accounts 56 INCLUSIVE_REGEX.ApplicationPath property in
RSMs 75 sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 200
traps 240 INCLUSIVE_REGEX.ProviderName property in
getApplicationsForElement command for bpmcli 276 sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 200
getElements command for bpmcli 277 infrastructure status view for status 45
getParameterHistory command for bpmcli 278 Infrastructure, top-level object group 59
getParameters command for bpmcli 281 installation
getPortalVersion command 269, 282 Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component) 164
getPortalVersion command for bpmcli 282 Performance Managers on Portal 125
getSubApplications command for bpmcli 283 RSM program 76
getting the latest metadata information 214 verifying, BMC Performance Manager Portal 24
Global Properties task, described 66 installation directory for RSM program 111
global RSMs, described 67, 71 installing the RSM program
copying from installation media 87
downloading program from the Portal 85
H executing from a command line 90
locating installation log 91
HA. See high availability

360 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

instance name in SNMP application class 138

instance type in an application class, described 134 M
instances, discovering on elements 135 Management Profiles, using to integrate PATROL
integrating Portal with other products parameter data
account integration 219 configuring 30
AlarmPoint 218, 219 described 29
BMC Atrium CMDB 219 specifying RTserver for discovering agent thresholds
BMC Impact Solutions, enterprise integration 228 300
enterprise management systems 237 manually uninstalling the RSM program 110
Portal-wide integration 218 Mass Email task, described 67
provider-wide integration 218 Master property in portal-PortalHostName.properties 343
Service Impact Manager 224 maximum number of hosts to return from BMC Atrium
SNMP traps, enterprise integration 227 CMDB, changing 325
interaction among BMC Performance Manager Portal MaxStoreAndForwardTime property in portal-
components 19 PortalHostName.properties 343
internal account types 65 MaxStoreAndForwardTime property in the portal-
interval at which RSM sends report data to Portal 142 PortalHostName.properties 72
interval at which the RSM collects data 20, 142 mc_host slot name 231
mc_host_address slot name 231
mc_host_class slot name 231
J mc_incident_time slot name 231
mc_object slot name 231
jboss-service.xml configuration file 321 mc_object_class slot name 231
jmx-console-roles.properties file on RSM 344 mc_origin slot name 231
jmx-console-users.properties file on RSM 344 mc_origin_class slot name 231
mc_origin_key slot name 232
mc_origin_sev slot name 232
K mc_parameter slot name 232
mc_parameter_value slot name 232
key parameters in Health At A Glance report 158
mc_smc_alias slot name 232
KMs, synchronizing thresholds and application classes 266
mc_smc_id slot name 232
mc_tool slot name 232

L mc_tool_class slot name 232

memory for the RSM, allocating heap memory for Java
Licensing Information tasks, described 65, 66 VM 106
Licensing tasks, described 65 metadata
load balancing RSMs 94 getting the latest information 214
loading PAR files 125, 126 synchronizing metadata refresh with CDE 215
LOCALE property in sampleDatafeedTarget.properties metadata, refreshing for CDE database 264
file 206 methods of data collection
lockouts on systems, preventing 61 agentless 121
log files PATROL Agent integration 121
collecting Portal log files for Support 107 MIB for Performance Manager Portal 237
collecting RSM log files for Support 107, 108 module configuration files
padm-err.nn 345 BMC Performance Manager Portal 319
portal.log 304, 345 jboss-service.xml 321
RSM installation 91 module properties
rsm.log file 345 datafeed.properties 320
viewing RSM log files 107 drmop.properties 320, 322
wrapper.log file 345 jmx-console-roles.properties 344
logical RSMs. See clustered RSMs jmx-console-users.properties 344
logs that show user activity 64 padm.properties 320, 341
portal-PortalHostName-xmbean.xml 321
rsm.properties 320
rsm-RsmHostName.properties 320
monitoring interval. See collection interval
Monitoring On/Off task, described 55

Index 361
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

monitoring the Portal components 312 Reports tab 152, 154, 160
monitors. See RSMs Status tab 44
msg slot name 232 page description for Performance Managers page 132
multiple parameter history charts 160 PAR files
multiple-instance application classes 135 deleting 129
described 125
importing 126
N installing 125, 126
uninstalling 129
Name property in portal-PortalHostName.properties 343 upgrading by importing individual PAR files 128
Network Service Port firewall configuration 74 upgrading during a Portal upgrade 127
NNTP Server port, firewall configuration 74 parameter
notification rules, described 56 disabling alarm or warning 287
notification templates for notification rules 57 parameter collection interval 20, 142
notification transports parameter data
BMC II Web Services 228–232 filtering by status 47
described 56 gaps 73
email messages 57 RSM communication type 72
SNMP traps 227 parameter events in Events tab 248, 249
notifications for RSM general system problems 75 parameter history charts
Notifications task dashboard views 161
described 56, 66 Health At A Glance report 157
using to avoid duplicate events 233 multiple parameters 160
single parameter 46
Top N report 155
O parameter history tables 47
parameter mapping for PATROL integration Performance
object group reports 153 Managers 122
Object Groups task, described 59 parameter sets. See application classes
object identifier. See OID parameter thresholds
object views configuring event severity 115
data policies 145 configuring for PATROL integration application
Events tab 247 classes 28
Reports tab 151–161 configuring status changes 115
Status tab 44 overview 114
time interval controls 152, 154 parameter type in an application class, described 134
Objects to Show list on Events tab 248 parameter value range in custom application classes 135
OID parameters
individual descriptions 239 deactivating 116
structure description for MIB 237 deactivating from application classes and parameters
Ok-Unknown events 119
purging 149 deactivating from element profile 118
overriding element profile settings 53 deactivating in Performance Manager Editor solution
overview of Portal 15 119
derived 118
parsing SNMP traps for product integration 238
P password administration. See Shared Credentials task
PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor (core
padm.migrate.locking property 341
Performance Manager) 130
padm.migrate.schedule.limit property 341
PATROL Agent Availability and Health Monitor
padm.migrate.schedule.max property 342
application class 317
padm.migrate.schedule.wait property 342
PATROL Agent integration
padm.migrate.threshold.update.exclude.list property 342
additional security requirements 21
padm.migrate.wait.timeout property 342
avoiding duplicate events 233
padm.properties file 320, 341
communication between RSM and PATROL Agents
padm-err.nn log file 345
74
page controls
effect of element profiles 40
Events tab 248, 249

362 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

error messages 304 Personal Preferences task, described 60

parameter mapping 122 PET files, using to integrate PATROL parameter data 35
Performance Managers described 121 Ping application, firewall configuration 74
properties file 341 PME, described 131
RSM security requirements 75 POP server port, firewall configuration 74
setting the maximum number of Agents to refresh at a Portal administrator 63
time 342 Portal administrator credentials 86
synchronizing more than 100 elements 40 Portal and RSM communication 71
synchronizing thresholds and application classes 266, Portal application server component of the Portal 19
342 Portal components, monitoring 312
PATROL desktop files, using to integrate PATROL Portal credentials 63
parameter data 32 Portal history tables
PATROL Event Translation. See PET files purging inactive data 147
PATROL Integration option for adding elements 29 Portal integration
PATROL integration Performance Managers AlarmPoint 228
See also PATROL Agent integration service model 219, 224
described 18, 27 SNMP traps 227
threshold configuration 28 Portal overview 15
threshold discovery 28 Portal status view 45
threshold mapping 122 Portal tab tasks for administrators 66
PATROL_Portal event class extensions 232 portal.cmdb.search.max.hosts.to.return property 325
patsdk-commandshell-solution.patsdk- portal.CsvDataFeedClient.dateFormat property 195
commandshell.timeout property 343 portal.CsvDataFeedClient.filenameRoot property 194
patsdk-snmp-solution.patsdk-snmp.timeout property 343 portal.CsvDataFeedClient.printHeader property 194
patsdk-snmp-solution.patsdk-snmp-trap portal.datafeed.apppathcache.size property in
.MatchedTrapContents.showWholeTrap property 343 datafeed.properties file 193
paying account types 65 portal.datafeed.apppathcache.timetoidle.seconds property
PerfMon collector 137 in datafeed.properties file 193
Performance Manager Editor. See PME, described portal.datafeed.apppathcache.timetolive.seconds property
Performance Managers in datafeed.properties file 193
agentless 18, 121 portal.datafeed.csvfile.maximumsize 202
automatic installation 125 portal.datafeed.externalCDE. schedulehours property in
core 130 datafeed.properties file 203
custom 131 portal.datafeed.externalCDE.enabled property in
deleting 129 datafeed.properties file 203
deployed to RSMs 73 portal.datafeed.externalCDE.refreshhours property in
described 17 datafeed.properties file 204
editing custom published Performance Managers 139 portal.datafeed.externalHDE.enabled property in
editing unpublished Performance Managers 139 datafeed.properties file 204
importing 126 portal.datafeed.externalHDE.refreshhours property in
installed on the Portal 73 datafeed.properties file 205
installing manually 126 portal.datafeed.externalHDE.schedulehours property in
location in the Portal 17 datafeed.properties file 204
methods of data collection 18 portal.datafeed.queued.parameter.limit property in
overview 73 datafeed.properties file 202
PATROL integration 18, 121 portal.datafeed.threadpool.size property 276
publishing 135 portal.datafeed.threadpool.size property in
removing from the Portal 129 datafeed.properties file 203
solution 131 portal.events.element.limit property 325
upgrading 127 portal.events.element.param.limit property 248, 325
verifying upgrades 27 portal.events.param.limit property 248, 326
Performance Managers license reports for accounts in a portal.events.prevent.unknown property 326
provider 65 portal.history.alertjob.truncate.enable 334
Performance Managers page, described 132 portal.history.element.statusHistory.retention property
Performance Managers task, described 67 327
permissions and rights for users 17, 50 portal.history.event.retention property 327
permissions for monitoring Portal components 312 portal.history.event.rollover.period property 328

Index 363
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

portal.history.events.purgeunknown.cleanunknownevents user 63, 312

.enabled 149 prerequisites for monitoring, RSM computer 76
portal.history.events.purgeunknown.cleanunknownevents primary user, described 50
.enabled property 328 printing object views
portal.history.events.purgeunknown.scheduledays 150 Health At A Glance report 156
portal.history.events.purgeunknown.scheduledays Status tab 45
property 329 Top N report 155
portal.history.events.purgeunknown.schedulehours 150 product support 3
portal.history.events.purgeunknown.schedulehours profiles for elements See element profiles.
property 329 program upgrade for RSMs 72
portal.history.events.purgeunused.cleanunusedevents.ena prohibited characters
bled property 330 user names 63
portal.history.events.purgeunused.scheduledays property Properties task, described 66
330 provider administrator 64
portal.history.events.purgeunused.schedulehours provider administrator credentials 86
property 331 provider credentials 64
portal.history.jmsmessages.delete.enable property 333 provider program for the BMC Atrium CMDB 220, 221
portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.scheduledays 148 provider reports 65
portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.scheduledays Provider tab tasks for administrators 64
property 336 proxy server configuration for an RSM 102
portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.schedulehours 149 Publish option in PME 132
portal.history.parameter.purgepsdp.schedulehours publishing Performance Managers 135
property 337 purge event table 149
portal.history.parameter.summarization.disabled property purge events
334 unused 150
portal.history.parameter.summarizationDataPoint.cleanin
activeparameter.enabled 148
portal.history.parameter.summarizationDataPoint.cleanin
activeparameter.enabled property 336
R
portal.history.parameter.summarizationDataPoint.retentio read-only permission for administrators 64
n property 337 read-only rights and permissions for users 50
portal.history.parameter.value.retention property 338 refreshDatafeedMetadata command for bpmcli 264, 275
portal.history.websdk.activitylog.retention property 331 refreshing object views 44
portal.history.websdk.agentstatushistory.retention refreshPATROL command for bpmcli 266
property 331 remote monitoring
portal.history.websdk.eventnotification.retention property agent-based 18, 121
333 agentless 18, 42, 121
portal.history.websdk.parameterstatushistory.retention Remote Service Monitors task, described 60, 66, 67
property 332 Remote Service Monitors. See RSMs
portal.history.websdk.rsmmessage.retention property 332 RemoteServiceMonitor.exe file for a command line
portal.history.websdk.websdkalertjob.retention property installation 89
332 removing Performance Managers 129
portal.JdbcDataFeedClient.configDir property in report data
datafeed.properties file 194 account view 153
portal.log file 304, 345 application class view 160
portal.rsmcommunication.queueWatcher.workerThreads infrastructure element view 156
property 338 object group view 153
portal.ssh.private.key.file.max.size property 338 printing 155, 156
portal.upgrade.transaction.timeout property 339 retention policies for data 145
portal.utd.timeout.sec property 339 standard parameter values 143
portal-PortalHostName.properties configuration file 343 summarization of data 144
portal-PortalHostName-xmbean.xml configuration file 344 time interval controls 152, 154
ports, firewall configuration 74 report for provider 65
predefined settings report update interval
account 63, 312 affect of state change on interval 142
Portal administrator 64 described 20, 72
provider administrator 64 report update interval, element profile change 54

364 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

reports RSM security

availability 166, 187 changing the security level 101
logical domain 166, 186 requirements 22
zone and pool 166, 186 rsm*.log file 107, 345
Reports tab 151–161 rsm.download.protocol property 339
restrictions for editing Performance Managers rsm.properties file 343
core 131, 312 rsm_install_log.txt file 91
custom 140 rsmcfg.properties configuration file 341
solution 131 RSMOptions.txt file for a silent installation from a
retention policies command line 91
CDE data 201 rsm-RsmHostName.properties configuration file 342
changing retention time 327, 334, 338 RSMs
report data, described 145 See also RSM program
retention policies for report data 337 assigned to elements 73
rights and permissions for users 17, 50 automating gathering of basic information 108
RSM configuration files changing credentials 104, 105
jboss-service.xml 321 changing maximum heap memory 106
portal-PortalHostName-xmbean.xml 321 changing the credentials for the JMX console 344
rsm.properties 320 changing the security level 101
rsm-RsmHostName.properties 320 clustering 95
RSM log file 345 communication interruptions with Portal, cached data
RSM log monitoring 98 on the RSM 72
RSM Monitor Maintenance Tool 99 communication with elements 74
searching for errors 99 communication with PATROL Agents 74
RSM Maintenance Tool communication with Portal 71, 72
changing heap memory allocated for Java VM 106 configuring to stop sending notifications for
changing RSM credentials 105 Unknown state events 109
collecting RSM log files 107 data gaps 73
gather basic information 108 dedicated 70
launching the utility 98 deleting from Portal 109
silent installation 90 described 19, 60
silent uninstallation 112 failover 95
viewing RSM log files 107 global 67, 71
RSM Manager utility HTTP communication to Portal, setting 103
changing RSM credentials 104 installation log file, locating 91
configuring HTTP communication with Portal 103 load balancing 94
configuring RSM to use a proxy server 102 log files 345
described 97 log monitoring 99
launching 97 notifications about system problems 75
RSM program overview 17
See also RSMs problems with Windows 2003 296
allocating heap memory for the Java VM on RSM 106 program upgrade 72
collecting log files for Support 107, 108 proxy server, configuring 102
configuring for Portal monitoring 313 searching for errors 99
installation credentials 86, 87 security level, determining 101
installation directory, default 111 security requirements 22
installing from a command line 90 shared 66, 70
installing from installation media 87 stopping notifications for Unknown state events 108
installing from Portal 85 store and forward, overview 73
log file location 345 types 70
preparing to install the program 76 rstatd firewall configuration 74
RSM Manager utility 97 RTservers
rsm*.log file, location 345 specifying for Solaris Portal 301
service name 70 specifying for Windows Portal 300
system requirements 76
uninstalling 109, 110, 112
wrapper.log file, location 345

Index 365
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

S account-level notifications 56
BMC-Performance-Manager-Portal-MIB 236
sample SNMP trap 245 changing maximum trap size 244
sampleDatafeedTarget.properties file 191, 192, 199 changing SNMP trap version 244
SDK for creating Performance Managers 114 changing the maximum number of parameters in a
Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) 22 trap 236
security customizing trap properties 243
additional security for Portal 21 error codes 246
changing for an RSM that co-exists with PATROL MIB description 239
products 101 OID description 237
changing for an RSM that does not coexist with parsing SNMP traps 238
PATROL products 101 provider level notifications 227
changing for the BMC Performance Manager Portal sample trap 245
301 user notifications 219
clustered RSMs 94 snmp.max.parameter.events.to.process property 236, 339
how the installation program assigns security to an snmp.trap.max.recv.size property 244
RSM 101 snmp.trap.showappinstsingleton property 340
requirements for RSM 21 snmp.trap.showlastapp property 340
RSM security for agentless monitoring 74 snmp.trap.version property 244
RSM security for PATROL Agent integration solution Performance Managers, described 131
monitoring 75 solution support
security level deactivating parameters 120
changing 101 solutions. See Performance Managers
described 20 SSH collection protocol 136
determining for the RSM 101 SSH Server port, firewall configuration 74
See Other Providers and Their Accounts permission for state changes
administrators 63 notification for the enterprise 66, 218
self monitoring for the Portal components 312 notifications for user accounts 56
service model integration status
BMC Atrium CMDB 219 filtered by parameter status 47
direct to cell 224 infrastructure status view 45
service name for Remote Service Monitor 70 portal status view 45
severity slot name 232 return values from bpmcli 282
SHA. See Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) Status tab 44
shared credentials store and forward for RSM, overview 73
custom PerfMon application classes 137 summarization of report data 144
custom Telnet and SSH application classes 137 support, customer 3
described 60 synchronizing thresholds and KM application classes 266,
Shared Credentials task, described 60 342
shared RSMs, described 66, 70 system lockouts, preventing 61
silent mode system requirements for RSM program 76
installing RSM program 88
uninstalling RSM program 112
single-instance application classes 135
size of SNMP traps sent by Portal 244
T
slot names in the base event class populated for the Portal table, parameter history 47
231 tabs
SMTP server, firewall configuration 74 Accounts 64
SNMP collector configure 50
described 138 Events 247
MIB dependencies 138 Portal 66
problems with more than 20 top-level parameters 138 Provider 64
SNMP collector timeout value 343 Reports 151–161
SNMP firewall configuration 74 Status 44
SNMP Trap Listener application class and clustered RSMs Tags task, described 61
93 tasks for configuration
SNMP traps About 50

366 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Account Information 50 trial account types 65

Administrators 65 troubleshooting
Appearance 65 being logged out of BMC Portal 303
Blackout Periods 50 cannot find errors when data discovery runs in the
Change Password 51 background 304
Dashboards 51 closing popup windows 299
Element Profiles 51 Console Server list is empty 299
Elements 55 downloading reports to csv or text file 302
Global Properties 66 downloading RSM fails 298
Licensing Information 66 monitoring problems 296
Mass Email 67 parameters go into alarm 301
Monitoring On/Off 55 PATROL integration requires security change on
Notifications 56, 66 Portal 301
Object Groups 59 RSM requires permission changes for PerfMon 296
Performance Managers 67 RSM upgrade fails on Windows 2003 SP1 297
Personal Preferences 60
Properties 66
Remote Service Monitors 60, 66, 67
Shared Credentials 60
U
Tags 61 uninstalling Performance Managers 129
User Groups 62 uninstalling the RSM program 109, 110, 112
Users 62 Unknown-OK events
technical support 3 purging 149
Telnet collection protocol 136 up_time property for availability 324
Telnet server port, firewall configuration 74 updating registry key on Windows operating system 297
templates for configuring elements See element profiles. upgrades
templates for notification rules 57 clustered RSMs 96
thresholds effect on communication between Portal and RSMs 73
configuring for parameters 26, 115 Performance Managers 127
mapping for PATROL integration 122 RSM 91
overriding in an element profile 53 verifying, Performance Manager 27
PATROL integration, discovering in background upgrading
process 304 Crystal Reports 2008 (Designer component) 174
refreshing PATROL integration 41, 266 to BMC Reporting Foundation 3.2.00 174
synchronizing with KM application classes 266 UseCompression property in portal-
violations, communication from RSM to Portal 72 PortalHostName.properties 344
time interval controls for object views 152, 154 user
Timeout property in portal-PortalHostName.properties configuration options 50
344 impersonating 64
timeout values for application classes 343 predefined in Portal 63, 312
Top N report restrictions for using bpmcli 253
changing the timeout wait period for the report 155, user credentials 86
324 User Groups task, described 62
described 153 user name
exporting parameter data 155 allowed characters 63
printing 155 user notification. See notifications
top parameters causing alerts in Health At A Glance Users task, described 62
report 157 UseSsl property in portal-PortalHostName.properties on
top-level object groups 59 RSM 344
traps, SNMP
changing maximum trap size 244
changing SNMP version 244
changing the maximum number of parameters in a
V
trap 236 verifying BMC Performance Manager Portal installation 24
error codes 246 verifying Performance Manager upgrades 27
parsing 238 version of SNMP trap, changing 244
sample trap 245 Version property in rsm-RsmHostName.properties 342

Index 367
 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

W
warning and alarm thresholds in a parameter, described
134
WEBSDKV10-MIB, described 236
Windows operating systems application classes, firewall
configuration 74
Windows operating systems, problems for RSM
computers 296
wrapper.log file 345

368 BMC Performance Manager Portal Monitoring and Management Guide

Notes
*106629*
*106629*
*106629*
*106629*
*106629*